United States  
Securities and Exchange Commission 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
 
FORM 10-K
[X] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
for the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2016
[  ] Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
for the transition period from                                         to                                        .
 
Commission File Number:   001-34624  

  Umpqua Holdings Corporation 
 (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
OREGON 
93-1261319 
(State or Other Jurisdiction
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
of Incorporation or Organization)
 
  One SW Columbia Street, Suite 1200 
Portland, Oregon 97258 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code) 
 
(503) 727-4100 
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock
The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
[ X]   Yes   [ ]   No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act.
[  ]   Yes   [X]   No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
[X]   Yes   [  ]   No 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 
[X]   Yes   [  ]   No 
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer", and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
[X]   Large accelerated filer   [    ]   Accelerated filer   [    ]   Non-accelerated filer   [  ]   Smaller reporting company 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
[  ]   Yes   [X]   No 

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2016, based on the closing price on that date of $15.47 per share, and 218,945,453 shares held was $3,387,086,158 .
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding for each of the issuer's classes of common stock, as of the latest practical date: 
The number of shares of the Registrant's common stock (no par value) outstanding as of January 31, 2017 was 220,247,016 .

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Umpqua Holdings Corporation ("Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K in response to Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.


Table of Contents

UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION 
FORM 10-K CROSS REFERENCE INDEX

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2

Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we refer to Umpqua Holdings Corporation as the "Company," "Umpqua," "we," "us," "our," or similar references; to Sterling Financial Corporation as "Sterling"; and to the merger of Sterling with and into Umpqua effective as of April 18, 2014, as the "Sterling merger" or the "Merger."
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for "forward-looking statements" provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements may include statements that expressly or implicitly predict future results, performance or events. Statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. You can find many of these statements by looking for words such as "could," "may," "anticipates," "expects," "believes," "estimates" and "intends" and words or phrases of similar meaning. We make forward-looking statements regarding projected sources of funds and liquidity; availability of acquisition and growth opportunities; dividends; adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses, reserve for unfunded commitments and provision for loan and lease losses; performance of troubled debt restructurings; our commercial real estate portfolio, its collectability and subsequent chargeoffs; resolution of non-accrual loans; litigation; Pivotus Ventures, Inc.; junior subordinated debentures; and the impact of Basel III on our capital. Forward-looking statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and are generally beyond our control. There are many factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties that could cause our financial performance to differ materially from our goals, plans, expectations and projections expressed in forward-looking statements include those set forth in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the following:
our ability to attract new deposits and loans and leases; 
demand for financial services in our market areas; 
competitive market pricing factors; 
our ability to effectively develop and implement new technology;
deterioration in economic conditions that could result in increased loan and lease losses; 
risks associated with concentrations in real estate related loans; 
market interest rate volatility; 
compression of our net interest margin; 
stability of funding sources and continued availability of borrowings; 
changes in legal or regulatory requirements or the results of regulatory examinations that could increase expenses or restrict growth; 
our ability to recruit and retain key management and staff; 
availability of, and competition for acquisition opportunities; 
risks associated with merger and acquisition integration; 
significant decline in the market value of the Company that could result in an impairment of goodwill; 
our ability to raise capital or incur debt on reasonable terms; 
regulatory limits on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company; 
the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act ("Dodd-Frank Act") and other new legislation on the Company's business operations, including our compliance costs, interest expense, and revenue;
the impact of the "Basel III" capital rules issued by federal banking regulators ("Basel III Rules"); and
competition, including from financial technology companies.


3

Table of Contents

For a more detailed discussion of some of the risk factors, see the section entitled "Risk Factors" below. We do not intend to update any factors, except as required by SEC rules, or to publicly announce revisions to any of our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date that such statement was made. You should consider any forward looking statements in light of this explanation, and we caution you about relying on forward-looking statements.

Introduction

Umpqua Holdings Corporation, an Oregon corporation, was formed as a bank holding company in March 1999. At that time, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of South Umpqua Bank, an Oregon state-chartered bank formed in 1953. We became a financial holding company in March 2000 under the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 ("GLB Act"). Umpqua has two principal operating subsidiaries, Umpqua Bank (the "Bank") and Umpqua Investments, Inc. ("Umpqua Investments").

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may obtain these reports, and any amendments, from the SEC's website at www.sec.gov . You may obtain copies of these reports, and any amendments, through our website at www.umpquaholdingscorp.com . These reports are available through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the SEC.

General Background
Headquartered in Roseburg, Oregon, Umpqua Bank is considered one of the most innovative community banks in the United States, recognized nationally and internationally for its unique company culture and customer experience strategy, which differentiate the Company from its competition. The Bank provides a broad range of banking, wealth management, mortgage and other financial services to corporate, institutional, and individual customers, and also has a wholly-owned subsidiary, Financial Pacific Leasing Inc., a commercial equipment leasing company.
Umpqua Investments is a registered broker-dealer and registered investment advisor with offices in Oregon, Washington, and California, and also offers products and services through Umpqua Bank stores. The firm is one of the oldest investment companies in the Northwest and is actively engaged in the communities it serves. Umpqua Investments offers a full range of investment products and services including: stocks, fixed income securities (municipal, corporate, and government bonds, CDs, and money market instruments), mutual funds, annuities, options, retirement planning, advisory account services, goals based planning and insurance.
In 2014, the Company completed its merger with Sterling, and the combined company's banking operations joined together under the Umpqua Bank name and brand.  
In 2015, we formed Pivotus Ventures, Inc. as a subsidiary of Umpqua Holdings Corporation.  Pivotus will use a startup dynamic and collaboration with other institutions to validate, develop, and test new bank platforms that could have a significant impact on the experience and economics of banking. We believe the collaborative model will enhance Pivotus's ability to imagine and develop disruptive technologies, test them with a broad range of customers, and deliver them at scale.

Along with its subsidiaries, the Company is subject to the regulations of state and federal agencies and undergoes regular examinations by these regulatory agencies.  

Business Strategy
Umpqua Bank's primary objective is to become the leading community-oriented financial services organization throughout the Western United States. The Sterling merger expanded Umpqua Bank's footprint into Southern California, Eastern Washington, Eastern Oregon, and Idaho markets. We intend to continue to grow our assets and increase profitability and shareholder value by differentiating ourselves from competitors through the following strategies:
Capitalize on Innovative Product Delivery System. Our philosophy has been to create a unique delivery model that transforms banking from a chore into an experience that's both relevant to customers and highly differentiated from other financial institutions. With this approach in mind, in 1995 we introduced a bank store concept designed to reflect customer and community preferences and drive revenue growth by making the Bank's products and services more tangible and accessible. We've continued to evolve this model, introducing the next generation of our Neighborhood Store in the Capitol Hill area of Seattle, Washington, in 2010, and in 2013, rolling out the next generation of our flagship store in San Francisco.

4

Table of Contents

In 2016, a new flagship store was opened in downtown Spokane, Washington, replacing an older store with a traditional bank setup.
Focus on Customer Experience. At every level of the Company, from the Board of Directors to our newest associates, and across all customer service delivery channels, we are focused on delivering an extraordinary customer experience. It's an integral part of our culture, and we believe we are among the first banks to introduce a measurable quality service program. Under our Return on Quality or ROQ program, the performance of each sales associate and store is evaluated based on specific measurable factors, including reports by incognito "mystery shoppers" and customer surveys. Based on scores achieved, Umpqua's ROQ program rewards both individual sales associates and store teams with financial incentives. Through such programs, we are able to measure the quality of the experience provided to our customers and maintain employee focus on quality customer service.
Establish Strong Brand Awareness. As a financial services provider, we devote considerable resources to developing the "Umpqua Bank" brand. This is done through design strategy, marketing, merchandising, and delivery through our customer-facing channels, as well as through active public relations, social media and community based events and initiatives. From Bank-branded bags of custom roasted coffee beans and Umpqua-branded ice cream trucks, to educational seminars, in-store events and social giving campaigns, Umpqua's goal is to engage our customers and communities in fresh and engaging ways. The unique look and feel of our stores and interactive displays help demonstrate our commitment to being an innovative, customer-friendly provider of financial products and services, and our active community engagement and investments stand out with commercial customers. Our brand activation approach is based on actions, not just advertising, and builds strong consumer awareness of our products and services.
Use Technology to Retain and Expand Customer Base. As consumer preferences evolve with technological changes, our strategy remains consistent: deliver an extraordinary experience across all customer touchpoints. As a result, we continue to expand user-friendly, technology-based systems that reflect and complement the distinct customer experience the company is known for. We believe this positions Umpqua well to adapt quickly as customer use of physical and digital channels evolves. We offer technology-based services including remote deposit capture, online banking, bill pay and treasury services, mobile banking, voice response banking, automatic payroll deposit programs, advanced function ATMs, interactive product kiosks, and our web site. We believe the combination of physical and electronic banking services enhances our ability to attract a broader range of customers and wrap our value proposition across all channels.
Increase Market Share in Existing Markets and Expand Into New Markets. As a result of our innovative retail product orientation, measurable quality service program, strong brand awareness, and distinct customer experience across all delivery channels, we believe there is significant potential to increase business with current customers, to attract new customers in our existing markets and continue entering new markets.
In April 2014 we completed the largest acquisition in Umpqua's history, merging with Sterling Financial Corporation. The Sterling acquisition was a strategic opportunity to enhance shareholder value through a transformative business combination. It allowed us to accelerate significantly our objective of creating something unique in the financial services industry: an organization that offers the products and expertise of a large bank but delivers them with the personal service and commitment of a community bank. As the landscape of the financial services industry is being reshaped by technological advances and the introduction of new digital customer delivery channels and technology-driven products and services, we believe the alignment of our physical and digital customer delivery channels is crucial in creating an exceptional customer experience. By doing so, we believe we can best serve our customers - anytime and anywhere - which will drive stronger growth, better customer retention, and create valuable fee and treasury management opportunities. During 2015, we focused on completing the integration of Sterling and realizing the financial benefits of the merger, as well as growing the combined bank and launching Pivotus Ventures, Inc. During 2016, we focused on expense discipline and adjusting the mix of the loan portfolio, entered new markets, expanded our product offerings, and enhanced the digital experience for our customers.
Prudently Manage Capital. An important part of our strategy is to continue to manage capital prudently, and to employ excess capital in a thoughtful and opportunistic manner that improves shareholder returns. We accomplish this through dividends, share repurchases, and pursuing strategic acquisitions, which could include technology-driven enterprises or banks and financial services companies in markets where we see growth potential.

Marketing and Sales
Our goal of increasing our share of financial services in our market areas is driven by a marketing, communications and sales strategy with the following key components:

5

Table of Contents

Integrated Marketing and Communications. Our comprehensive marketing and communications strategy aims to strengthen the Umpqua Bank brand and generate public awareness through innovative marketing and PR initiatives that stand out in our markets and our industry. The Bank has been recognized nationally for its use of new media and unique approach. From the Bank's Local Spotlight program, ice cream trucks and social giving platform, to interactive initiatives like Made to Grow, Umpqua is leveraging both traditional and emerging media channels in new ways to advance the brand and create meaningful connections with consumers.

Retail Store Concept. Being in the financial services business, we believe that the physical environment continues to play a critical role both in creating awareness of our brand and franchise, as well as in successfully providing the right products and services to our customers. Using a more retailer-oriented approach, we encourage existing and potential customers to come in to our physical locations. To that end, we've designed our physical locations to display financial services and products in ways that are highly tactile and engaging. Unlike many financial institutions, we encourage all in our communities to visit our stores, where they are greeted by well-trained associates and encouraged to browse our products and services. Our "Next Generation" store model includes features like free wireless, free use of laptop computers, open rooms with refrigerated beverages and innovative product packaging. The stores host a variety of after-hours events, from poetry readings and yoga classes to movie nights and seminars on how to build an art collection.

To bring financial services to our customers in a cost-effective way, we introduced "Neighborhood Stores." We build these stores in established neighborhoods and design them to be neighborhood hubs. These stand-alone, full-service stores are smaller and emphasize advanced technology. To strengthen brand recognition, all Neighborhood Stores are similar in appearance. In 2013, Umpqua Bank launched our flagship store in San Francisco which received international recognition as the Retail Design Institutes 2013 Store of the Year award, the first time in the organization's history that a financial services institution received the award.

Service Culture. We believe strongly that if we lead with a service culture, we will have more opportunity to provide our products and services and to create deeper customer relationships across all divisions, from retail to mortgage and commercial. Although a successful marketing program will attract customers to visit, a highly tuned service environment and well-trained associates are critical to selling products and services. Umpqua's service culture has become well established throughout the organization due to a clear focus and ongoing training of our associates on all aspects of sales and service. We provide training through our in-house training, known as "The World's Greatest Bank University," to recognize and celebrate exceptional service. This service culture has become iconic in our industry, and is a key element in our ability to attract both talented associates and loyal customers.

Products and Services
We offer an array of traditional and digital financial products to meet the banking needs of our market area and target customers. To ensure the ongoing viability of our product offerings, we regularly examine the desirability and profitability of existing and potential new products. Other avenues through which customers can access our products include our web site, mobile banking app, and our 24-hour telephone voice response system.
Deposit Products. We offer a traditional array of deposit products, including non-interest bearing checking accounts, interest bearing checking and savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. These accounts earn interest at rates established by management based on competitive market factors and management's desire to increase certain types or maturities of deposit liabilities. Our approach is to tailor fit products and bundle those that meet the customer's needs. This approach is designed to add value for the customer, increase products per household and generate related fee income.
Private Bank. Umpqua Private Bank serves high net worth individuals and nonprofits, providing investment services. The private bank is designed to augment Umpqua's existing high-touch customer experience, and works collaboratively with the Bank's affiliate Umpqua Investments to offer a comprehensive, integrated approach that meets clients' financial goals, including financial planning, trust services, and investments.

6

Table of Contents

Broker Dealer and Investment Advisory Services. In its combined role as a broker/dealer and a registered investment advisor, Umpqua Investments may provide comprehensive financial planning advice to its clients as well as investment services. This advice can include cash management, risk management (insurance planning/sales), investment planning (including investment advice and/or portfolio checkups), retirement planning (for employees and employers), or estate planning. The broker/dealer side of Umpqua Investments offers a full range of brokerage services including equity and fixed income products, mutual funds, annuities, options and life insurance products. At December 31, 2016 , Umpqua Investments had 37 Series 7-licensed financial advisors serving clients at stand-alone retail brokerage offices, as well as "Investment Opportunity Centers" located in select Bank stores.
Commercial Loans and Leases and Commercial Real Estate Loans. We offer a broad array of specialized loans for business and commercial customers, including accounts receivable and inventory financing, multi-family loans, equipment loans, commercial equipment leases, international trade, real estate construction loans and permanent financing and Small Business Administration ("SBA") program financing as well as capital markets and treasury management services. Additionally, we offer specially designed loan products for small businesses through our Small Business Lending Center, and have a business banking division to increase lending to small and mid-sized businesses. Ongoing credit management activities continue to focus on commercial real estate loans given this is a significant portion of our loan portfolio. We are also engaged in initiatives that continue to diversify the loan portfolio including a strong focus on commercial and industrial loans in addition to financing owner-occupied properties.
Residential Real Estate Loans. Real estate loans are available for the construction, purchase, and refinancing of residential owner-occupied and rental properties. Borrowers can choose from a variety of fixed and adjustable rate options and terms. We sell most residential real estate loans that we originate into the secondary market. Servicing is retained on the majority of these loans. We also support the Home Affordable Refinance Program and Home Affordable Modification Program.
Consumer Loans. We provide loans to individual borrowers for a variety of purposes, including secured and unsecured personal loans, home equity and personal lines of credit and motor vehicle loans. Loans may be made directly to borrowers or through Umpqua's dealer banking department.
Market Area and Competition
The geographic markets we serve are highly competitive for deposits, loans, leases and retail brokerage services. We compete with traditional banking institutions, as well as non-bank financial service providers, such as credit unions, brokerage firms and mortgage companies. In our primary market areas of Oregon, Washington, California, Idaho, and Nevada, major banks and large regional banks generally hold dominant market share positions. By virtue of their larger capital bases, these institutions have significantly larger lending limits than we do and generally have more expansive branch networks. Competition also includes other commercial banks that are community-focused.
As the industry becomes increasingly oriented toward technology-driven delivery systems, permitting transactions to be conducted on computers, phones, tablets, and other mobile devices, non-bank institutions are able to attract funds and provide lending and other financial services even without offices located in our primary service area. Some insurance companies and brokerage firms compete for deposits by offering rates that are higher than may be appropriate for the Bank in relation to its asset and liability management objectives. However, we offer a wide array of deposit products and believe we can compete effectively through rate-driven product promotions. We also compete with full service investment firms for non-bank financial products and services offered by Umpqua Investments.
Credit unions present a significant competitive challenge for our banking services and products. As credit unions currently enjoy an exemption from income tax, they are able to offer higher deposit rates and lower loan rates than banks can on a comparable basis. Credit unions are also not currently subject to certain regulatory constraints, such as the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), which, among other things, requires us to implement procedures to make and monitor loans throughout the communities we serve. Adhering to such regulatory requirements raises the costs associated with our lending activities, and reduces potential operating profits. Accordingly, we seek to compete by focusing on building customer relationships, providing superior service and offering a wide variety of commercial banking products, such as commercial real estate loans, inventory and accounts receivable financing, and SBA program loans for qualified businesses.

7

Table of Contents

The following tables presents the Bank's market share percentage for total deposits as of June 30, 2016 , in each county where we have operations. The table also indicates the ranking by deposit size in each market. All information in the table was obtained from SNL Financial, which compiles deposit data published by the FDIC as of June 30, 2016 and updates the information for any bank mergers and acquisitions completed subsequent to the reporting date.
Oregon
County
Market Share
Market Rank
Number of Stores
Baker
25.9
%
2

1

Benton
8.3
%
6

2

Clackamas
2.3
%
8

4

Columbia
16.6
%
3

1

Coos
35.8
%
1

5

Curry
44.1
%
1

3

Deschutes
7.1
%
6

6

Douglas
76.6
%
1

9

Grant
21.6
%
3

1

Harney
22.3
%
3

1

Jackson
18.8
%
1

8

Josephine
18.5
%
2

5

Klamath
30.0
%
1

4

Lake
32.5
%
2

1

Lane
16.7
%
2

9

Lincoln
7.7
%
6

2

Linn
13.0
%
4

3

Malheur
23.4
%
2

3

Marion
7.5
%
6

3

Multnomah
3.3
%
7

16

Polk
6.8
%
7

1

Tillamook
30.2
%
2

2

Umatilla
5.6
%
6

2

Union
23.9
%
1

2

Wallowa
24.8
%
2

1

Washington
6.9
%
5

7

Yamhill
2.8
%
8

1



8

Table of Contents

Washington
County
Market Share
Market Rank
Number of Stores
Adams
21.5
%
3

2

Asotin
16.3
%
3

1

Benton
5.5
%
8

2

Clallam
4.4
%
9

2

Clark
16.3
%
3

11

Columbia
24.8
%
3

1

Douglas
7.3
%
5

1

Franklin
7.2
%
6

1

Garfield
53.5
%
1

1

Grant
8.0
%
7

2

Grays Harbor
9.1
%
4

2

King
2.0
%
9

23

Kitsap
0.9
%
16

1

Kittitas
12.0
%
4

2

Klickitat
33.9
%
1

2

Lewis
14.6
%
2

4

Okanogan
24.5
%
2

2

Pierce
4.0
%
8

10

Skamania
63.3
%
1

1

Snohomish
0.7
%
22

2

Spokane
7.2
%
7

9

Thurston
3.4
%
13

4

Walla Walla
4.0
%
5

2

Whatcom
2.5
%
12

4

Whitman
8.6
%
5

3


9

Table of Contents

California
County
Market Share
Market Rank
Number of Stores
Amador
4.5
%
7

1

Butte
2.7
%
10

1

Calaveras
26.0
%
2

4

Colusa
39.9
%
1

2

Contra Costa
0.4
%
16

3

El Dorado
6.5
%
5

3

Glenn
29.8
%
2

2

Humboldt
24.7
%
1

7

Lake
16.3
%
2

2

Los Angeles
0.0
%
74

3

Marin
1.7
%
11

3

Mendocino
3.5
%
7

1

Napa
8.8
%
4

5

Orange
0.5
%
28

1

Placer
4.3
%
6

7

Sacramento
0.7
%
15

6

San Diego
0.1
%
38

3

San Francisco
0.1
%
29

3

San Joaquin
0.5
%
17

1

San Luis Obispo
0.3
%
11

1

Santa Clara
0.0
%
40

1

Shasta
1.9
%
8

1

Solano
3.2
%
8

4

Sonoma
4.2
%
9

8

Stanislaus
0.7
%
15

2

Sutter
11.7
%
4

2

Tehama
16.6
%
1

2

Trinity
28.7
%
2

1

Tuolumne
14.3
%
3

3

Ventura
0.1
%
24

1

Yolo
2.3
%
11

1

Yuba
26.2
%
3

2


10

Table of Contents

Idaho
County
Market Share
Market Rank
Number of Stores
Ada
0.6
%
17

2

Benewah
18.7
%
3

1

Idaho
48.8
%
1

3

Kootenai
2.5
%
10

3

Latah
25.0
%
2

2

Nez Perce
14.6
%
4

2

Valley
24.9
%
3

2

 
 
 
 
Nevada
County
Market Share
Market Rank
Number of Stores
Clark
0.0
%
34

1

Washoe
0.2
%
9

4

Lending and Credit Functions
The Bank makes both secured and unsecured loans to individuals and businesses. At December 31, 2016 , commercial real estate, commercial, residential, and consumer and other represented approximately 53.7% , 20.4% , 22.3% , and 3.6% , respectively, of the total loan and lease portfolio.
Inter-agency guidelines adopted by federal bank regulators mandate that financial institutions establish real estate lending policies with maximum allowable real estate loan-to-value limits, subject to an allowable amount of non-conforming loans as a percentage of capital. We have adopted as loan policy loan-to-value limits that range from 5% to 10% less than the federal guidelines for each category; however, policy exceptions are permitted for real estate loan customers with strong financial credentials.
Loans and Leases 
We manage asset quality and control credit risk through diversification of the loan and lease portfolio and the application of policies designed to promote sound underwriting and loan and lease monitoring practices. The Bank's Credit Quality Group is charged with monitoring asset quality, establishing credit policies and procedures and enforcing the consistent application of these policies and procedures across the Bank. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to earnings is based upon management's judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level adequate to absorb probable incurred losses. The amount of provision charged is dependent upon many factors, including loan and lease growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan and lease portfolio, delinquencies, management's assessment of loan and lease portfolio quality, general economic conditions that can impact the value of collateral, and other trends. The evaluation of these factors is performed through an analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Reviews of non-performing, past due loans and leases and larger credits, designed to identify potential charges to the allowance for loan and lease losses, and to determine the adequacy of the allowance, are conducted on a quarterly basis. These reviews consider such factors as the financial strength of borrowers, the value of the applicable collateral, loan and lease loss experience, estimated loan and lease losses, growth in the loan and lease portfolio, prevailing economic conditions and other factors.
Employees
As of December 31, 2016 , we had a total of 4,295 full-time equivalent employees. None of the employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement and management believes its relations with employees to be good. Information regarding employment agreements with our executive officers is contained in Item 11 below, which item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders.

11

Table of Contents

Government Policies
The operations of our subsidiaries are affected by state and federal legislative and regulatory changes and by policies of various regulatory authorities, including, domestic monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal Reserve"), United States fiscal policy, and capital adequacy and liquidity constraints imposed by federal and state regulatory agencies.
Supervision and Regulation
General. We are extensively regulated under federal and state law. These laws and regulations are generally intended to protect depositors and customers, not shareholders. To the extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute or regulation. Any change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on our business and prospects. We cannot accurately predict the nature or the extent of the effects on our business and earnings that fiscal or monetary policies, or new federal or state legislation or regulation may have in the future. Umpqua is subject to the disclosure and other requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and rules promulgated thereunder and administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a listed company on NASDAQ, Umpqua is subject to NASDAQ rules for listed companies.
The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards for financial institutions. These standards cover internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, and standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution that fails to meet these standards must develop a plan acceptable to the agency, specifying the steps that it will take to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions.
Holding Company Regulation. We are a registered financial holding company under the GLB Act, and are subject to the supervision of, and regulation by the Federal Reserve. As a financial holding company, we are examined by and file reports with the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve expects a bank holding company to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and, under appropriate circumstances, to commit resources to support the subsidiary bank.
Financial holding companies are bank holding companies that satisfy certain criteria and are permitted to engage in activities that traditional bank holding companies are not. The qualifications and permitted activities of financial holdings companies are described below under "Regulatory Structure of the Financial Services Industry ."
Federal and State Bank Regulation. Umpqua Bank, as a state chartered bank with deposits insured by the FDIC, is primarily subject to the supervision and regulation of the Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services Division of Financial Regulation("DCBS"), the Washington Department of Financial Institutions ("DFI"), the California Department of Business Oversight ("DBO"), the Idaho Department of Finance Banking Section, the Nevada Division of Financial Institutions, the FDIC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB"). These agencies may prohibit the Bank from engaging in what they believe constitute unsafe or unsound banking practices. Our primary state regulator, DCBS, regularly examines the Bank or participates in joint examinations with the FDIC.
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.  Umpqua Bank has a responsibility under the CRA, as implemented by FDIC regulations to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. In connection with its examination, the FDIC assesses Umpqua Bank's record of compliance with the CRA. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination in lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or new facility. Umpqua Bank's failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the activities of Umpqua potentially resulting in the suspension of any growth of the Bank through acquisitions or opening de novo branches until the rating is improved. Umpqua Bank's failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions against it by the FDIC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies, including the CFPB and the Department of Justice.  As of the most recent CRA examination, the Bank's CRA rating was "Satisfactory."


12

Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Banks are also subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or any related interest of such persons. Extensions of credit must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not affiliated with the bank, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to such persons. A violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties on the affected bank or any officer, director, employee, agent or other person participating in the conduct of the affairs of that bank, the imposition of a cease and desist order, and other regulatory sanctions.
The Federal Reserve Act and related Regulation W limit the amount of certain loan and investment transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, require certain levels of collateral for such loans, and limit the amount of advances to third parties that may be collateralized by the securities of Umpqua or its subsidiaries. Regulation W requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving nonaffiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliated companies. Umpqua and its subsidiaries have adopted an Affiliate Transactions Policy and have entered into various affiliate agreements in compliance with Regulation W.
Financial Privacy.  Federal law and certain state laws currently contain client privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated companies and non-affiliated third parties. These rules require disclosure of privacy policies to clients and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of opt out or opt in authorizations. Pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) and certain state laws, companies are required to notify clients of security breaches resulting in unauthorized access to their personal information. In connection with the regulations governing the privacy of consumer financial information, the federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and programs to protect such information.

Federal Deposit Insurance. Substantially all deposits with Umpqua Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF") of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.
In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, increase or decrease assessment rates.
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule modifying the risk-based assessment system from a domestic deposit base to a scorecard based assessment system, effective April 1, 2011. As of April 1, 2011, the Bank was categorized as a large institution as the Bank has more than $10 billion in assets. The initial base assessment rates range from 5 to 35 basis points. After potential adjustments related to unsecured debt and brokered deposit balances, the final total assessment rates range from 2.5 to 45 basis points. Initial base assessment rates for large institutions ranged from 5 to 35 basis points. Increases in the assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, depending upon the amount of the increase.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the standard maximum federal deposit insurance amount from $100,000 to $250,000 per qualified account.
The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines that the institution has engaged in or is engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition or has violated any applicable law, regulation or order or any condition imposed in writing by, or pursuant to, any written agreement with the FDIC. The termination of deposit insurance for the Bank would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

13

Table of Contents

Dividends . Under the Oregon Bank Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"), the Bank is subject to restrictions on the payment of cash dividends to its parent company. A bank may not pay cash dividends if that payment would reduce the amount of its capital below that necessary to meet minimum applicable regulatory capital requirements. In addition, under the Oregon Bank Act, the amount of the dividend paid by the Bank may not be greater than net unreserved retained earnings, after first deducting to the extent not already charged against earnings or reflected in a reserve, all bad debts, which are debts on which interest is unpaid and past due at least six months unless the debt is fully secured and in the process of collection; all other assets charged-off as required by Oregon bank regulators or a state or federal examiner; and all accrued expenses, interest and taxes of the Bank. In addition, state and federal regulatory authorities are authorized to prohibit banks and holding companies from paying dividends that would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve's view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition.
Capital Adequacy. The federal and state bank regulatory agencies use capital adequacy guidelines in their examination and regulation of holding companies and banks. If capital falls below the minimum levels established by these guidelines, a holding company or a bank may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses or to open new facilities.
The FDIC and Federal Reserve have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for holding companies and banks. The risk-based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profile among holding companies and banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weightings. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. The capital adequacy guidelines limit the degree to which a holding company or bank may leverage its equity capital.
Federal regulations establish minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of depository institutions, such as the Bank. Banks with capital ratios below the required minimums are subject to certain administrative actions, including prompt corrective action, the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing.
On July 2, 2013, federal banking regulators approved final rules that revised the regulatory capital rules to incorporate certain revisions by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision to the Basel capital framework ("Basel III"). The phase-in period for the final rules began for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with the final rules' requirements phased in on January 1, 2019.

The final rules, among other things, include a new common equity Tier 1 capital ("CET1") to risk-weighted assets ratio, including a capital conservation buffer, which will gradually increase from 4.5% on January 1, 2015 to 7.0% on January 1, 2019. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% on January 1, 2015 to 8.5% on January 1, 2019, as well as require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%.

Under the final rules, as Umpqua grew above $15.0 billion in assets as a result of an acquisition, the combined trust preferred security debt issuances were phased out of Tier 1 and into Tier 2 capital (75% starting in the first quarter of 2015 and 100% starting in the first quarter of 2016). The final rules also provide for a number of adjustments to and deductions from the new CET1. Under Basel III, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, the Company and the Bank, have made a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of the Company's securities portfolio.

In addition, deductions include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets not dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

14

Table of Contents

FDICIA requires federal banking regulators to take "prompt corrective action" with respect to a capital-deficient institution, including requiring a capital restoration plan and restricting certain growth activities of the institution. Umpqua could be required to guarantee any such capital restoration plan required of the Bank if the Bank became undercapitalized. Pursuant to FDICIA, regulations were adopted defining five capital levels: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, severely undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Under the regulations, the Bank is considered "well capitalized" as of December 31, 2016 .
Federal and State Regulation of Broker-Dealers. Umpqua Investments is a fully disclosed introducing broker-dealer clearing through Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC.  Umpqua Investments is regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"), as well as the SEC, and has deposits insured through the Securities Investors Protection Corp ("SIPC") as well as third party insurers.  FINRA and the SEC perform regular examinations of Umpqua Investments that include reviews of policies, procedures, recordkeeping, trade practices, and customer protection as well as other inquiries.
SIPC protects client securities and cash up to $500,000, including $100,000 for cash with additional coverage provided through Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC who maintains additional coverage through Lexington Insurance Company, for the remaining net equity balance in a brokerage account, if any.  This coverage does not include losses in investment accounts.
Broker-Dealer and Related Regulatory Supervision. Umpqua Investments is a member of, and is subject to the regulatory supervision of, FINRA. Areas subject to FINRA oversight review include compliance with trading rules, financial reporting, investment suitability, and compliance with stock exchange rules and regulations.
Effects of Government Monetary Policy. Our earnings and growth are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve implements national monetary policy for such purposes as curbing inflation and combating recession, through its open market operations in U.S. Government securities, control of the discount rate applicable to borrowings from the Federal Reserve, and establishment of reserve requirements against certain deposits. These activities influence growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The nature and impact of future changes in monetary policies and their impact on us cannot be predicted with certainty.
Regulation of the Financial Services Industry. Federal laws and regulations governing banking and financial services underwent significant changes in recent years and we believe will continue to undergo significant changes in the future. From time to time, legislation is introduced in the United States Congress that contains proposals for altering the structure, regulation, and competitive relationships of the nation's financial institutions. If enacted into law, these proposals could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, and other financial institutions. Whether or in what form any such legislation may be adopted or the extent to which our business might be affected thereby cannot be predicted.
The GLB Act, enacted in November 1999, repealed sections of the Banking Act of 1933, commonly referred to as the Glass-Steagall Act, that prohibited banks from engaging in securities activities, and prohibited securities firms from engaging in banking. The GLB Act created a new form of holding company, known as a financial holding company, that is permitted to acquire subsidiaries that are engaged in banking, securities underwriting and dealing, and insurance underwriting.
A bank holding company, if it meets specified requirements, may elect to become a financial holding company by filing a declaration with the Federal Reserve, and may thereafter provide its customers with a broader spectrum of products and services than a traditional bank holding company is permitted to do. A financial holding company may, through a subsidiary, engage in any activity that is deemed to be financial in nature and activities that are incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature. These activities include traditional banking services and activities previously permitted to bank holding companies under Federal Reserve regulations, but also include underwriting and dealing in securities, providing investment advisory services, underwriting and selling insurance, merchant banking (holding a portfolio of commercial businesses, regardless of the nature of the business, for investment), and arranging or facilitating financial transactions for third parties.

15

Table of Contents

To qualify as a financial holding company, the bank holding company must be deemed to be well-capitalized and well-managed, as those terms are used by the Federal Reserve. In addition, each subsidiary bank of a bank holding company must also be well-capitalized and well-managed and be rated at least "satisfactory" under the CRA. A bank holding company that does not qualify, or has not chosen, to become a financial holding company must limit its activities to traditional banking activities and those non-banking activities the Federal Reserve has deemed to be permissible because they are closely related to the business of banking.
The GLB Act also includes provisions to protect consumer privacy by prohibiting financial services providers, whether or not affiliated with a bank, from disclosing non-public personal, financial information to unaffiliated parties without the consent of the customer, and by requiring annual disclosure of the provider's privacy policy.
The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 ("Riegle-Neal Act"), which became effective in 1995, permits interstate banking and branching, which allows banks to expand nationwide through acquisition, consolidation or merger. Under this law, an adequately capitalized bank holding company may acquire banks in any state or merge banks across state lines if permitted by state law. Further, banks may establish and operate branches in any state subject to the restrictions of applicable state law. Under Oregon law, an out-of-state bank or bank holding company may merge with or acquire an Oregon state chartered bank or bank holding company upon receipt of approval from the Director of the Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services. The Bank now has the ability to open additional de novo branches in the states of Oregon, California, Washington, Idaho, and Nevada.

Section 613 of the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated interstate branching restrictions that were implemented as part of the Riegle-Neal Act, and removed many restrictions on de novo interstate branching by national and state-chartered banks. The FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency now have authority to approve applications by insured state nonmember banks and national banks, respectively, to establish de novo branches in states other than the bank's home state if "the law of the State in which the branch is located, or is to be located, would permit establishment of the branch, if the bank were a State bank chartered by such State." The enactment of this Section 613 may significantly increase interstate banking by community banks in western states, where barriers to entry were previously high.
Anti-Terrorism Legislation. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act ("USA Patriot Act"), enacted in 2001:
prohibits banks from providing correspondent accounts directly to foreign shell banks;
imposes due diligence requirements on banks opening or holding accounts for foreign financial institutions or wealthy foreign individuals;
requires financial institutions to establish an anti-money-laundering ("AML") compliance program; and
generally eliminates civil liability for persons who file suspicious activity reports.

The USA Patriot Act also increases governmental powers to investigate terrorism, including expanded government access to account records. The Department of the Treasury is empowered to administer and make rules to implement the Act, which to some degree, affects our record-keeping and reporting expenses. Should the Bank's AML compliance program be deemed insufficient by federal regulators, we would not be able to grow through acquiring other institutions or opening de novo branches.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses public company corporate governance, auditing, accounting, executive compensation and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and regulation of the relationship between a Board of Directors and management and between a Board of Directors and its committees.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act provides for, among other things:
prohibition on personal loans by Umpqua to its directors and executive officers except loans made by the Bank in accordance with federal banking regulations;
independence requirements for Board audit committee members and our external auditor;

16

Table of Contents


certification of reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer and principal accounting officer;
disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;
expedited reporting of stock transactions by insiders; and
increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires:
management to establish, maintain, and evaluate disclosure controls and procedures;
management to report on its annual assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting;
our external auditor to attest to the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

The SEC has adopted regulations to implement various provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including disclosures in periodic filings pursuant to the Exchange Act. Also, in response to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NASDAQ adopted new standards for listed companies.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed, which was a sweeping overhaul of financial industry regulation. Among other provisions, the Act:
Created a systemic-risk council of top regulators, the Financial Stability Oversight Council, whose purpose is to identify risks and respond to emerging threats to the financial stability of the U.S. arising from large, interconnected bank holding companies or nonbank financial companies;
Gave the FDIC authority to unwind large failing financial firms. Treasury would supply funds to cover the up-front costs of winding down the failed firm, but the government would have to put a "repayment plan" in place. Regulators will recoup any losses incurred from the wind-down afterwards by assessing fees on financial firms with more than $50 billion in assets;
Directed the FDIC to base deposit-insurance assessments on assets minus tangible capital instead of on domestic deposits and requires the FDIC to increase premium rates to raise the Deposit Insurance Fund's ("DIF") minimum reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35% by September 30, 2020. Banks, like Umpqua, with consolidated assets greater than $10 billion would pay the increased premiums;
Permanently increased FDIC deposit-insurance coverage to $250,000, retroactive to January 1, 2008. The act also eliminated the 1.5% cap on the DIF reserve ratio and automatic dividends when the ratio exceeds 1.35%. The FDIC also has discretion on whether to provide dividends to DIF members;
Authorized banks to pay interest on business checking accounts;
Created the CFPB, housed under the Federal Reserve and led by a director appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate. All existing consumer laws and regulations enforcement will be transferred to this agency and each existing regulatory agency will contribute their respective consumer regulatory and exam staffs to the CFPB;
Gave the CFPB the authority to write consumer protection rules for banks and nonbank financial firms offering consumer financial services or products and to ensure that consumers are protected from "unfair, deceptive, or abusive" acts or practices. The CFPB also now has authority to examine and enforce regulations for banks with greater than $10 billion in assets;
Authorized the CFPB to require banks to compile and provide reports relating to its consumer lending, marketing and other consumer business activities and to make that information available to the public if doing so is "in the public interest";
Directed the Federal Reserve to set interchange fees for debit card transactions charged by banks with more than $10 billion in assets. The Federal Reserve must establish what it determines are reasonable fees by factoring in their transaction costs compared to those for checks;

17

Table of Contents

Requires loan originators to retain 5% of any loan sold and securitized, unless it is a "qualified residential mortgage", which includes standard 30 and 15 year fixed rate loans. It also specifically exempts from risk retention FHA, VA, Farmer Mac and Rural Housing Service loans;
Adopted additional various mortgage lending and predatory lending provisions;
Required federal regulators jointly to prescribe regulations mandating that financial institutions with more than $1 billion in assets to disclose to their regulators their incentive compensation plans to permit the regulators to determine whether the plans provide executive officers, employees, directors or principal shareholders with excessive compensation, fees or benefits, or could lead to material financial loss to the institution;
Imposed a number of requirements related to executive compensation that apply to all public companies, such as prohibition of broker discretionary voting in connection with a shareholder vote on executive compensation; mandatory shareholder "say on pay" (every one to three years) and "say on golden parachutes"; and clawback of incentive compensation from current or former executive officers following any accounting restatement;
Established a modified version of the "Volcker Rule" and generally prohibits banks from engaging in proprietary trading or holding or obtaining an interest in a hedge fund or private equity fund, to the extent that it would exceed 3% of the bank's Tier 1 capital. A bank's interest in any single hedge fund or private equity fund may not exceed 3% of the assets of that fund.

Stress Testing and Capital Planning. Umpqua is subject to the annual Dodd-Frank Act capital stress testing (DFAST) requirements of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. As part of the DFAST process, Umpqua is required to submit the results of the company-run stress tests to the FDIC by July 31, and Umpqua will disclose certain results from stress testing exercises, generally in October of each year. 

CFPB Regulation and Supervision . As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the CFPB authority to examine Umpqua and Umpqua Bank for compliance with a broad range of federal consumer financial laws and regulations, including the laws and regulations that relate to credit card, deposit, mortgage and other consumer financial products and services the Bank offers. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the CFPB broad authority to take corrective action against Umpqua and Umpqua Bank as it deems appropriate. The CFPB is authorized to issue regulations and take enforcement actions to prevent and remedy acts and practices relating to consumer financial products and services that it deems to be unfair, deceptive or abusive. The agency also has authority to impose new disclosure requirements for any consumer financial product or service. These authorities are in addition to the authority the CFPB assumed on July 21, 2011 under existing consumer financial law governing the provision of consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has concentrated much of its initial rulemaking efforts on a variety of mortgage related topics required under the Dodd-Frank Act, including ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage standards, mortgage servicing standards, loan originator compensation standards, high-cost mortgage requirements, appraisal and escrow standards and requirements for higher-priced mortgages.

In January 2014, new rules issued by the CFPB for mortgage origination and mortgage servicing became effective. The rules require lenders to conduct a reasonable and good faith determination at or before consummation of a residential mortgage loan that the borrower will have a reasonable ability to repay the loan. The regulations also define criteria for making Qualified Mortgages which entitle the lender and any assignee to either a conclusive or rebuttable presumption of compliance with the ability to repay rule. The new mortgage servicing rules include new standards for notices to consumers, loss mitigation procedures, and consumer requests for information. Both the origination and servicing rules create new private rights of action for consumers in the event of certain violations. In addition to the exercise of its rulemaking authority, the CFPB is continuing its ongoing examination and supervisory activities with respect to a number of consumer businesses and products.


18

Table of Contents

October 2015, the CFPB's final rules on integrated mortgage disclosures under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act became effective. Throughout 2015, the CFPB continued its focus on fair lending practices of indirect automobile lenders. This focus led to some lenders to enter into consent orders with the CFPB and Department of Justice. Indirect automobile lenders have also received continued pressure from the CFPB to limit or eliminate discretionary pricing by dealers. Banking regulatory agencies have increasingly used their authority under Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act to take supervisory or enforcement action with respect to unfair or deceptive acts or practices (UDAP) by banks under standards developed many years ago by the Federal Trade Commission in order to address practices that may not necessarily fall within the scope of a specific banking or consumer finance law. The Dodd-Frank Act also gave to the CFPB similar authority to take action in connection with unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices (UDAAP) by entities subject to CFPB supervisory or enforcement authority. Banks face considerable uncertainty as to the regulatory interpretation of "abusive" practices. Financial services companies face increased regulation and exposure under the new Military Lending Act (MLA) final rules issued by the Department of Defense that become effective for new loans entered into on and after October 3, 2016. The new rules dramatically expand the scope of coverage of the MLA and compliance with the new rules will affect operations of more financial services companies than under the previous rules. We continue to monitor, evaluate, and implement new regulations.

Joint Agency Guidance on Incentive Compensation. On June 21, 2010, federal banking regulators issued final joint agency guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies . This guidance applies to executive and non-executive incentive compensation plans administered by banks. The guidance says that incentive compensation programs must:
Provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and reward.
Be compatible with effective controls and risk- management; and
Be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the board;

The Federal Reserve reviews, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of the Company and other banking organizations. The findings of the supervisory initiatives are included in reports of examination and any deficiencies will be incorporated into the Company's supervisory ratings, which can affect the Company's ability to make acquisitions and take other actions.
ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS. 
 
In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed below. These factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and capital position, and could cause our actual results to differ materially from our historical results or the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this report.
Difficult or volatile market conditions or weak economic conditions may adversely affect the financial services industry and our business.
Our business and financial performance are vulnerable to weak economic conditions, primarily in the United States and especially in the western United States. The severe conditions from 2007 to 2009 had a significant negative impact on the financial services industry, and on Umpqua, including significant write-downs of asset values, bank failures and volatile financial markets. A deterioration in economic conditions or a prolonged delay in economic recovery in our primary market areas could result in the following consequences, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business: loan delinquencies may increase; problem assets and foreclosures may increase putting further price pressures on valuations generally; demand for our products and services may decrease; low cost or noninterest bearing deposits may decrease; intangible asset impairment; and collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers' borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans. In addition, we could face the following risks in connection with these events:
Increased regulation of our industry, which could increase the costs associated with regulatory compliance, reduce existing sources of revenue and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to select, manage, and underwrite our customers become less predictive of future performance.
The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our loan portfolio requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic predictions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, which process may no longer be capable of accurate estimation and may, in turn, impact its reliability.

19

Table of Contents

Downward pressure on our stock price.

The majority of our assets are loans, which if not repaid would result in losses to the Bank.
The Bank, like other lenders, is subject to credit risk, which is the risk of losing principal or interest due to borrowers' failure to repay loans in accordance with their terms. Underwriting and documentation controls cannot mitigate all credit risk. A downturn in the economy or the real estate market in our market areas or a rapid increase in interest rates could have a negative effect on collateral values and borrowers' ability to repay. To the extent loans are not paid timely by borrowers, the loans are placed on non-accrual status, thereby reducing interest income. Further, under these circumstances, an additional provision for loan and lease losses or unfunded commitments may be required.

Deterioration in the real estate market or other segments of our loan portfolio would lead to additional losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As of December 31, 2016 , approximately 76% of our total loan portfolio is secured by real estate, the majority of which is commercial real estate. Our success depends in part on economic conditions in the western United States and adverse changes in markets where our real estate collateral is located could adversely affect our business. Increases in delinquency rates or declines in real estate market values would require increased net charge-offs and increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and prospects.
A rapid change in interest rates, or maintenance of rates at historically high or low levels for an extended period, could make it difficult to improve or maintain our current interest income spread and could result in reduced earnings.

Our earnings are largely derived from net interest income, which is interest income and fees earned on loans and investments, less interest paid on deposits and other borrowings. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of our management, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities. The actions of the Federal Reserve influence the rates of interest that we charge on loans and that we pay on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits. We cannot predict the nature or timing of future changes in monetary, tax and other policies or the effects that they may have on our activities and financial results.

As interest rates change, net interest income is affected. With fixed rate assets (such as fixed rate loans and most investment securities) and liabilities (such as certificates of deposit), the effect on net interest income depends on the cash flows associated with the maturity of the asset or liability. Asset/liability management policies may not be successfully implemented and from time to time our risk position is not balanced. An unanticipated rapid decrease or increase in interest rates could have an adverse effect on the spreads between the interest rates earned on assets and the rates of interest paid on liabilities, and therefore on the level of net interest income. For instance, any rapid increase in interest rates in the future could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of fixed rate loans and longer-term investments. Historically low rates for an extended period of time result in reduced returns from the investment and loan portfolios. The current very low interest rate environment, which is expected to continue with the potential for slight increases over time, could affect consumer and business behavior in ways that are adverse to us and negatively impact our ability to increase our net interest income. Further, substantially higher interest rates generally reduce loan demand and may result in slower loan growth than previously experienced.

Changes in interest rates could reduce the value of mortgage servicing rights (MSR).

We acquire MSR when we keep servicing rights after we sell originated residential mortgage loans. We sell the majority of our originated residential mortgage loans servicing retained. We measure MSR at fair value. Fair value is the present value of estimated future net servicing income, calculated based on a number of variables, including assumptions about the likelihood of prepayment by borrowers. Changes in interest rates can affect prepayment assumptions and consequently MSR fair value. When interest rates fall, borrowers are usually more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, MSR fair value can decrease, which reduces earnings in the period in which the decrease occurs.


20

Table of Contents

Our mortgage banking revenue can fluctuate significantly.

We earn revenue from fees received for originating and servicing mortgage loans. Generally, if interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall, reducing the revenue we receive from originations. At the same time, revenue from MSR can increase through increases in fair value. When interest rates decline, originations tend to increase and the value of MSR tends to decline, also with some offsetting revenue effect. The negative effect on revenue from a decrease in the fair value of residential MSR is immediate, but any offsetting revenue benefit from more originations and the MSR relating to new loans accrues over time. It is also possible that even if interest rates were to fall, mortgage originations may also fall or any increase in mortgage originations may not be enough to offset the decrease in the MSR value caused by the lower rates.

We depend upon programs administered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.
 
Our ability to generate revenues in our home lending group depends on programs administered by government-sponsored entities that play an important role in the residential mortgage industry. During 2016, 72% of mortgage loans were originated for sale to, or through programs sponsored by, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. We service loans on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as loans that have been securitized pursuant to securitization programs sponsored by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.  A majority of our mortgage servicing rights and loans serviced through subservicing agreements relate to these servicing activities. These entities establish the base service fee to compensate us for servicing loans as well as the assessment of fines and penalties that may be imposed upon us for failing to meet servicing standards. Our status as a Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae approved seller and servicer is subject to compliance with guidelines and failure to meet such guidelines could result in the unilateral termination of our status as an approved seller or servicer.  Changes in the existing government-sponsored mortgage programs or servicing eligibility standards through legislation or otherwise, or our failure to maintain a relationship with each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows through negative impact on the pricing of mortgage related assets in the secondary market, higher mortgage rates to borrowers, or lower mortgage origination volumes and margins. 

The financial services industry is highly competitive.

We face pricing competition for loans and deposits. We also face competition with respect to customer convenience, product lines, accessibility of service and service capabilities. Our most direct competition comes from other banks, brokerages, mortgage companies and savings institutions, but more recently has also come from financial technology (or "fintech") companies that rely on technology to provide financial services. We also face competition from credit unions, government-sponsored enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies and other non-bank businesses. The significant competition in attracting and retaining deposits and making loans, as well as providing other financial services throughout our market area may impact future earnings and growth. Our success depends, in part, on the ability to adapt products and services to evolving industry standards. There is increasing pressure to provide products and services at lower prices, which can reduce net interest income and non-interest income from fee-based products and services.

The failure to understand and adapt to continual technological changes could negatively impact our business.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services by depository institutions and fintech companies. New technology-driven products and services are often introduced and adopted, including innovative ways that customers can make payments, access products and manage accounts. We could be required to make substantial capital expenditures to modify or adapt existing products and services or develop new products and services. We may not be successful in introducing new products and services or those new products may not achieve market acceptance. We could lose business, be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, or be subject to cost increases if we do not effectively develop and implement new technology. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations. In addition, advances in technology such as digital, mobile, telephone, text, and on-line banking; e-commerce; and self-service automatic teller machines and other equipment, as well as changing customer preferences to access our products and services through digital channels, could decrease the value of our store network and other assets. We may close or sell certain stores and restructure or reduce our remaining stores and work force. These actions could lead to losses on assets, expense to reconfigure stores and loss of customers in certain markets. As a result, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.


21

Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision; the Dodd-Frank Act, new legislation, additional regulation and heightened supervisory requirements could detrimentally affect the Company's business.

Umpqua Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries, primarily Umpqua Bank, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, the primary focus of which is to protect customers, depositors, the deposit insurance fund and the safety and soundness of the banking system as a whole, and not shareholders. The quantity and scope of applicable federal and state regulations may place banks and brokerage firms at a competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors such as fintech companies, finance companies, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and leasing companies. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, and could subject us to additional costs, limits on the services and products we may offer or limits on the pricing of banking services and products.  Since the global financial crisis, financial institutions generally have been subject to increased scrutiny from regulatory authorities, with an increased focus on risk management and consumer compliance. If we receive less than satisfactory results on regulatory examinations, we could be subject to penalties, required to increase compliance costs or restricted from making acquisitions, adding new stores, developing new lines of business, or otherwise continuing our growth strategy for a period of time. Future changes in federal and state banking and brokerage regulations could adversely affect our operating results and ability to continue to compete effectively. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations subject us to additional restrictions, oversight and reporting obligations, which have significantly increased costs. We cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof. Compliance with such current and potential regulation and scrutiny could significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner.

Interest rate volatility and credit risk adjusted rate spreads may impact our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value, particularly the fair value of our junior subordinated debentures.

The widening of the credit risk adjusted rate spreads on potential new issuances of junior subordinated debentures above our contractual spreads and reductions in three month LIBOR rates have contributed to the cumulative positive fair value adjustment in our junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value. Tightening of these credit risk adjusted rate spreads and interest rate volatility may result in recognizing negative fair value adjustments charged to earnings in the future.

We may be required to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed, or it may only be available on unacceptable terms, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we may not be able to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations and pursue our growth strategy could be materially impaired. We and the Bank are currently well capitalized under applicable regulatory guidelines. However, our business could be negatively affected if we or the Bank failed to remain well capitalized. For example, because Umpqua Bank is well capitalized and we otherwise qualify as a financial holding company, we are permitted to engage in a broader range of activities than are permitted to a bank holding company. Loss of financial holding company status could require that we cease these broader activities. The banking regulators are authorized (and sometimes required) to impose a wide range of requirements, conditions, and restrictions on banks, thrifts, and bank holding companies that fail to maintain adequate capital levels.


22

Table of Contents

New rules will require increased capital.

In June 2013, federal banking regulators jointly issued the Basel III rules. The rules impose new capital requirements and implement Section 171 of the Dodd Frank Act.  The new rules are to be phased in through 2019.  Among other things, the rules will require that we maintain a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%, a total capital ratio of 8%, and a leverage ratio of 4%.  In addition, we will have to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of total risk weighted assets or be subject to limitations on dividends and other capital distributions, as well as limiting discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. It is possible the Company may accelerate redemption of the existing junior subordinated debentures.  This could result in adjustments to the fair value of these instruments including the acceleration of losses on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value within non-interest income. The Company currently does not intend to redeem the junior subordinated debentures in order to support regulatory total capital levels. The new rules may require us to raise more common capital or other capital that qualifies as Tier 1 capital. The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

Conditions in the financial markets may limit our access to additional funding to meet our liquidity needs.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale or pledging as collateral of loans and other assets could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. An adverse regulatory action against us could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are nonspecific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as evidenced by turmoil in the domestic and worldwide credit markets.

Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to support our future growth or an unexpected reduction in deposits.

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. If we grow more rapidly than any increase in our deposit balances, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, proceeds from the sale of loans and liquidity resources at the holding company. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs, and our profitability would be adversely affected.

As a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of our operations through the Bank, our ability to pay dividends, repurchase our shares or to repay our indebtedness depends upon liquid assets held by the holding company and the results of operations of our subsidiaries.

The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries and it receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends paid from the Bank. There are legal limitations on the extent to which the Bank may extend credit, pay dividends or otherwise supply funds to, or engage in transactions with, us. Our inability to receive dividends from the Bank could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our net income depends primarily upon the Bank's net interest income, which is the income that remains after deducting from total income generated by earning assets the expense attributable to the acquisition of the funds required to support earning assets (primarily interest paid on deposits). The amount of interest income is dependent on many factors including the volume of earning assets, the general level of interest rates, the dynamics of changes in interest rates and the levels of nonperforming loans. All of those factors affect the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company.

Various statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends the Bank can pay to us without regulatory approval. The Bank may not pay cash dividends if that payment could reduce the amount of its capital below that necessary to meet the "adequately capitalized" level in accordance with regulatory capital requirements. It is also possible that, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank and other factors, regulatory authorities could conclude that payment of dividends or other payments, including payments to us, is an unsafe or unsound practice and impose restrictions or prohibit such payments.

23

Table of Contents


Under Oregon law, the Bank may not pay dividends in excess of unreserved retained earnings, deducting there from, to the extent not already charged against earnings or reflected in a reserve, the following: (1) all bad debts, which are debts on which interest is past due and unpaid for at least six months, unless the debt is fully secured and in the process of collection; (2) all other assets charged-off as required by Oregon bank regulators or a state or federal examiner; and (3) all accrued expenses, interest and taxes of the institution. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve's view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

Our business is highly reliant on technology and our ability to manage the operational risks associated with technology.

Our business involves storing and processing sensitive consumer and business customer data. A cyber security breach may result in theft of such data or disruption of our transaction processing systems. We depend on internal systems and outsourced technology to support these data storage and processing operations. Our inability to use or access these information systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact the timeliness and efficiency of our business operations. A material breach of customer data security may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customers, result in increased expense to contain the event and/or require that we provide credit monitoring services for affected customers, result in regulatory fines and sanctions and/or result in litigation. Cyber security risk management programs are expensive to maintain and will not protect the Company from all risks associated with maintaining the security of customer data and the Company's proprietary data from external and internal intrusions, disaster recovery and failures in the controls used by our vendors. In addition, Congress and the legislatures of states in which we operate regularly consider legislation that would impose more stringent data privacy requirements.

Our business is highly reliant on third party vendors and our ability to manage the operational risks associated with outsourcing those services.

We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our operations. These vendors provide services that support our operations, including the storage and processing of sensitive consumer and business customer data, as well as our sales efforts. A cyber security breach of a vendor's system may result in theft of our data or disruption of business processes.  A material breach of customer data security at a service provider's site may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customers; result in increased expense to contain the event and/or require that we provide credit monitoring services for affected customers, result in regulatory fines and sanctions and/or result in litigation.  In most cases, we will remain primarily liable to our customers for losses arising from a breach of a vendor's data security system. We rely on our outsourced service providers to implement and maintain prudent cyber security controls.  We have procedures in place to assess a vendor's cyber security controls prior to establishing a contractual relationship and to periodically review assessments of those control systems; however, these procedures are not infallible and a vendor's system can be breached despite the procedures we employ. We have alliances with other companies that assist in our sales efforts. In our wealth management business, we have an alliance with Ferguson Wellman, a registered investment advisor to whom we refer customers for investment advice and asset management services. We cannot be sure that we will be able to maintain these relationships on favorable terms. In addition, some of our data processing services are provided by companies associated with our competitors. The loss of these vendor relationships could disrupt the services we provide to our customers and cause us to incur significant expense in connection with replacing these services.

Damage to our brand and reputation could significantly harm our business and prospects.

Our brand and reputation are important assets. Our relationship with many of our customers is predicated upon our reputation as a high quality provider of financial services that adheres to the highest standards of ethics, service quality and regulatory compliance. We believe that our brand has been, and continues to be, well received in our industry, with current and potential customers, investors and employees. Our ability to attract and retain customers, investors and employees depends upon external perceptions of us. Damage to our reputation among existing and potential customers, investors and employees could cause significant harm to our business and prospects and may arise from numerous sources, including litigation or regulatory actions, failing to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, lending practices, inadequate protection of customer information, sales and marketing efforts, compliance failures, unethical behavior and the misconduct of employees. Adverse developments with respect to our industry may also, by association, negatively impact our reputation or result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny or litigation against us.


24

Table of Contents

A decline in the Company's stock price or expected future cash flows, or a material adverse change in our results of operations or prospects, could result in impairment of our goodwill.

From time to time, the Company's common stock has traded at a price below its book value, including goodwill and other intangible assets.  A significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate or slower growth rates could result in impairment of our goodwill.  If impairment was deemed to exist, a write down of goodwill would occur with a charge to earnings.

We have a significant gross deferred tax asset position at  December 31, 2016 , and we are required to assess the recoverability of this asset on an ongoing basis.

Deferred tax assets are evaluated on a quarterly basis to determine if they are expected to be recoverable in the future. Our evaluation considers positive and negative evidence to assess whether it is more likely than not that a portion of the asset will not be realized. The risk of a valuation allowance increases if continuing operating losses are incurred. Future negative operating performance or other negative evidence may result in a valuation allowance being recorded against some or all of this amount. A valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset could have a material adverse impact on our capital and results of operations.

Involvement in non-bank business creates risks associated with the securities industry.

Umpqua Investments' retail brokerage operations present special risks not borne by community banks that focus exclusively on community banking. For example, the brokerage industry is subject to fluctuations in the stock market that may have a significant adverse impact on transaction fees, customer activity and investment portfolio gains and losses. Likewise, additional or modified regulations may adversely affect Umpqua Investments' operations. Umpqua Investments is also dependent on a small number of established brokers, whose departure could result in the loss of a significant number of customer accounts. A significant decline in fees and commissions or trading losses suffered in the investment portfolio could adversely affect Umpqua Investments' income and potentially require the contribution of additional capital to support its operations. Umpqua Investments is subject to claim arbitration risk arising from customers who claim their investments were not suitable or that their portfolios were too actively traded. These risks increase when the market, as a whole, declines. The risks associated with retail brokerage may not be supported by the income generated by those operations. See Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-"Non-interest Income".

The value of the securities in our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by continued disruptions in securities markets.

The market for some of the investment securities held in our portfolio has become extremely volatile over the past three years. Volatile market conditions or deteriorating financial performance of the issuer or obligor may detrimentally affect the value of these securities. There can be no assurance that the declines in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in other-than-temporary or permanent impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.


25

Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
The executive offices of Umpqua and Umpqua Investments are located at One SW Columbia Street in Portland, Oregon in office space that is leased. The Bank's headquarters, located in Roseburg, Oregon, is owned. At December 31, 2016 , the Bank conducted community banking activities or operated Commercial Banking Centers at 346 locations, in California, Oregon and Washington along the I-5 corridor; in the San Francisco Bay area, Inland Foothills, Napa, and Coastal regions in California; in Bend and along the Pacific Coast of Oregon; in greater Seattle and Bellevue, Washington, and in Idaho and Reno, Nevada, of which 139 are owned and 207 are leased under various agreements. As of December 31, 2016 , the Bank also operated 24 facilities for the purpose of administrative and other functions, such as back-office support, of which 3 are owned and 21 are leased. All facilities are in a good state of repair and appropriately designed for use as banking or administrative office facilities. As of December 31, 2016 , Umpqua Investments leased four stand-alone offices from unrelated third parties and also leased space in 13 Bank stores under lease agreements based on market rates.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
Due to the nature of our business, we are involved in legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, we do not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

The Company assumed, as successor-in-interest to Sterling, the defense of litigation matters pending against Sterling. Sterling previously reported that on December 11, 2009, a putative securities class action complaint captioned City of Roseville Employees' Retirement System v. Sterling Financial Corp., et al., No. CV 09-00368-EFS, was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Washington against Sterling and certain of its current and former officers. On June 18, 2010, lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint alleging that the defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 10b-5 by making false and misleading statements concerning Sterling's business and financial results. Plaintiffs sought unspecified damages and attorneys' fees and costs. On August 30, 2010, Sterling moved to dismiss the Complaint, and the court granted the motion to dismiss without prejudice on August 5, 2013. On October 11, 2013, the lead plaintiff filed an amended consolidated complaint with the same defendants, class period, alleged violations, and relief sought. On January 24, 2014, Sterling moved to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint, and on September 17, 2014, the court entered an order dismissing the amended consolidated complaint in its entirety with no further leave to amend. On October 24, 2014, plaintiffs filed a Notice of Appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit from the district court's order granting the motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint. Appellant filed its opening brief on April 3, 2015 and the Company filed its reply brief on June 17, 2015; additional appellate briefing was filed in the third quarter 2015 and the appeal hearing is currently scheduled for second quarter 2017.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable  


26

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
  (a)    Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "UMPQ." As of December 31, 2016 , there were 400,000,000 common shares authorized for issuance. The following table presents the high and low sales prices of our common stock for each period, based on inter-dealer prices that do not include retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions, and cash dividends declared for each period:

Quarter Ended
High

 
Low

 
Cash Dividend Per Share

December 31, 2016
$
19.30

 
$
14.78

 
$
0.16

September 30, 2016
$
16.51

 
$
14.79

 
$
0.16

June 30, 2016
$
16.78

 
$
14.61

 
$
0.16

March 31, 2016
$
16.35

 
$
13.46

 
$
0.16

 
 
 
 
 

December 31, 2015
$
18.05

 
$
15.52

 
$
0.16

September 30, 2015
$
18.89

 
$
15.53

 
$
0.16

June 30, 2015
$
18.92

 
$
16.82

 
$
0.15

March 31, 2015
$
17.50

 
$
14.70

 
$
0.15

 
As of December 31, 2016 , our common stock was held by approximately 5,042 shareholders of record, a number that does not include beneficial owners who hold shares in "street name", or shareholders from previously acquired companies that have not exchanged their stock. At December 31, 2016 , a total of 219,000 stock options, 1.1 million shares of restricted stock and 78,000 restricted stock units were outstanding.
The payment of future cash dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and subject to a number of factors, including results of operations, general business conditions, growth, financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. Further, our ability to pay future cash dividends is subject to certain regulatory requirements and restrictions discussed in the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 above.
During 2016 , Umpqua's Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per common share for each quarter. These dividends were made pursuant to our existing dividend policy and in consideration of, among other things, earnings, regulatory capital levels, the overall payout ratio and expected asset growth. We expect that the dividend rate will be reassessed on a quarterly basis by the Board of Directors in accordance with the dividend policy.
We have a dividend reinvestment plan that permits shareholder participants to purchase shares at the then-current market price in lieu of the receipt of cash dividends. Shares issued in connection with the dividend reinvestment plan are purchased in open market transactions.

27

Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information about equity compensation plans that provide for the award of securities or the grant of options to purchase securities to employees and directors of Umpqua and its subsidiaries and predecessors by merger that were in effect at December 31, 2016 .

(shares in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
 
(A)
 
(B)
 
(C)
 
 
Number of securities
 
 
 
Number of securities
 
 
to be issued
 
Weighted average
 
remaining available for future
 
 
upon exercise of
 
exercise price of
 
issuance under equity
 
 
outstanding options
 
outstanding options,
 
compensation plans excluding
Plan category
 
warrants and rights
 
warrants and rights (3)
 
securities reflected in column (A)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 Stock Incentive Plan (1)
 

 
$

 
7,926

2003 Stock Incentive Plan (1)
 
240

 
$
17.66

 

Other (2)
 
95

 
$
17.52

 

Total
 
335

 
$
17.62

 
7,926

 
 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 

 
$

 

Total
 
335

 
$
17.62

 
7,926


(1)
Shareholders approved the Company's 2013 Incentive Plan (the "2013 Plan") on April 16, 2013, and approved an amendment to the 2013 plan to increase the number of authorized shares at the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders. The 2013 Plan authorizes the issuance of equity awards to directors and employees and reserves 12 million shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under the plan (up to 6 million shares for "full value awards" as described below). With the adoption of the 2013 Plan, no additional awards will be issued from the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan or the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan. Under the terms of the 2013 Plan, options and awards generally vest ratably over a period of three to five years, the exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant, and the maximum term is ten years. The 2013 Plan weights "full value awards" (restricted stock and performance share awards) as two shares issued from the total authorized under the 2013 Plan; we have issued only full value awards under the 2013 Plan. For purposes of column (C) above, the total number of shares available for future issuance under the 2013 Plan for full value awards was 4.0 million at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016, 1.1 million shares issued under the 2013 Plan as restricted stock/performance share awards were outstanding, but subject to forfeiture in the event time or performance based conditions are not met.
(2)
Includes other Umpqua stock plans and stock plans assumed through previous mergers.
(3)
Weighted average exercise price is based solely on securities with an exercise price.

(b)    Not applicable.

28

Table of Contents


(c)
The following table provides information about repurchases of common stock by the Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2016:

Period
 
Total number
of Common Shares
Purchased (1)
 
Average Price
Paid per Common Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan (2)
 
Maximum Number of Remaining Shares that May be Purchased at Period End under the Plan
10/1/16 - 10/31/16
 
365

 
14.92

 

 
10,882,429

11/1/16 - 11/30/16
 
78,388

 
17.75

 
75,000

 
10,807,429

12/1/16 - 12/31/16
 
364

 
18.74

 

 
10,807,429

Total for quarter
 
79,117

 
17.74

 
75,000

 
 

(1)
Common shares repurchased by the Company during the quarter consist of cancellation of 3,832 shares to be issued upon vesting of restricted stock awards and 285 shares to be issued upon vesting of restricted stock units to pay withholding taxes. During the three months ended December 31, 2016 , 75,000 shares were repurchased pursuant to the Company's publicly announced corporate stock repurchase plan described in (2) below.
    
(2)
The Company's share repurchase plan, which was first approved by the Board and announced in August 2003, was amended on September 29, 2011 to increase the number of common shares available for repurchase under the plan to 15 million shares. The repurchase program has been extended multiple times by the board with the current expiration date of July 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2016 , a total of 10.8 million shares remained available for repurchase. The Company repurchased 635,000 shares under the repurchase plan during 2016 , repurchased 571,000 shares in 2015 , and 0 shares under the repurchase plan in 2014 . The timing and amount of future repurchases will depend upon the market price for our common stock, securities laws restricting repurchases, asset growth, earnings, and our capital plan.

There were 154,000 and 52,000 shares tendered in connection with option exercises during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Restricted shares cancelled to pay withholding taxes totaled 279,000 and 135,000 shares during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. There were 49,000 restricted stock units cancelled to pay withholding taxes during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 86,000 in 2015 .

29

Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following chart, which is furnished not filed, compares the yearly percentage changes in the cumulative shareholder return on our common stock during the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 , with (i) the Total Return Index for NASDAQ Bank Stocks (ii) the Total Return Index for The Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S. Companies) (iii) the Standard and Poor's 500 and (iv) the Total Return Index for Nasdaq Bank Stocks and (v) SNL U.S. Bank Nasdaq. This comparison assumes $100.00 was invested on December 31, 2011 , in our common stock and the comparison indices, and assumes the reinvestment of all cash dividends prior to any tax effect and retention of all stock dividends. Price information from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2016 , was obtained by using the NASDAQ closing prices as of the last trading day of each year.
UMPQ-201512_CHARTX03845A01.JPG
 
Period Ending
12/31/2011
12/31/2012
12/31/2013
12/31/2014
12/31/2015
12/31/2016
Umpqua Holdings Corporation
$100.00
$97.72
$164.85
$151.65
$147.03
$180.70
Nasdaq Bank Stocks
$100.00
$118.69
$168.21
$176.48
$192.08
$265.02
Nasdaq U.S.
$100.00
$117.45
$164.57
$188.84
$201.98
$219.89
S&P 500
$100.00
$116.00
$153.57
$174.60
$177.01
$198.18
SNL U.S. Bank Nasdaq
$100.00
$119.19
$171.31
$177.42
$191.53
$265.56


30

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
Umpqua Holdings Corporation
Annual Financial Trends

(in thousands, except per share data)
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
Interest income
$
910,639

$
929,866

$
822,521

$
442,846

$
456,085

Interest expense
66,051

58,232

48,693

37,881

48,849

Net interest income
844,588

871,634

773,828

404,965

407,236

Provision for loan and lease losses
41,674

36,589

40,241

10,716

29,201

Non-interest income
299,940

275,724

181,174

122,895

138,304

Non-interest expense
721,842

718,060

601,746

355,825

357,314

Merger related expenses
15,313

45,582

82,317

8,836

2,338

   Income before provision for income taxes
365,699

347,127

230,698

152,483

156,687

Provision for income taxes
132,759

124,588

83,040

54,192

54,768

Net income
232,940

222,539

147,658

98,291

101,919

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
125

357

484

788

682

Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
232,815

$
222,182

$
147,174

$
97,503

$
101,237

 
 
 
 
 
 
YEAR END
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
24,813,119

$
23,406,381

$
22,620,965

$
11,636,666

$
11,792,241

Earning assets
21,775,347

20,309,574

19,381,411

10,272,043

10,465,742

Loans and leases  (1)
17,508,663

16,866,536

15,338,794

7,732,228

7,176,670

Deposits
19,020,985

17,707,189

16,892,099

9,117,660

9,379,275

Term debt
852,397

888,769

1,006,395

251,494

253,605

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
262,209

255,457

249,294

87,274

85,081

Junior subordinated debentures, at amortized cost
100,931

101,254

101,576

101,899

110,985

Total shareholders' equity
3,916,795

3,849,334

3,777,626

1,723,917

1,720,600

Common shares outstanding
220,177

220,171

220,161

111,973

111,890

 
 
 
 
 
 
AVERAGE
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
24,121,462

$
22,905,541

$
19,169,098

$
11,507,688

$
11,499,499

Earning assets
21,010,501

19,727,031

16,484,664

10,224,606

10,252,167

Loans and leases (1)
17,258,081

15,938,127

13,003,762

7,367,602

6,707,194

Deposits
18,347,451

17,250,810

14,407,331

9,057,673

9,124,619

Term debt
897,050

923,992

815,017

252,546

254,601

Junior subordinated debentures
359,003

352,872

301,525

189,237

187,139

Total shareholders' equity
3,898,599

3,820,505

3,137,858

1,729,083

1,701,403

Basic common shares outstanding
220,282

220,327

186,550

111,938

111,935

Diluted common shares outstanding
220,908

221,045

187,554

112,176

112,151

 
 
 
 
 
 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings
$
1.06

$
1.01

$
0.79

$
0.87

$
0.90

Diluted earnings
1.05

1.01

0.78

0.87

0.90

Book value
17.79

17.48

17.16

15.40

15.38

Tangible book value  (2)
9.50

9.16

8.79

8.46

9.25

Cash dividends declared
0.64

0.62

0.60

0.60

0.34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

31

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets (3)
0.97
%
0.97
%
0.77
%
0.85
%
0.88
%
Return on average common shareholders' equity  (4)
5.97
%
5.82
%
4.69
%
5.64
%
5.95
%
Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity (5)
11.25
%
11.22
%
9.17
%
9.77
%
9.88
%
Efficiency ratio (6)
64.15
%
66.27
%
71.23
%
66.83
%
64.94
%
Average common shareholders' equity to average assets
16.16
%
16.68
%
16.37
%
15.03
%
14.80
%
Leverage ratio  (7)
9.21
%
9.73
%
10.99
%
10.90
%
11.44
%
Net interest margin (fully tax equivalent)  (8)
4.04
%
4.44
%
4.73
%
4.01
%
4.02
%
Non-interest income to total net revenue  (9)
26.21
%
24.03
%
18.97
%
23.28
%
25.35
%
Dividend payout ratio (10)
60.38
%
61.39
%
75.95
%
68.97
%
37.78
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing loans and leases (11)
$
56,134

$
44,384

$
59,553

$
35,321

$
70,968

Non-performing assets (11)
62,872

66,691

97,495

59,256

98,480

Allowance for loan and lease losses
133,984

130,322

116,167

95,085

103,666

Net charge-offs
38,012

22,434

19,159

19,297

32,823

Non-performing loans and leases to loans and leases
0.32
%
0.26
%
0.39
%
0.46
%
0.99
%
Non-performing assets to total assets
0.25
%
0.28
%
0.43
%
0.51
%
0.84
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases
0.77
%
0.77
%
0.76
%
1.23
%
1.44
%
Allowance for credit losses to loans and leases
0.79
%
0.79
%
0.78
%
1.25
%
1.46
%
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
0.22
%
0.14
%
0.15
%
0.26
%
0.49
%
 
(1)
Excludes loans held for sale
(2)
Average common shareholders' equity less average intangible assets (excluding MSR) divided by shares outstanding at the end of the year. See Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation"-"Results of Operations - Overview" for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures, in Item 7 of this report.
(3)
Net earnings available to common shareholders divided by average assets.
(4)
Net earnings available to common shareholders divided by average common shareholders' equity.
(5)
Net earnings available to common shareholders divided by average common shareholders' equity less average intangible assets. See Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-"Results of Operations - Overview" for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures, in Item 7 of this report.
(6)
Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (fully tax equivalent) and non-interest income.
(7)
Tier 1 capital divided by leverage assets. Leverage assets are defined as quarterly average total assets, net of goodwill, intangibles and certain other items as required by the Federal Reserve.
(8)
Net interest margin (fully tax equivalent) is calculated by dividing net interest income (fully tax equivalent) by average interest earnings assets.
(9)
Non-interest income divided by the sum of non-interest income and net interest income.
(10)
Dividends declared per common share divided by basic earnings per common share.
(11)
Excludes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that Umpqua has the right but not the obligation to repurchase that are past due 90 days or more totaling $10.9 million, $19.2 million, $11.1 million, $4.1 million and $237,000, as of December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.


32

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS  

See the discussion of forward-looking statements and risk factors in Part I Item 1 and Item 1A of this report.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
 
Significant items for the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows: 

Financial Performance 
Net earnings available to common shareholders per diluted common share were $1.05 for the year ended December 31, 2016 , as compared to $1.01 for the year ended December 31, 2015 .  
 
Net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, was 4.04% for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to 4.44% for the year ended December 31, 2015 .  The decrease in net interest margin was primarily attributable to the lower level of accretion of the credit discount recorded on loans acquired from Sterling, as well as lower average yields on interest-earning assets, particularly in loans and leases, attributable to the low interest rate environment during most of 2016, as well as an increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

Residential mortgage banking revenue was $157.9 million for 2016 , compared to $124.7 million for 2015 . The 26.6% increase was the result of an increase in mortgage originations and sale income, which increased due to an increase in the gain on sale margin from 3.36% to 3.72% and a 14.1% increase in closed loans for sale. The increase was partially offset by $25.9 million negative fair value adjustments to the mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") asset during the year ended December 31, 2016 , as compared to negative fair value adjustments of $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 .

Total gross loans and leases were $17.5 billion as of December 31, 2016 , an increase of $642.1 million , or 3.8% , as compared to December 31, 2015 .  This increase is primarily driven by growth in the commercial (including leasing and equipment financing) and consumer loans, partially offset by a decline in a multi-family loans. Total gross loans and leases also decreased due to portfolio loan sales of  $462.5 million , primarily consisting of residential mortgage and multifamily loans.
 
Total deposits were $19.0 billion as of December 31, 2016 , an increase of $1.3 billion , or 7.4% , as compared to December 31, 2015 . This increase was primarily driven by growth in all deposit categories, most notably in non-interest bearing demand and money market accounts.
 
Total consolidated assets were $24.8 billion as of December 31, 2016 , as compared to $23.4 billion at December 31, 2015 .  

Credit Quality
Non-performing assets decreased to $62.9 million , or 0.25% of total assets, as of December 31, 2016 , as compared to $66.7 million , or 0.28% of total assets, as of December 31, 2015 .  Non-performing loans and leases in creased to $56.1 million , or 0.32% of total loans and leases, as of December 31, 2016 , as compared to $44.4 million , or 0.26% of total loans and leases as of December 31, 2015
 
Net charge-offs on loans were $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , or 0.22% of average loans and leases, as compared to net charge-offs of $22.4 million , or 0.14% of average loans and leases, for the year ended December 31, 2015 .  

The provision for loan and lease losses was $41.7 million for 2016 , as compared to $36.6 million recognized for 2015 . The increase was principally attributable to the growth in the loans and leases portfolio as well as an increase in net charge-offs.

33

Table of Contents


Capital and Growth Initiatives
The Company's total risk based capital was 14.7% and its Tier 1 common to risk weighted assets ratio was 11.5% as of December 31, 2016 . As of December 31, 2015 , the Company's total risk based ratio was 14.3% and its Tier 1 common to risk weighted assets ratio was 11.4% .

Declared cash dividends of $0.64 per common share for 2016 and $0.62 per common share for 2015 .

SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
The SEC defines "critical accounting policies" as those that require application of management's most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in future periods. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. Not all of these significant accounting policies require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates. Management believes that the following policies would be considered critical under the SEC's definition. 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Commitments 
 
The Bank performs regular credit reviews of the loan and lease portfolio to determine the credit quality and adherence to underwriting standards. When loans and leases are originated, they are assigned a risk rating that is reassessed periodically during the term of the loan through the credit review process.  The Bank's risk rating methodology assigns risk ratings ranging from 1 to 10, where a higher rating represents higher risk. The 10 risk rating categories are a primary factor in determining an appropriate amount for the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Bank has a management Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses ("ALLL") Committee, which is responsible for, among other things, regularly reviewing the ALLL methodology, including loss factors, and ensuring that it is designed and applied in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The ALLL Committee reviews and approves loans and leases recommended for impaired status.  The ALLL Committee also approves removing loans and leases from impaired status.  The Bank's Audit and Compliance Committee provides board oversight of the ALLL process and reviews and approves the ALLL methodology on a quarterly basis. 

Each risk rating is assessed an inherent credit loss factor that determines the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses provided for that group of loans and leases with similar risk rating. Credit loss factors may vary by region based on management's belief that there may ultimately be different credit loss rates experienced in each region. Regular credit reviews of the portfolio also identify loans that are considered potentially impaired. Potentially impaired loans are referred to the ALLL Committee which reviews and approves designated loans as impaired. A loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events, we determine that we will probably not be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. When we identify a loan as impaired, we measure the impairment using discounted cash flows, except when the sole remaining source of the repayment for the loan is the liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, we use the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows.

If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we either recognize an impairment reserve as a specific component to be provided for in the allowance for loan and lease losses or charge-off the impaired balance on collateral dependent loans if it is determined that such amount represents a confirmed loss.  The combination of the risk rating-based allowance component and the impairment reserve allowance component lead to an allocated allowance for loan and lease losses.  
 
The Bank may also maintain an unallocated allowance amount to provide for other credit losses inherent in a loan and lease portfolio that may not have been contemplated in the credit loss factors. This unallocated amount generally comprises less than 5% of the allowance, but may be maintained at higher levels during times of economic conditions characterized by falling real estate values. The unallocated amount is reviewed periodically based on trends in credit losses, the results of credit reviews and overall economic trends. As of December 31, 2016 , there was no unallocated allowance amount.
The reserve for unfunded commitments ("RUC") is established to absorb inherent losses associated with our commitment to lend funds, such as with a letter or line of credit. The adequacy of the ALLL and RUC are monitored on a regular basis and are based on management's evaluation of numerous factors. These factors include the quality of the current loan portfolio; the

34

Table of Contents

trend in the loan portfolio's risk ratings; current economic conditions; loan concentrations; loan growth rates; past-due and non-performing trends; evaluation of specific loss estimates for all significant problem loans; historical charge-off and recovery experience; and other pertinent information.   
Management believes that the ALLL was adequate as of December 31, 2016 . There is, however, no assurance that future loan losses will not exceed the levels provided for in the ALLL and could possibly result in additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. In addition, bank regulatory authorities, as part of their periodic examination of the Bank, may require additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods if warranted as a result of their review. A substantial percentage of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate; as a result, a significant decline in real estate market values may require an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses.  
 
Acquired Loans
 
Acquired loans and leases are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. For purchased non-impaired loans, the difference between the fair value and unpaid principal balance of the loan at the acquisition date is amortized or accreted to interest income using the effective interest method over the remaining contractual period to maturity.
 
The acquired loans that are purchased impaired loans are aggregated into pools based on individually evaluated common risk characteristics and aggregate expected cash flows were estimated for each pool. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation. The cash flows expected to be received over the life of the pool were estimated by management. These cash flows were input into an accounting loan system which calculates the carrying values of the pools and underlying loans, book yields, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on actual and projected events. Default rates, loss severity, and prepayment speeds assumptions are periodically reassessed and updated within the accounting model to update our expectation of future cash flows. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over a pool's carrying value is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the estimated life of the loan or pool using the effective yield method. The accretable yield may change due to changes in the timing and amounts of expected cash flows. Changes in the accretable yield are disclosed quarterly. 
 
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights ("MSR") 
 
The Company determines its classes of servicing assets based on the asset type being serviced along with the methods used to manage the risk inherent in the servicing assets, which includes the market inputs used to value the servicing assets. The Company measures its residential mortgage servicing assets at fair value and reports changes in fair value through earnings.  Fair value adjustments encompass market-driven valuation changes and the runoff in value that occurs from the passage of time, which are separately reported. Under the fair value method, the MSR is carried in the balance sheet at fair value and the changes in fair value are reported in earnings under the caption residential mortgage banking revenue in the period in which the change occurs. 
 
Retained mortgage servicing rights are measured at fair value as of the date of the related loan sale. We use quoted market prices when available. Subsequent fair value measurements are determined using a discounted cash flow model. In order to determine the fair value of the MSR, the present value of expected net future cash flows is estimated. Assumptions used include market discount rates, anticipated prepayment speeds, delinquency and foreclosure rates, and ancillary fee income net of servicing costs. This model is periodically validated by an independent external model validation group. The model assumptions and the MSR fair value estimates are also compared to observable trades of similar portfolios as well as to MSR broker valuations and industry surveys, as available. 

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead are periodically tested for impairment. Management performs an impairment analysis for the intangible assets with indefinite lives on an annual basis as of December 31.  Additionally, goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are evaluated on an interim basis when events or circumstances indicate impairment potentially exists.  The impairment analysis requires management to make subjective judgments. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures, technology, changes in discount rates and specific industry and market conditions. There can be no assurance that changes in circumstances, estimates or assumptions may result in additional impairment of all, or some portion of, goodwill or other intangible assets. 


35

Table of Contents

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis of the Community Banking reporting segment as of December 31, 2016 . The Company assessed qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicated that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. Based on this analysis, no further testing was determined to be necessary. During the first quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $142,000 relating to the winding down of an immaterial subsidiary.
Stock-based Compensation 
 
We recognize expense in the income statement for the grant-date fair value of restricted shares and stock options as equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees' requisite service period (generally the vesting period). The requisite service period may be subject to performance conditions. The fair value of the restricted shares is based on the Company's share price on the grant date. Management assumptions utilized at the time of grant impact the fair value of the option calculated under the pricing model, and ultimately, the expense that will be recognized over the expected service period related to each option.
 
Fair Value 
 
A hierarchical disclosure framework associated with the level of pricing observability is utilized in measuring financial instruments at fair value. The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have little or no pricing observability and a higher degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Pricing observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established and the characteristics specific to the transaction.
  
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 
 
Information regarding Recent Accounting Pronouncements is included in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 below .

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-OVERVIEW
 
For the year ended December 31, 2016 , net earnings available to common shareholders were $232.8 million , or $1.05 per diluted common share, as compared to net earnings available to common shareholders of $222.2 million , or $1.01 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The increase in net earnings available to common shareholders in 2016 is principally attributable to a decline in non-interest expense, reflecting lower merger related expenses and lower salaries and benefits expense, partially offset by higher mortgage banking expenses due to the increase in mortgage originations. Total revenues increased from the prior year as increased mortgage banking revenues were offset by lower average yields on interest-earning assets, along with a lower level of interest income arising from the accretion of the credit discount recorded on acquired loans.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net earnings available to common shareholders were $222.2 million , or $1.01 per diluted common share, as compared to net earnings available to common shareholders of $147.2 million , or $0.78 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The increase in net earnings available to common shareholders in 2015 is principally attributable to net income contribution from the full year of the operations acquired from Sterling, increased residential mortgage banking revenue resulting from the current mortgage interest rate environment, gain on sale of portfolio loans, and lower merger related expenses.
  
The Company incurs significant expenses related to the completion and integration of mergers and acquisitions. It also recognizes gains or losses on its junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value resulting from changes in interest rates and the estimated market credit risk adjusted spread that do not directly correlate with the Company's operating performance. Additionally, it may recognize goodwill impairment losses that have no direct effect on the Company's or the Bank's cash balances, liquidity, or regulatory capital ratios. The Company recognizes gains and losses related to the change in the fair value of its MSR, which are primarily tied to movements in interest rates, and are not indicative of the fundamental operating activities for the period. It also recognizes gains or losses related to the change in the fair value of its swap derivatives, which

36


are driven by movements in interest rates and are beyond our control. On occasion, the Company may sell certain securities in its investment portfolio, and recognize an associated gain or loss, which can be highly discretionary based on the timing of the sales, market opportunities, and interest rates, and therefore are not reflective of the Company's operating performance. The Company also may incur expenses related to the exit or disposal of certain business activities, such as the consolidation of bank branches, which do not reflect the on-going operating performance of the Company. Lastly, the Company may recognize one-time bargain purchase gains on certain acquisitions that are not reflective of the Company's on-going earnings power.

Accordingly, management believes that our operating results are best measured on a comparative basis excluding the after-tax impact of merger related expenses, gains or losses on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value, gains or losses from the change in fair value of MSR asset, gains or losses from the change in fair value of the swap derivative, net gains or losses on investment securities, exit or disposal costs and other charges related to business combinations such as goodwill impairment charges or bargain purchase gains. The Company defines operating earnings as earnings available to common shareholders before these items, and calculates operating earnings per diluted share by dividing operating earnings by the same diluted share total used in determining diluted earnings per common share. Operating earnings and operating earnings per diluted share are considered "non-GAAP" financial measures. Although we believe the presentation of non-GAAP financial measures provides a better indication of our operating performance, readers of this report are urged to review the GAAP results as presented in the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in Item 8 below.


37


The following table provides the reconciliation of earnings available to common shareholders (GAAP) to operating earnings (non-GAAP), and earnings per diluted common share (GAAP) to operating earnings per diluted share (non-GAAP) for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 :   
 
Reconciliation of Net Earnings Available to Common Shareholders to Operating Earnings  
Years Ended December 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
232,815

 
$
222,182

 
$
147,174

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from change in fair value of MSR asset
25,926

 
20,723

 
16,587

Gain on investment securities, net
(858
)
 
(2,922
)
 
(2,904
)
Net loss on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value
6,323

 
6,306

 
5,090

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of swap derivatives
(1,497
)
 
(162
)
 
3,232

Merger related expenses
15,313

 
45,582

 
82,317

Goodwill impairment
142

 

 

Exit or disposal costs
4,716

 

 

     Total pre-tax adjustments
$
50,065

 
$
69,527


$
104,322

  Income tax effect (1)
(19,969
)
 
(27,811
)
 
(41,729
)
     Net adjustments
30,096

 
41,716

 
62,593

Operating earnings
$
262,911

 
$
263,898

 
$
209,767

Per diluted share:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
1.05

 
$
1.01

 
$
0.78

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from change in fair value of MSR asset
0.12

 
0.09

 
0.09

  Gain on investment securities, net

 
(0.01
)
 
(0.02
)
Net loss on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value
0.03

 
0.03

 
0.03

  (Gain) loss from change in fair value of swap derivatives
(0.01
)
 

 
0.02

Merger related expenses
0.07

 
0.20

 
0.44

  Goodwill impairment

 

 

  Exit or disposal costs
0.02

 

 

     Total pre-tax adjustments
0.23

 
0.31

 
0.56

  Income tax effect (1)
(0.09
)
 
(0.13
)
 
(0.22
)
     Net adjustments
0.14

 
0.18

 
0.34

Operating earnings
$
1.19

 
$
1.19

 
$
1.12


(1) Income tax effect of operating earnings adjustments at 40% for tax-deductible items.
 
The following table presents the returns on average assets, average common shareholders' equity and average tangible common shareholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 . For each of the periods presented, the table includes the calculated ratios based on reported net earnings available to common shareholders and operating earnings as shown in the table above. Our return on average common shareholders' equity is negatively impacted as the result of capital required to support goodwill. To the extent this performance metric is used to compare our performance with other financial institutions that do not have merger and acquisition-related intangible assets, we believe it beneficial to also consider the return on average tangible common shareholders' equity. The return on average tangible common shareholders' equity is calculated by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by average shareholders' common equity less average goodwill and intangible assets, net (excluding MSRs). The return on average tangible common shareholders' equity is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and should be viewed in conjunction with the return on average common shareholders' equity.  

38


 
Return on Average Assets, Common Shareholders' Equity and Tangible Common Shareholders' Equity 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Returns on average assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings available to common shareholders
0.97
%
 
0.97
%
 
0.77
%
Operating earnings
1.09
%
 
1.15
%
 
1.09
%
Returns on average common shareholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings available to common shareholders
5.97
%
 
5.82
%
 
4.69
%
Operating earnings
6.74
%
 
6.91
%
 
6.69
%
Returns on average tangible common shareholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings available to common shareholders
11.25
%
 
11.22
%
 
9.17
%
Operating earnings
12.70
%
 
13.32
%
 
13.07
%
Calculation of average common tangible shareholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
Average common shareholders' equity
$
3,898,599

 
$
3,820,505

 
$
3,137,858

Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets, net
(1,828,575
)
 
(1,839,599
)
 
(1,533,403
)
Average tangible common shareholders' equity
$
2,070,024

 
$
1,980,906

 
$
1,604,455


Additionally, management believes tangible common equity and the tangible common equity ratio are meaningful measures of capital adequacy. Umpqua believes the exclusion of certain intangible assets in the computation of tangible common equity and tangible common equity ratio provides a meaningful base for period-to-period and company-to-company comparisons, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results and capital of the Company. Tangible common equity is calculated as total shareholders' equity less preferred stock and less goodwill and other intangible assets, net (excluding MSRs). In addition, tangible assets are total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets, net (excluding MSRs).  The tangible common equity ratio is calculated as tangible common shareholders' equity divided by tangible assets. The tangible common equity and tangible common equity ratio is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and should be viewed in conjunction with the total shareholders' equity and the total shareholders' equity ratio.
The following table provides a reconciliation of ending shareholders' equity (GAAP) to ending tangible common equity (non-GAAP), and ending assets (GAAP) to ending tangible assets (non-GAAP) as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
 
Reconciliations of Total Shareholders' Equity to Tangible Common Shareholders' Equity and Total Assets to Tangible Assets 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Total shareholders' equity
$
3,916,795

 
$
3,849,334

Subtract:
 
 
 
Goodwill
1,787,651

 
1,787,793

  Other intangible assets, net
36,886

 
45,508

Tangible common shareholders' equity
$
2,092,258

 
$
2,016,033

Total assets
$
24,813,119

 
$
23,406,381

Subtract:
 
 
 
Goodwill
1,787,651

 
1,787,793

  Other intangible assets, net
36,886

 
45,508

Tangible assets
$
22,988,582

 
$
21,573,080

Tangible common equity ratio
9.10
%
 
9.35
%
 

39


Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited.  Although we believe these non-GAAP financial measure are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.
  
NET INTEREST INCOME 
 
Net interest income is the largest source of our operating income. Net interest income for 2016 was $844.6 million , a decrease of $27.0 million or 3.1% compared to the same period in 2015 . The decrease in net interest income in 2016 as compared to 2015 is primarily attributable to lower average yields on interest-earning assets, specifically within the loan and lease portfolio. The decrease was partially offset by growth in average interest-earning assets. The decrease in net interest income also reflects a higher average cost of funds, primarily driven by an increase in the cost of time deposits due to the utilization of longer-term maturities which typically carry a higher rate paid, as well as an increase in the interest expense on junior subordinated debentures.
Net interest income for 2015 was $871.6 million , an increase of $97.8 million or 12.6% compared to the same period in 2014. The increase in net interest income in 2015 as compared to 2014 is attributable to an increase in average interest-earning assets, primarily loans, loans held for sale and investment securities, partially offset by a lower level of accretion of the credit discount recorded on loans acquired from Sterling. 
The net interest margin (net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets) on a fully tax equivalent basis was 4.04% for 2016 , a decrease of 40 basis points as compared to 2015 .  The decrease in net interest margin primarily resulted from the lower level of accretion of the credit discount recorded on loans acquired from Sterling, as well as decreased yields on earning assets. The yield on loans and leases for 2016 decreased by 55 basis points as compared to 2015. The total cost of interest-bearing liabilities for 2016 was 0.46% , representing an increase of 4 basis points compared to 2015 . The cost of time deposits was 0.86% in 2016 compared to 0.64% in 2015 .
The net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis was 4.44% for 2015 , a decrease of 29 basis points as compared to the same period in 2014 . The decrease in net interest margin primarily resulted from the lower level of accretion of the credit discount recorded on loans acquired from Sterling, as well as decreased yields on earning assets.


40


Our net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on deposits and borrowed funds. The following table presents condensed average balance sheet information, together with interest income and yields on average interest-earning assets, and interest expense and rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities for years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014

Average Rates and Balances  
(dollars in thousands) 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
Interest
 
Average 
 
 
 
Interest
 
Average 
 
 
 
Interest
 
Average 
 
Average
 
Income or
 
Yields or
 
Average
 
Income or
 
Yields or
 
Average
 
Income or
 
Yields or
 
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rates
 
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rates
 
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rates
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held for sale
$
416,724

 
$
15,995

 
3.84
%
 
$
333,455

 
$
12,407

 
3.72
%
 
$
205,580

 
$
8,337

 
4.06
%
Loans and leases (1)
17,258,081

 
834,072

 
4.83
%
 
15,938,127

 
857,026

 
5.38
%
 
13,003,762

 
755,466

 
5.81
%
Taxable securities
2,314,062

 
47,826

 
2.07
%
 
2,275,512

 
48,550

 
2.13
%
 
2,072,936

 
46,109

 
2.22
%
Non-taxable securities (2)
284,780

 
13,426

 
4.71
%
 
310,684

 
14,684

 
4.73
%
 
301,535

 
15,692

 
5.20
%
Temporary investments and interest-bearing deposits
736,854

 
3,918

 
0.53
%
 
869,253

 
2,236

 
0.26
%
 
900,851

 
2,264

 
0.25
%
Total interest earning assets
21,010,501

 
915,237

 
4.36
%
 
19,727,031

 
934,903

 
4.74
%
 
16,484,664

 
827,868

 
5.02
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(132,492
)
 
 
 
 
 
(126,063
)
 
 
 
 
 
(96,513
)
 
 
 
 
Other assets
3,243,453

 
 
 
 
 
3,304,573

 
 
 
 
 
2,780,947

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
24,121,462

 
 
 
 
 
$
22,905,541

 
 
 
 
 
$
19,169,098

 
 
 
 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing checking
$
2,189,589

 
$
2,415

 
0.11
%
 
$
2,080,126

 
$
1,957

 
0.09
%
 
$
1,721,452

 
$
950

 
0.06
%
Money market deposits
6,773,939

 
10,499

 
0.15
%
 
6,376,178

 
9,491

 
0.15
%
 
5,255,622

 
6,991

 
0.13
%
Savings deposits
1,248,831

 
655

 
0.05
%
 
1,063,151

 
1,105

 
0.10
%
 
829,737

 
426

 
0.05
%
Time deposits
2,518,507

 
21,671

 
0.86
%
 
2,715,847

 
17,286

 
0.64
%
 
2,649,091

 
15,448

 
0.58
%
Total interest-bearing deposits
12,730,866

 
35,240

 
0.28
%
 
12,235,302

 
29,839

 
0.24
%
 
10,455,902

 
23,815

 
0.23
%
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
333,919

 
132

 
0.04
%
 
321,079

 
173

 
0.05
%
 
303,358

 
346

 
0.11
%
Term debt
897,050

 
15,005

 
1.67
%
 
923,992

 
14,470

 
1.57
%
 
815,017

 
12,793

 
1.57
%
Junior subordinated debentures
359,003

 
15,674

 
4.37
%
 
352,872

 
13,750

 
3.90
%
 
301,525

 
11,739

 
3.89
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
14,320,838

 
66,051

 
0.46
%
 
13,833,245

 
58,232

 
0.42
%
 
11,875,802

 
48,693

 
0.41
%
Non-interest-bearing deposits
5,616,585

 
 
 
 
 
5,015,508

 
 
 
 
 
3,951,429

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
285,440

 
 
 
 
 
236,283

 
 
 
 
 
204,009

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
20,222,863

 
 
 
 
 
19,085,036

 
 
 
 
 
16,031,240

 
 
 
 
Common equity
3,898,599

 
 
 
 
 
3,820,505

 
 
 
 
 
3,137,858

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
24,121,462

 
 
 
 
 
$
22,905,541

 
 
 
 
 
$
19,169,098

 
 
 
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
 
 
$
849,186

 
 
 
 
 
$
876,671

 
 
 
 
 
$
779,175

 
 
NET INTEREST SPREAD
 
 
 
 
3.90
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.32
%
 
 

 
 

 
4.61
%
AVERAGE YIELD ON EARNING ASSETS  (1), (2)
 
 
 
 
4.36
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.74
%
 
 

 
 

 
5.02
%
INTEREST EXPENSE TO EARNING ASSETS
 
 
 
 
0.32
%
 
 
 
 
 
0.30
%
 
 

 
 

 
0.30
%
NET INTEREST INCOME TO EARNING ASSETS OR NET INTEREST MARGIN (1), (2)
 
 
 
 
4.04
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.44
%
 
 

 
 

 
4.73
%
 
(1)
Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance.   

41


(2)
Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a 35% tax rate. The amount of such adjustment was an addition to recorded income of approximately $4.6 million , $5.0 million, and $5.3 million for the years ended 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in tax equivalent net interest income due to changes in average asset and liability balances (volume) and changes in average rates (rate) for 2016 as compared to 2015 and 2015 compared to 2014 . Changes in tax equivalent interest income and expense, which are not attributable specifically to either volume or rate, are allocated proportionately between both variances. 

(in thousands)
2016 compared to 2015
 
2015 compared to 2014
 
Increase (decrease) in interest income
 
Increase (decrease) in interest income
 
and expense due to changes in
 
and expense due to changes in
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held for sale
$
3,185

 
$
403

 
$
3,588

 
$
4,808

 
$
(738
)
 
$
4,070

Loans and leases
67,744

 
(90,698
)
 
(22,954
)
 
160,934

 
(59,374
)
 
101,560

Taxable securities
814

 
(1,538
)
 
(724
)
 
4,376

 
(1,935
)
 
2,441

Non-taxable securities (1)
(1,221
)
 
(37
)
 
(1,258
)
 
465

 
(1,473
)
 
(1,008
)
Temporary investments and interest bearing deposits
(386
)
 
2,068

 
1,682

 
(80
)
 
52

 
(28
)
     Total (1)
70,136

 
(89,802
)
 
(19,666
)
 
170,503

 
(63,468
)
 
107,035

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing demand
107

 
351

 
458

 
231

 
776

 
1,007

Money market
606

 
402

 
1,008

 
1,605

 
895

 
2,500

Savings
168

 
(618
)
 
(450
)
 
147

 
532

 
679

Time deposits
(1,332
)
 
5,717

 
4,385

 
397

 
1,441

 
1,838

Repurchase agreements and federal funds
7

 
(48
)
 
(41
)
 
20

 
(193
)
 
(173
)
Term debt
(431
)
 
966

 
535

 
1,706

 
(29
)
 
1,677

Junior subordinated debentures
243

 
1,681

 
1,924

 
2,001

 
10

 
2,011

Total
(632
)
 
8,451

 
7,819

 
6,107

 
3,432

 
9,539

Net increase (decrease) in net interest income (1)
$
70,768

 
$
(98,253
)
 
$
(27,485
)
 
$
164,396

 
$
(66,900
)
 
$
97,496


(1)
Tax exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a 35% tax rate.  

PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
 
The provision for loan and lease losses was $41.7 million for 2016 , as compared to $36.6 million for 2015 , and $40.2 million for 2014 .  As a percentage of average outstanding loans and leases, the provision for loan and lease losses recorded for 2016 was 0.24% , an increase of 1 basis point from 2015 and a decrease of 7 basis points from 2014 .
 
The increase in the provision for loan and lease losses in 2016 as compared to 2015 is principally attributable to strong growth in the loan portfolio, as well as an increase in net charge-offs. The economy in the Pacific Northwest has improved causing the risk ratings of many of our borrowers, as well as the value of the underlying collateral for real estate collateral loans, to improve as compared to prior years. The loan portfolio increased by $642.1 million since December 31, 2015. For 2016 , there was a $262,000 recapture of the provision for loan and lease losses related to previously acquired loans that were not purchased credit impaired as compared to $375,000 in the provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net-charge offs for 2016 were $38.0 million compared to $22.4 million for 2015 . The increase in charge-offs related to the lease portfolio which has been a strong growth area for the past few years, although the credit quality metrics for the portfolio remain strong.


42


The decrease in 2015 as compared to 2014 is principally attributable to decreasing credit factors used in the calculation of the allowance for loan and lease losses due to the improving credit quality of the portfolio, offset by the increase in the provision relating to new originations. The economy in the Pacific Northwest has improved causing the risk ratings of many of our borrowers to improve as well as the value of the underlying collateral for real estate collateral loans to improve as compared to prior years. For 2015, $375,000 of the provision for loan and lease losses related to previously acquired loans that were not purchased credit impaired as compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Net-charge offs for 2015 were $22.4 million compared to $19.2 million for 2014.
 
The Company recognizes the charge-off of impairment reserves on impaired loans in the period they arise for collateral dependent loans.  Therefore, the non-accrual loans of $27.8 million as of December 31, 2016 have already been written-down to their estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, and are expected to be resolved with no additional material loss, absent further decline in market prices.  

NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
Non-interest income for 2016 was $299.9 million , an increase of $24.2 million , or 8.8% , as compared to the same period in 2015 . Non-interest income for 2015 was $275.7 million , an increase of $94.6 million , or 52.2% , as compared to 2014 . The following table presents the key components of non-interest income for years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
 
Non-Interest Income 
Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
 
2016 compared to 2015
 
2015 compared to 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
Change
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
Change
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
2015
 
2014
 
Amount
 
Percent
Service charges on deposits
 
$
61,268

 
$
59,740

 
$
1,528

 
3
 %
 
$
59,740

 
$
54,700

 
$
5,040

 
9
 %
Brokerage revenue
 
17,033

 
18,481

 
(1,448
)
 
(8
)%
 
18,481

 
18,133

 
348

 
2
 %
Residential mortgage banking revenue, net
 
157,863

 
124,722

 
33,141

 
27
 %
 
124,722

 
77,265

 
47,457

 
61
 %
Gain on investment securities, net
 
858

 
2,922

 
(2,064
)
 
(71
)%
 
2,922

 
2,904

 
18

 
1
 %
Gain on sale of loans, net
 
13,356

 
22,380

 
(9,024
)
 
(40
)%
 
22,380

 
15,113

 
7,267

 
48
 %
Loss on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value
 
(6,323
)
 
(6,306
)
 
(17
)
 
0
 %
 
(6,306
)
 
(5,090
)
 
(1,216
)
 
24
 %
Change in FDIC indemnification asset
 
(82
)
 
(853
)
 
771

 
(90
)%
 
(853
)
 
(15,151
)
 
14,298

 
(94
)%
BOLI income
 
8,514

 
8,351

 
163

 
2
 %
 
8,351

 
6,835

 
1,516

 
22
 %
Other income
 
47,453

 
46,287

 
1,166

 
3
 %
 
46,287

 
26,465

 
19,822

 
75
 %
Total
 
$
299,940

 
$
275,724

 
$
24,216

 
9
 %
 
$
275,724

 
$
181,174

 
$
94,550

 
52
 %
nm = not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The increase in service charges on deposits in 2016 compared to 2015 and 2015 compared to 2014 is primarily the result of organic growth in deposit balances during the periods.

Brokerage commissions and fees in 2016 decreased due to a decrease in managed account fees at Umpqua Investments. Assets under management at Umpqua Investments was $3.2 billion at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 . Brokerage commissions and fees in 2015 increased due to the increase in managed account fees and new balances at Umpqua Investments.  In 2015, assets under management at Umpqua Investments increased to $3.2 billion as compared to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2014.
Residential mortgage banking revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016  increased due to an increase in production, partially offset by losses related to the change in fair value of MSR which were higher in 2016 as compared to 2015 . Closed mortgage volume for sale for 2016 was $4.0 billion , representing a 14% increase compared to 2015 production of $3.5 billion . The gain on sale margin for 2016 was 3.72% compared to 3.36% for 2015. Cash flows received from the servicing of the mortgage servicing rights' underlying loans over the course of the year, offset by an increase in long-term interest rates compared to the same period of the prior year has contributed to a $25.9 million decline in fair value on the MSR asset in 2016 , compared to a $20.7 million decline in fair value recognized in 2015 . As of December 31, 2016 , the Company serviced

43


$14.3 billion of mortgage loans for others, and the related mortgage servicing right asset is valued at $143.0 million , or 1.00% of the total serviced portfolio principal balance.

In connection with the sale of investment securities, we recognized a gain on sale of $858,000 in 2016 , and a gain on sale of $2.9 million for 2015 and 2014 . During 2016 , the Company sold investment securities to reduce the price risk of the portfolio if interest rates were to increase significantly.
The gain on loan sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 , decreased by $9.0 million due to the mix of loans sold during the year offset by the increase in the volume of loans sold.
A loss of $6.3 million was recognized in 2016 and 2015 , compared to a loss of $5.1 million for 2014 , which represents the change of fair value on the junior subordinated debentures recorded at fair value. The increase in the loss during 2015 was the result of the fair value election on the junior subordinated debentures assumed in the Sterling merger, which the Company elected to account for at fair value on a recurring basis.

The change in FDIC indemnification asset represents a change in cash flows expected to be recoverable under the loss-share agreements entered into with the FDIC in connection with FDIC-assisted acquisitions. The change has drastically decreased as these loss-share agreements are ending.
BOLI income increased to $8.5 million in 2016. The increase as compared to prior years relates to increased cash surrender value associated with BOLI assets.
Other income in 2016 compared to 2015 increased by $ 1.2 million , with increases attributable to various fees that have increased due to the increase in loans and due to increased swap revenue of $1.7 million as compared to 2015 . Other income in 2015 as compared to 2014 increased by $19.8 million , with increases attributable to various fees that have increased due to the increase in loans. Other income also increased in 2015 due to increased swap revenue of $8.4 million as compared to 2014, as well as, BOLI death benefits received in 2015 of $5.4 million.
  
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
Non-interest expense for 2016 was $737.2 million , a decrease of $26.5 million , or 3.5% , as compared to 2015. Non-interest expense for 2015 was $763.6 million , an increase of $79.6 million , or 11.6% , as compared to 2014 .  The following table presents the key elements of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .
 
Non-Interest Expense 
Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016 compared to 2015
 
2015 compared to 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
Change
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
2015
 
2014
 
Amount
 
Percent
Salaries and employee benefits
$
424,830

 
$
430,936

 
$
(6,106
)
 
(1
)%
 
$
430,936

 
$
355,379

 
$
75,557

 
21
 %
Occupancy and equipment, net
151,944

 
142,975

 
8,969

 
6
 %
 
142,975

 
111,263

 
31,712

 
29
 %
Communications
21,265

 
20,615

 
650

 
3
 %
 
20,615

 
14,728

 
5,887

 
40
 %
Marketing
10,913

 
11,419

 
(506
)
 
(4
)%
 
11,419

 
9,504

 
1,915

 
20
 %
Services
42,795

 
46,379

 
(3,584
)
 
(8
)%
 
46,379

 
49,086

 
(2,707
)
 
(6
)%
FDIC assessments
15,508

 
13,480

 
2,028

 
15
 %
 
13,480

 
10,998

 
2,482

 
23
 %
(Gain) loss on other real estate owned, net
(279
)
 
1,894

 
(2,173
)
 
(115
)%
 
1,894

 
4,116

 
(2,222
)
 
(54
)%
Intangible amortization
8,622

 
11,225

 
(2,603
)
 
(23
)%
 
11,225

 
10,207

 
1,018

 
10
 %
Merger related expenses
15,313

 
45,582

 
(30,269
)
 
(66
)%
 
45,582

 
82,317

 
(36,735
)
 
(45
)%
Goodwill impairment
142

 

 
142

 
nm

 

 

 

 
 %
Other expenses
46,102

 
39,137

 
6,965

 
18
 %
 
39,137

 
36,465

 
2,672

 
7
 %
Total
$
737,155

 
$
763,642

 
$
(26,487
)
 
(3
)%
 
$
763,642

 
$
684,063

 
$
79,579

 
12
 %


44


Salaries and employee benefits costs decreased $6.1 million as compared to the prior year primarily related to decreased employee stock-based compensation, as well as declines in certain employee benefits and commissions. The increase from 2014 to 2015 related to the full year of compensation expense relating to the employees who joined the Bank through the Sterling merger which was completed in April 2014. In addition, salaries and employee benefit costs also increased due to increased fixed and variable compensation expense associated with higher mortgage banking originations.
Net occupancy and equipment expense increased in 2016 as compared to the prior year as a result of additional maintenance contracts related to certain infrastructure system contracts, following conversions over the past two years. The increase for 2015 as compared to 2014 was due to a full year of rent expense and depreciation expense related to the full year of activity from Sterling related operations, partially offset by store consolidations in 2015.
Communications costs increased in 2016 compared to 2015 , and in 2015 compared to 2014 , primarily due to increased data processing costs as a result of the Company's continued growth and expansion. Marketing expense decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased in 2015 as compared to 2014 primarily related to costs associated with branding initiatives in 2015. Services expense decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 and 2014 primarily due to decreased fees for hosting services related to the system conversions.
FDIC assessments increased in 2016 compared to 2015 and 2014 due to the increase in the assets and deposits from organic growth, as well as a surcharge in 2016.

In the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company recognized a net gain on OREO properties of $ 279,000 , as compared to net losses (which includes loss on sale and valuation adjustments) on OREO properties of $1.9 million and $4.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The gain in 2016 and the decrease in the loss in 2015 is primarily the result of improving real estate values, allowing for better realization of market values of existing OREO properties.

We incur significant expenses in connection with the completion and integration of bank acquisitions that are not capitalizable. These merger related expenses are recorded in accordance with a Board approved accounting policy with respect to merger related charges, including internal and external charges. These expenses include acquisition related expenses, certain facility closure related costs, customer communications, restructuring expenses (including associate severance and retention charges) and expenses related to conversions of systems, including consulting costs. The merger related expenses incurred in 2016, 2015, and 2014, relate to the merger with Sterling. In 2016, the merger related expenses are the result of system and data conversions that continue through various completion phases.

Merger Related Expense
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Legal and professional
 
$
6,904

 
$
21,849

 
$
22,276

Premises and Equipment
 
5,950

 
6,640

 
3,677

Personnel
 
1,405

 
11,564

 
18,837

Communication
 
291

 
2,309

 
2,522

Contract termination
 

 
154

 
10,378

Charitable contributions
 

 

 
10,000

Investment banking fees
 

 

 
9,573

Other
 
763

 
3,066

 
5,054

  Total merger related expense
 
$
15,313

 
$
45,582

 
$
82,317


Other non-interest expense increased in 2016 as compared to 2015 and 2014 due to exit or disposal costs of  $4.7 million  for the year ended December 31, 2016, which relates to the store consolidations that occurred during the second and third quarters of 2016.


45


INCOME TAXES
 
Our consolidated effective tax rate as a percentage of pre-tax income for 2016 was 36.3% , compared to 35.9% for 2015 and 36.0% for 2014 . The effective tax rates differed from the federal statutory rate of 35% and the apportioned state rate of 5.1% (net of the federal tax benefit) principally because of the relative amount of income we earn in each state jurisdiction, non-taxable income arising from bank-owned life insurance, income on tax-exempt investment securities, nondeductible merger expenses and tax credits arising from low income housing investments.

FINANCIAL CONDITION 
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES 
 
The composition of our investment securities portfolio reflects management's investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of interest income. The investment securities portfolio also mitigates interest rate and credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, a source of liquidity (by pledging as collateral or through repurchase agreements) and collateral for certain public funds deposits.
Trading securities consist of securities held in inventory by Umpqua Investments for sale to its clients and securities invested in trust for the benefit of certain executives or former employees of acquired institutions as required by agreements. Trading securities were $11.0 million at December 31, 2016 , as compared to $9.6 million at December 31, 2015 . This increase is principally attributable to an increase in Rabbi Trusts balances. 
 
Investment securities available for sale were $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2016 compared to $2.5 billion at December 31, 2015 .  The increase is due to purchases of investment securities of $852.1 million of investment securities available for sale, offset by a decrease in fair value of investments securities available for sale of $30.7 million, and paydowns of $619.8 million and amortization of net purchase price premiums of $23.7 million .  

Investment securities held to maturity were $4.2 million as of December 31, 2016 as compared to holdings of $4.6 million at December 31, 2015 . The change primarily relates to paydowns and maturities of investment securities held to maturity of $501,000 .
 
The following table presents the available for sale and held to maturity investment securities portfolio by major type as of December 31 for each of the last three years:
 
Summary of Investment Securities
 
(in thousands)
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
AVAILABLE FOR SALE
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agencies
$

 
$

 
$
229

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
307,697

 
313,117

 
338,404

Residential mortgage-backed securities and
collateralized mortgage obligations
2,391,553

 
2,207,420

 
1,957,852

Investments in mutual funds and other equity securities
1,970

 
2,002

 
2,070

 
$
2,701,220

 
$
2,522,539

 
$
2,298,555

HELD TO MATURITY
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities and
collateralized mortgage obligations
$
4,216

 
$
4,609

 
$
5,088

Other investment securities

 

 
123

 
$
4,216

 
$
4,609

 
$
5,211




46


The following table presents information regarding the amortized cost, fair value, average yield and maturity structure of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2016 .
Investment Securities Composition*
December 31, 2016

(dollars in thousands)
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Average
 
Cost
 
Value
 
Yield
OBLIGATIONS OF STATES AND POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS
 
 
 
 
 
One year or less
$
82,688

 
$
83,318

 
5.77
%
One to five years
120,218

 
123,832

 
5.51
%
Five to ten years
82,310

 
81,395

 
3.90
%
Over ten years
20,492

 
19,152

 
3.71
%
 
305,708

 
307,697

 
5.04
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER SECURITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
2,432,603

 
2,396,770

 
1.78
%
Other investment securities
1,959

 
1,970

 
2.28
%
Total securities
$
2,740,270

 
$
2,706,437

 
2.15
%
*Weighted average yields are stated on a federal tax-equivalent basis of 35%. Weighted average yields for available for sale investments have been calculated on an amortized cost basis.

The mortgage-related securities in the table above include both pooled mortgage-backed issues and high-quality collaterized mortgage obligation structures, with an average duration of 4.1 years. These mortgage-related securities provide yield spread to U.S. Treasury or agency securities; however, the cash flows arising from them can be volatile due to refinancing of the underlying mortgage loans.

The equity security in "Other investment securities" in the table above at December 31, 2016 and 2015, principally represents an investment in a Community Reinvestment Act investment fund comprised largely of mortgage-backed securities, although funds may also invest in municipal bonds, certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, or securities issued by other investment companies.
We review investment securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") or permanent impairment, taking into consideration current market conditions, fair value in relationship to cost, extent and nature of the change in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, whether we intend to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of our amortized cost basis of the investment, which may be maturity, and other factors.   

Gross unrealized losses in the available for sale investment portfolio was $44.0 million at December 31, 2016 .  This consisted primarily of unrealized losses on residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations of $40.5 million .  The unrealized losses were primarily caused by interest rate increases subsequent to the purchase of the securities, and not credit quality. In the opinion of management, these securities are considered only temporarily impaired due to changes in market interest rates or the widening of market spreads subsequent to the initial purchase of the securities, and not due to concerns regarding the underlying credit of the issuers or the underlying collateral.

RESTRICTED EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Restricted equity securities were $45.5 million at December 31, 2016 and $46.9 million at December 31, 2015 .  The decrease is attributable to net redemptions of Federal Home Loan Banks ("FHLB") stock.  Of the $45.5 million at December 31, 2016 , $44.1 million represents the Bank's investment in the FHLBs of Des Moines and San Francisco.  FHLB stock is carried at par

47


and does not have a readily determinable fair value. Ownership of FHLB stock is restricted to the FHLB and member institutions, and can only be purchased and redeemed at par.    

LOANS AND LEASES
 
Loans and Leases, net 
Total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2016  were $17.5 billion , an increase of $642.1 million as compared to year-end 2015 . This increase is principally attributable to net new loan and lease originations of $1.2 billion , partially offset by charge-offs of $49.9 million , transfers to other real estate owned of $5.9 million , and loans sold of $462.5 million during the period.

The following table presents the composition of the loan and lease portfolio, net of deferred fees and costs, as of December 31 for each of the last five years.

Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition
As of December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Amount
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
Commercial real estate, net
$
9,395,062

 
53.7
%
 
$
9,331,804

 
55.4
%
 
$
8,903,660

 
58.1
%
 
$
4,630,155

 
59.9
%
 
$
4,582,768

 
63.9
%
Commercial, net
3,575,627

 
20.4
%
 
3,174,570

 
18.8
%
 
2,948,823

 
19.2
%
 
2,142,213

 
27.7
%
 
1,757,660

 
24.5
%
Residential, net
3,899,815

 
22.3
%
 
3,832,973

 
22.7
%
 
3,097,275

 
20.2
%
 
907,485

 
11.7
%
 
792,604

 
11.0
%
Consumer & other, net
638,159

 
3.6
%
 
527,189

 
3.1
%
 
389,036

 
2.5
%
 
52,375

 
0.7
%
 
43,638

 
0.6
%
Total loans and leases, net
$
17,508,663

 
100.0
%
 
$
16,866,536

 
100.0
%
 
$
15,338,794

 
100.0
%
 
$
7,732,228

 
100.0
%
 
$
7,176,670

 
100.0
%


Loan and Lease Concentrations 
The following table presents the concentration distribution of our loan and lease portfolio by major type:

  (dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Amount
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
$
3,330,442

 
19.0
%
 
$
3,226,836

 
19.1
%
Owner occupied term, net
2,599,055

 
14.9
%
 
2,582,874

 
15.3
%
Multifamily, net
2,858,956

 
16.3
%
 
3,151,516

 
18.7
%
Construction & development, net
463,625

 
2.7
%
 
271,119

 
1.6
%
Residential development, net
142,984

 
0.8
%
 
99,459

 
0.7
%
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term, net
1,508,780

 
8.6
%
 
1,408,676

 
8.4
%
LOC & other, net
1,116,259

 
6.4
%
 
1,036,733

 
6.1
%
Leases and equipment finance, net
950,588

 
5.4
%
 
729,161

 
4.3
%
Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage, net
2,887,971

 
16.5
%
 
2,909,306

 
17.2
%
Home equity loans & lines, net
1,011,844

 
5.8
%
 
923,667

 
5.5
%
Consumer & other, net
638,159

 
3.6
%
 
527,189

 
3.1
%
Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
17,508,663

 
100.0
%
 
$
16,866,536

 
100.0
%


48


Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
The following table presents the maturity distribution of our commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolios and the rate sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2016 :
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans Over One Year
 
By Maturity
 
by Rate Sensitivity
 
One Year
 
One Through
 
Over Five
 
 
 
Fixed
 
Floating
 
or Less
 
Five Years
 
Years
 
Total
 
Rate
 
Rate
Commercial real estate
$
777,210

 
$
1,902,953

 
$
6,714,899

 
$
9,395,062

 
$
1,389,318

 
$
7,228,534

Commercial (1)
$
1,326,760

 
$
649,227

 
$
649,052

 
$
2,625,039

 
$
806,170

 
$
492,109


(1)
Excludes the lease and equipment finance portfolio.

ASSET QUALITY AND NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
 
The following table summarizes our non-performing assets and restructured loans:   
 
Non-Performing Assets 
As of December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Loans and leases on non-accrual status
$
27,765

 
$
29,215

 
$
52,041

 
$
31,891

 
$
66,736

Loans and leases past due 90 days or more and accruing (1)
28,369

 
15,169

 
7,512

 
3,430

 
4,232

Total non-performing loans and leases
56,134

 
44,384

 
59,553

 
35,321

 
70,968

Other real estate owned
6,738

 
22,307

 
37,942

 
23,935

 
27,512

Total non-performing assets
$
62,872

 
$
66,691

 
$
97,495

 
$
59,256

 
$
98,480

Restructured loans (2)
$
40,667

 
$
31,355

 
$
54,836

 
$
68,791

 
$
70,602

Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
133,984

 
$
130,322

 
$
116,167

 
$
95,085

 
$
103,666

Reserve for unfunded commitments
3,611

 
3,574

 
3,539

 
1,436

 
1,223

Allowance for credit losses
$
137,595

 
$
133,896

 
$
119,706

 
$
96,521

 
$
104,889

Asset quality ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing assets to total assets
0.25
%
 
0.28
%
 
0.43
%
 
0.51
%
 
0.84
%
Non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases
0.32
%
 
0.26
%
 
0.39
%
 
0.46
%
 
0.99
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases
0.77
%
 
0.77
%
 
0.76
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.44
%
Allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases
0.79
%
 
0.79
%
 
0.78
%
 
1.25
%
 
1.46
%
Allowance for credit losses to total non-performing loans and leases
245
%
 
302
%
 
201
%
 
273
%
 
148
%
  
(1)
Excludes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that Umpqua has the right but not the obligation to repurchase that are past due 90 days or more totaling $10.9 million, $19.2 million, $11.1 million, $4.1 million and $237,000, as of December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
(2)
Represents accruing restructured loans performing according to their restructured terms. 


49


Under acquisition accounting rules, loans (including those considered non-performing) acquired from Sterling were recorded at their estimated fair value. The Company recognized the loan portfolio acquired from Sterling at fair value as of the acquisition date, which resulted in a discount to the loan portfolio's previous carrying value. Neither the credit portion nor any other portion of the fair value mark is reflected in the reported allowance for loan and lease losses, or related allowance coverage ratios, but we believe should be considered when comparing the current period ratios to similar ratios in periods prior to the acquisition of Sterling due to the impact of the purchase credit impaired loans not being included in non-performing loans, however, these acquired loans are included in the total loans and leases. In addition, the allowance for credit loss ratios have declined from periods prior to the acquisition of Sterling due to the acquired loans being included in total loans and leases, but not having a related allowance due to the application of the credit discount.

The purchased non-credit impaired loans had remaining credit discount that will accrete into interest income over the life of the loans of $43.9 million and $72.8 million , as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The purchased credit impaired loan pools had remaining discount of $45.7 million and $68.0 million , as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Loans acquired with deteriorating credit quality are accounted for as purchased credit impaired pools. Typically this would include loans that were considered non-performing or restructured as of acquisition date. Accordingly, subsequent to acquisition, loans included in the purchased credit impaired pools are not reported as non-performing loans based upon their individual performance status, so the categories of nonaccrual, impaired and 90 days past due and accruing do not include any purchased credit impaired loans.

Restructured Loans 
At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , impaired loans of $40.7 million and $31.4 million were classified as performing restructured loans, respectively.  The restructurings were granted in response to borrower financial difficulty, by providing modification of loan repayment terms. The performing restructured loans on accrual status represent principally the only impaired loans accruing interest at December 31, 2016 .  In order for a restructured loan to be considered performing and on accrual status, the loan's collateral coverage generally will be greater than or equal to 100% of the loan balance, the loan must be current on payments, and the borrower must either prefund an interest reserve or demonstrate the ability to make payments from a verified source of cash flow. There were no available commitments for troubled debt restructurings outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

The following table presents a distribution of our performing restructured loans by year of maturity, according to the restructured terms, as of December 31, 2016
(in thousands)
 
Year
Amount
2017
$
30,829

2018
3

2019
194

2020
179

2021
3,246

Thereafter
6,216

Total
$
40,667

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND RESERVE FOR UNFUNDED COMMITMENTS
 
The allowance for loan and lease losses ("ALLL") totaled $134.0 million at December 31, 2016 , an increase of  $3.7 million from the $130.3 million at December 31, 2015 . The increase in the ALLL from the prior year-end is a result of loan and lease growth.

50


The following table provides a summary of activity in the ALLL by major loan type, net of deferred fees for each of the five years ended December 31:
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses   
(dollars in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Balance, beginning of period
$
130,322

 
$
116,167

 
$
95,085

 
$
103,666

 
$
107,288

Loans charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate, net
(3,137
)
 
(6,797
)
 
(8,030
)
 
(9,748
)
 
(25,270
)
Commercial, net
(35,545
)
 
(20,247
)
 
(16,824
)
 
(20,810
)
 
(13,822
)
Residential, net
(1,885
)
 
(970
)
 
(1,855
)
 
(3,655
)
 
(5,878
)
Consumer & other, net
(9,356
)
 
(7,557
)
 
(3,469
)
 
(1,285
)
 
(2,158
)
Total loans charged-off
(49,923
)
 
(35,571
)
 
(30,178
)
 
(35,498
)
 
(47,128
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate, net
1,958

 
2,682

 
2,539

 
4,436

 
6,673

Commercial, net
4,995

 
5,001

 
6,744

 
10,445

 
6,089

Residential, net
1,028

 
641

 
462

 
569

 
999

Consumer & other, net
3,930

 
4,813

 
1,274

 
751

 
544

Total recoveries
11,911

 
13,137

 
11,019

 
16,201

 
14,305

Net charge-offs
(38,012
)
 
(22,434
)
 
(19,159
)
 
(19,297
)
 
(32,823
)
Provision charged to operations
41,674

 
36,589

 
40,241

 
10,716

 
29,201

Balance, end of period
$
133,984

 
$
130,322

 
$
116,167

 
$
95,085

 
$
103,666

As a percentage of average loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs
0.22
%
 
0.14
%
 
0.15
%
 
0.26
%
 
0.49
%
Provision for loan and lease losses
0.24
%
 
0.23
%
 
0.31
%
 
0.15
%
 
0.44
%
Recoveries as a percentage of charge-offs
23.86
%
 
36.93
%
 
36.51
%
 
45.64
%
 
30.35
%
 
The unallocated portion of ALLL provides for coverage of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio but not captured in the credit loss factors that are utilized in the risk rating-based component, or in the specific impairment reserve component of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and acknowledges the inherent imprecision of all loss prediction models. At both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , there was no unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses.
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses and percent of loans and leases in each category to total loans and leases, net of deferred fees, as of December 31: 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Composition
As of December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
Commercial real estate, net
$
47,795

 
53.7
%
 
$
54,293

 
55.4
%
 
$
55,184

 
58.1
%
 
$
59,538

 
59.9
%
 
$
67,038

 
63.9
%
Commercial, net
58,840

 
20.4
%
 
47,487

 
18.8
%
 
41,216

 
19.2
%
 
27,028

 
27.7
%
 
27,905

 
24.5
%
Residential, net
17,946

 
22.3
%
 
22,017

 
22.7
%
 
15,922

 
20.2
%
 
7,487

 
11.7
%
 
7,729

 
11.0
%
Consumer & other, net
9,403

 
3.6
%
 
6,525

 
3.1
%
 
3,845

 
2.5
%
 
1,032

 
0.7
%
 
994

 
0.6
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
133,984

 
 

 
$
130,322

 
 
 
$
116,167

 
 

 
$
95,085

 
 

 
$
103,666

 
 



51


At December 31, 2016 , the recorded investment in loans classified as impaired totaled $54.0 million , with a corresponding valuation allowance (included in the allowance for loan and lease losses) of $867,000 .  The valuation allowance on impaired loans represents the impairment reserves on performing current and former restructured loans and nonaccrual loans. At December 31, 2015 , the total recorded investment in impaired loans was $52.1 million , with a corresponding valuation allowance (included in the allowance for loan and lease losses) of $788,000 .  The valuation allowance on impaired loans represents the impairment reserves on performing current and former restructured loans and nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2015
 
The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for unfunded commitments ("RUC"):  
 
Summary of Reserve for Unfunded Commitments Activity 
Years Ended December 31,
  (in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of period
$
3,574

 
$
3,539

 
$
1,436

Net change to other expense
37

 
35

 
(1,863
)
Acquired reserve

 

 
3,966

Balance, end of period
$
3,611

 
$
3,574

 
$
3,539

 
We believe that the ALLL and RUC at December 31, 2016 are sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio and credit commitments outstanding as of that date based on the best information available. This assessment, based in part on historical levels of net charge-offs, loan and lease growth, and a detailed review of the quality of the loan and lease portfolio, involves uncertainty and judgment. Therefore, the adequacy of the ALLL and RUC cannot be determined with precision and may be subject to change in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory authorities, as part of their periodic examination of the Bank, may require additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods if warranted as a result of their review.   

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS
 
The following table presents the key elements of our residential mortgage servicing rights asset as of December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014
 
Summary of Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of period
$
131,817

 
$
117,259

 
$
47,765

Acquired/purchased MSR

 

 
62,770

Additions for new MSR capitalized
37,082

 
35,284

 
23,311

Changes in fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 Due to changes in model inputs or assumptions(1)
7,873

 
(380
)
 
(5,757
)
 Other(2)
(33,799
)
 
(20,346
)
 
(10,830
)
Balance, end of period
$
142,973

 
$
131,817

 
$
117,259


(1) Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, which are primarily affected by changes in interest rates.
(2) Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

Information related to our serviced loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 was as follows: 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Balance of loans serviced for others
$
14,327,368

 
$
13,047,266

 
$
11,590,310

MSR as a percentage of serviced loans
1.00
%
 
1.01
%
 
1.01
%

52



Residential mortgage servicing rights are adjusted to fair value quarterly with the change recorded in residential mortgage banking revenue. The value of residential mortgage servicing rights is impacted by market rates for mortgage loans. Historically low market rates can cause prepayments to increase as a result of refinancing activity. To the extent loans are prepaid sooner than estimated at the time servicing assets are originally recorded, it is possible that certain residential mortgage servicing rights assets may decrease in value. Generally, the fair value of our residential mortgage servicing rights will increase as market rates for mortgage loans rise and decrease if market rates fall.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , we had goodwill of $1.8 billion .  Goodwill is recorded in connection with business combinations and represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. For the year ended December 31, 2016 , goodwill impairment losses of $142,000 were recognized related to a small subsidiary that is winding down operations. There were no goodwill impairment losses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

At December 31, 2016 , we had other intangible assets of $36.9 million , as compared to $45.5 million at December 31, 2015 .   As part of a business acquisition, the fair value of identifiable intangible assets such as core deposits, which includes all deposits except certificates of deposit, are recognized at the acquisition date. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized to their estimated residual values over their respective estimated useful lives, and are also reviewed for impairment. We amortize other intangible assets on an accelerated or straight-line basis over an estimated ten to fifteen year life. Other intangible assets decreased in 2016 from 2015 as a result of amortization of the other intangible assets of $8.6 million during the year. No impairment losses have been recognized in the periods presented. 

DEPOSITS
 
Total deposits were $19.0 billion at December 31, 2016 , an increase of $1.3 billion , or 7.4% , as compared to year-end 2015 due to growth in all deposit categories, but primarily non-interest bearing demand and money market accounts. The growth reflects initiatives across the organization to focus on core deposit gathering.
 
The following table presents the deposit balances by major category as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
 
Deposits 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(dollars in thousands) 
 
Amount
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
Non-interest bearing
 
$
5,861,469

 
31
%
 
$
5,318,591

 
30
%
Interest bearing demand
 
2,296,532

 
12
%
 
2,157,376

 
12
%
Money market
 
6,932,717

 
36
%
 
6,599,516

 
37
%
Savings
 
1,325,757

 
7
%
 
1,136,809

 
6
%
Time, $100,000 or greater
 
1,702,982

 
9
%
 
1,604,446

 
9
%
Time, less than $100,000
 
901,528

 
5
%
 
890,451

 
6
%
Total
 
$
19,020,985

 
100
%
 
$
17,707,189

 
100
%
 
The following table presents the scheduled maturities of time deposits of $100,000 and greater as of December 31, 2016 :
Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 and Greater
(in thousands)
Amount
Three months or less
$
388,543

Over three months through six months
204,130

Over six months through twelve months
456,933

Over twelve months
653,376

Time, $100,000 and over
$
1,702,982


53



The Company has brokered deposits, including Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARS") included in time and money market deposits. These products are designed to enhance our ability to attract and retain customers and increase deposits, by providing additional FDIC coverage to customers. At December 31, 2016, the Company's brokered deposits, including CDARS, were $1.0 billion compared to $758.9 million as of December 31, 2015.
BORROWINGS
 
At December 31, 2016 , the Bank had outstanding $352.9 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and no outstanding federal funds purchased balances. The Bank had outstanding term debt of $852.4 million at December 31, 2016 , primarily with the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"). Term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2016 decreased $36.4 million since December 31, 2015 as a result of maturity payoffs, offset by new advances. Advances from the FHLB are secured by investment securities and loans secured by real estate. The FHLB advances have coupon interest rates ranging from 0.73% to 7.10% and mature in 2017 through 2033.

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES 
 
We had junior subordinated debentures with carrying values of $363.1 million and $356.7 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.  The increase is due to the change in fair value for the junior subordinated debentures elected to be carried at fair value. As of December 31, 2016 , the majority of the junior subordinated debentures had interest rates that are adjustable on a quarterly basis based on a spread over three month LIBOR.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CASH FLOW
 
The principal objective of our liquidity management program is to maintain the Bank's ability to meet the day-to-day cash flow requirements of our customers who either wish to withdraw funds or to draw upon credit facilities to meet their cash needs. 
 
We monitor the sources and uses of funds on a daily basis to maintain an acceptable liquidity position. One source of funds includes public deposits. Individual state laws require banks to collateralize public deposits, typically as a percentage of their public deposit balance in excess of FDIC insurance.  Public deposits represent 8.6% and 10.6% of total deposits at December 31, 2016 and at December 31, 2015 , respectively. The amount of collateral required varies by state and may also vary by institution within each state, depending on the individual state's risk assessment of depository institutions. Changes in the pledging requirements for uninsured public deposits may require pledging additional collateral to secure these deposits, drawing on other sources of funds to finance the purchase of assets that would be available to be pledged to satisfy a pledging requirement, or could lead to the withdrawal of certain public deposits from the Bank. In addition to liquidity from core deposits and the repayments and maturities of loans and investment securities, the Bank can utilize established uncommitted federal funds lines of credit, sell securities under agreements to repurchase, borrow on a secured basis from the FHLB or issue brokered certificates of deposit.  
 
The Bank had available lines of credit with the FHLB totaling $5.9 billion at December 31, 2016 subject to certain collateral requirements, namely the amount of pledged loans and investment securities. The Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve totaling $348.0 million subject to certain collateral requirements, namely the amount of certain pledged loans. The Bank had uncommitted federal funds line of credit agreements with additional financial institutions totaling $450.0 million at December 31, 2016 . Availability of lines is subject to federal funds balances available for loan and continued borrower eligibility. These lines are intended to support short-term liquidity needs, and the agreements may restrict consecutive day usage. 
 
The Company is a separate entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. Substantially all of the Company's revenues are obtained from dividends declared and paid by the Bank. There were $164.0 million of dividends paid by the Bank to the Company in 2016 .  There are statutory and regulatory provisions that could limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company. We believe that such restrictions will not have an adverse impact on the ability of the Company to fund its quarterly cash dividend distributions to common shareholders and meet its ongoing cash obligations, which consist principally of debt service on the outstanding junior subordinated debentures. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company did not have any borrowing arrangements of its own. 
 

54


As disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows , net cash provided by operating activities was $421.6 million during 2016 , with the difference between cash provided by operating activities and net income largely consisting of proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale of $4.1 billion , offset by originations of loans held for sale of $4.0 billion , as well as the gain on sale of loans of $178.1 million .  This compares to net cash provided by operating activities of $376.7 million during 2015 , with the difference between cash provided by operating activities and net income largely consisting of proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale of $3.5 billion , offset by originations of loans held for sale of $3.5 billion , as well as the gain on sale of loans of $150.9 million .
 
Net cash of $919.0 million used by investing activities during the 2016 consisted principally of $1.2 billion of net change in loans and leases and $852.1 million of purchases of investment securities available for sale, partially offset by proceeds from investment securities available for sale of $619.8 million and proceeds from sale of loans and leases of $475.8 million . This compares to net cash of $1.8 billion used by investing activities during 2015 , which consisted principally of net changes in loans and leases of $1.8 billion and purchases of investment securities available for sale of $1.1 billion , partially offset by proceeds from investment securities available for sale of $805.6 million and proceeds from sale of loans and leases of $288.8 million .
 
Net cash of $1.2 billion provided by financing activities during 2016 primarily consisted of $1.3 billion increase in net deposits and $490.0 million proceeds from term debt borrowings, partially offset by repayment of debt of $525.0 million and dividends paid on common stock of $141.1 million . This compares to net cash of $548.7 million provided by financing activities during 2015 , which consisted primarily of $820.2 million increase in net deposits, partially offset by repayment of term debt of $265.0 million and $134.6 million dividends paid on common stock.
 
Although we expect the Bank's and the Company's liquidity positions to remain satisfactory during 2017, it is possible that our deposit balances for 2017 may not be maintained at previous levels due to pricing pressure or, in order to generate deposit growth, our pricing may need to be adjusted in a manner that results in increased interest expense on deposits.
  
OFF-BALANCE-SHEET-ARRANGEMENTS
 
Information regarding Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements is included in Note 18 and 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 below .
The following table presents a summary of significant contractual obligations extending beyond one year as of December 31, 2016 and maturing as indicated:
Future Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2016 :
(in thousands)
 
Less than 1 Year
 
1 to 3 Years
 
3 to 5 Years
 
More than 5 Years
 
Total
Deposits (1)
 
$
17,992,981

 
$
550,744

 
$
471,343

 
$
5,917

 
$
19,020,985

Term debt
 
255,000

 
50,000

 
540,000

 
5,146

 
850,146

Junior subordinated debentures (2)
 

 

 

 
475,427

 
475,427

Operating leases
 
32,765

 
55,996

 
38,352

 
48,822

 
175,935

Other long-term liabilities (3)
 
4,021

 
6,865

 
7,457

 
51,000

 
69,343

Total contractual obligations
 
$
18,284,767

 
$
663,605

 
$
1,057,152

 
$
586,312

 
$
20,591,836

(1) Deposits with indeterminate maturities, such as demand, savings and money market accounts, are reflected as obligations due in less than one year.
(2) Represents the issued amount of all junior subordinated debentures.
(3) Includes maximum payments related to employee benefit plans, assuming all future vesting conditions are met. Additional information about employee benefit plans is provided in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 below.

The table above does not include interest payments or purchase accounting adjustments related to deposits, term debt or junior subordinated debentures.

55


As of December 31, 2016 , the Company has a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the amount of $3.4 million , which includes accrued interest of $354,000 . As the Company is not able to estimate the period in which this liability will be paid in the future, this amount is not included in the future contractual obligations table above.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Information regarding Concentrations of Credit Risk is included in Note 2, 4, and 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 below .

CAPITAL RESOURCES 
 
Shareholders' equity at December 31, 2016 was $3.9 billion , an increase of $67.5 million from December 31, 2015 . The increase in shareholders' equity during the year ended was principally due to net income of $232.9 million , offset by other comprehensive loss, net of tax, of $18.8 million and common stock dividends declared of $141.4 million .
 
The Federal Reserve Board has in place guidelines for risk-based capital requirements applicable to U.S. banks and bank/financial holding companies. These risk-based capital guidelines take into consideration risk factors, as defined by regulation, associated with various categories of assets, both on and off-balance sheet.
On July 2, 2013, the federal banking regulators approved the final proposed rules that revise the regulatory capital rules to incorporate certain revisions by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision to the Basel capital framework ("Basel III"). The phase-in period for the final rules began for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with the final rules entire requirement phased in on January 1, 2019.

The final rules, among other things, include a common equity Tier 1 capital ("CET1") to risk-weighted assets ratio, including a capital conservation buffer, which will gradually increase from 4.5% on January 1, 2015 to 7.0% on January 1, 2019. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% on January 1, 2015 to 8.5% on January 1, 2019, as well as require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%.

Under the final rule, as Umpqua is above $15.0 billion in assets as a result of an acquisition, the combined trust preferred security debt issuances were phased out of Tier 1 and into Tier 2 capital (75% starting in the first quarter of 2015 and 100% starting in the first quarter of 2016). It is possible the Company may accelerate redemption of the existing junior subordinated debentures.  This could result in adjustments to the carrying value of these instruments, including the acceleration of losses on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value within non-interest income. The Company currently does not intend to redeem the junior subordinated debentures in order to support regulatory total capital levels.

The final rules also provide for a number of adjustments to and deductions from the new CET1. Under Basel III, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, the Company and the Bank have made a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending on the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of the Company's securities portfolio. In addition, deductions include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets not dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

Under the BASEL III guidelines, capital strength is measured in three tiers, which are used in conjunction with risk-adjusted assets to determine the risk-based capital ratios. The guidelines require an 8% total risk-based capital ratio, of which 6% must be Tier 1 capital and 4.5% must be CET1. Our CET1 capital primarily includes shareholders' equity less certain deductions for goodwill and other intangibles, net of taxes, net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities, net of tax, and certain DTAs that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards, and totaled $2.1 billion at December 31, 2016 . Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital and qualifying trust preferred securities, less certain additional deductions applied during the phase-in period, totaled $2.1 billion at December 31, 2016 . Tier 2 capital components include all, or a portion of, the allowance for loan and lease losses and the portion of trust preferred securities in excess of Tier 1 statutory limits. The total of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital components is referred to as Total Risk-Based Capital, and was $2.7 billion at December 31, 2016 . The percentage ratios, as calculated under the guidelines, were 11.47% , 11.47% and 14.72% for CET1, Tier 1 and Total Risk-Based Capital, respectively, at December 31, 2016 . The CET1, Tier 1 and Total Risk-Based Capital ratios at December 31, 2015 were 11.35% , 11.65% and 14.34% , respectively.

56


A minimum leverage ratio is required in addition to the risk-based capital standards and is defined as period-end shareholders' equity and qualifying trust preferred securities, less accumulated other comprehensive income, goodwill and deposit-based intangibles, divided by average assets as adjusted for goodwill and other intangible assets. Although a minimum leverage ratio of 4% is required for the highest-rated financial holding companies that are not undertaking significant expansion programs, the Federal Reserve Board may require a financial holding company to maintain a leverage ratio greater than 4% if it is experiencing or anticipating significant growth or is operating with less than well-diversified risks in the opinion of the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board uses the leverage and risk-based capital ratios to assess capital adequacy of banks and financial holding companies. Our consolidated leverage ratios at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 9.21% and 9.73% , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as "well-capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's regulatory capital category.
During the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company made no contributions to the Bank. At December 31, 2016 , all four of the capital ratios of the Bank exceeded the minimum ratios required by federal regulation. Management monitors these ratios on a regular basis to ensure that the Bank remains within regulatory guidelines.
During 2016 , Umpqua's Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.16 per common share for each quarter. These dividends were made pursuant to our existing dividend policy and in consideration of, among other things, earnings, regulatory capital levels, the overall payout ratio and expected asset growth. We expect that the dividend rate will be reassessed on a quarterly basis by the Board of Directors in accordance with the dividend policy.
There is no assurance that future cash dividends on common shares will be declared or increased. The following table presents cash dividends declared and dividend payout ratios (dividends declared per common share divided by basic earnings per common share) for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 :

Cash Dividends and Payout Ratios per Common Share 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Dividend declared per common share
$
0.64

 
$
0.62

 
$
0.60

Dividend payout ratio
60
%
 
61
%
 
76
%

The Company's share repurchase plan, which was first approved by the Board and announced in August 2003, provided authority to repurchase up to 15 million shares of our common stock. In 2015, the Board extended the repurchase program for two years to July 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2016 , a total of 10.8 million shares remained available for repurchase. The Company repurchased 635,000 shares under the repurchase plan in 2016. The timing and amount of future repurchases will depend upon the market price for our common stock, securities laws restricting repurchases, asset growth, earnings, and our capital plan. In addition, our stock plans provide that option and award holders may pay for the exercise price and tax withholdings in part or whole by tendering previously held shares.    

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITIATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 
 
Our market risk arises primarily from credit risk and interest rate risk inherent in our investment, lending and financing activities. To manage our credit risk, we rely on various controls, including our underwriting standards and loan policies, internal loan monitoring and periodic credit reviews as well as our allowance of loan and lease losses ("ALLL") methodology, all of which are administered by the Bank's Credit Quality Group or ALLL Committee. Additionally, the Company's Enterprise Risk and Credit Committee provides board oversight over the Company's loan portfolio risk management functions, the Company's Finance and Capital Committee provides board oversight over the Company's investment portfolio and hedging risk management functions, and the Bank's Audit and Compliance Committee provides board oversight of the ALLL process and reviews and approves the ALLL methodology.

57

Table of Contents

Interest rate risk is the potential for loss resulting from adverse changes in the level of interest rates on the Company's net interest income. The absolute level and volatility of interest rates can have a significant impact on our profitability. The objective of interest rate risk management is to identify and manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates to achieve our overall financial objectives. Based on economic conditions, asset quality and various other considerations, management establishes tolerance ranges for interest rate sensitivity and manages within these ranges. Net interest income and the fair value of financial instruments are greatly influenced by changes in the level of interest rates. We manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies that are established by the Asset/Liability Management Committee ("ALCO"). The ALCO meets monthly and has responsibility for developing asset/liability management policy, formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and earnings and reviewing interest rate sensitivity. The Board of Directors' Finance and Capital Committee provides oversight of the asset/liability management process, reviews the results of the interest rate risk analyses prepared for the ALCO and approves the asset/liability policy on an annual basis.
We measure our interest rate risk position on at least a quarterly basis using three methods: (i) gap analysis, (ii) net interest income simulation; and (iii) economic value of equity (fair value of financial instruments) modeling. The results of these analyses are reviewed by ALCO and the Finance and Capital Committee quarterly. If hypothetical changes to interest rates cause changes to our simulated net interest income simulation or economic value of equity modeling outside of our pre-established internal limits, we may adjust the asset and liability size or mix in an effort to bring our interest rate risk exposure within our established limits.
Gap Analysis

A gap analysis provides information about the volume and repricing characteristics and relationship between the amounts of interest-sensitive assets and interest-bearing liabilities at a particular point in time. An effective interest rate strategy attempts to match how the volume of interest sensitive assets and interest bearing liabilities respond to changes in interest rates within an acceptable timeframe, thereby minimizing the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income. Gap analysis measures interest rate sensitivity at a point in time as the difference between the estimated volumes of asset and liability cash flows or repricing characteristics across various time horizons: immediate to three months, four to twelve months, one to five years, over five years, and on a cumulative basis. The differences are known as interest sensitivity gaps. The main focus of this interest rate management tool is the gap sensitivity identified as the cumulative one year gap. The table below sets forth interest sensitivity gaps for these different intervals as of December 31, 2016.

58

Table of Contents

Interest Sensitivity Gap
(in thousands)
By Estimated Cash Flow or Repricing Interval
 
 
 
 
0-3
4-12
1-5
Over 5
Non-Rate-
 
 
 
Months
Months
Years
Years
Sensitive
 
Total
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing cash and temporary investments
$
1,117,438

$

$

$

$

 
$
1,117,438

Trading account assets
10,964





 
10,964

Securities held to maturity
1,759

59

95

5,044

(2,741
)
 
4,216

Securities available for sale
122,267

336,917

1,083,670

1,110,148

48,218

 
2,701,220

Loans held for sale
390,857




(3,539
)
 
387,318

Loans and leases
5,842,069

2,312,940

7,373,239

1,926,057

54,358

 
17,508,663

Non-interest earning assets




3,083,300

 
3,083,300

Total assets
7,485,354

2,649,916

8,457,004

3,041,249

3,179,596

 
$
24,813,119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Interest bearing demand deposits
$
2,296,532

$

$

$

$

 
$
2,296,532

Money market deposits
6,932,717





 
6,932,717

Savings deposits
1,325,757





 
1,325,757

Time deposits
559,794

1,023,267

1,015,710

5,739


 
2,604,510

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
352,948





 
352,948

Term debt
100,160

155,025

590,133

5,332

1,747

 
852,397

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
379,390




(117,181
)
 
262,209

Junior subordinated debentures, at amortized cost
85,572



10,465

4,894

 
100,931

Non-interest bearing liabilities and shareholders' equity




10,085,118

 
10,085,118

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
12,032,870

1,178,292

1,605,843

21,536

9,974,578

 
$
24,813,119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate sensitivity gap
(4,547,516
)
1,471,624

6,851,161

3,019,713

(6,794,982
)
 
 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap
$
(4,547,516
)
$
(3,075,892
)
$
3,775,269

$
6,794,982

$

 
 
Cumulative gap as a % of earning assets
(21
)%
(14
)%
17
%
31
%
 
 
 

The gap table has inherent limitations and actual results may vary significantly from the results suggested by the gap table. The gap table is unable to incorporate certain balance sheet characteristics or factors. The gap table assumes a static balance sheet and looks at the repricing of existing assets and liabilities without consideration of new loans and deposits that reflect a more current interest rate environment. Changes in the mix of earning assets or supporting liabilities can either increase or decrease the net interest margin without affecting interest rate sensitivity. In addition, the interest rate spread between an asset and its supporting liability can vary significantly, while the timing of repricing for both the asset and the liability remains the same, thus impacting net interest income. This characteristic is referred to as basis risk and generally relates to the possibility that the repricing characteristics of short-term assets tied to the prime rate are different from those of short-term funding sources such as certificates of deposit. Varying interest rate environments can create unexpected changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities that are not reflected in the interest rate sensitivity analysis. These prepayments may have a significant impact on our net interest margin.

59

Table of Contents

For example, unlike the net interest income simulation, the interest rate risk profile of certain deposit products and floating rate loans that have reached their floors cannot be captured effectively in a gap table. Although the table shows the amount of certain assets and liabilities scheduled to reprice in a given time frame, it does not reflect when or to what extent such repricings may actually occur. For example, interest-bearing checking, money market and savings deposits are shown to reprice in the first three months, but we may choose to reprice these deposits more slowly and incorporate only a portion of the movement in market rates based on market conditions at that time. Alternatively, a loan which has reached its floor may not reprice upwards even though market interest rates increase causing such loan to act like a fixed rate loan regardless of its scheduled repricing date. The gap table as presented cannot factor in the flexibility we believe we have in repricing deposits or the floors on our loans.
Because of these factors, an interest sensitivity gap analysis may not provide an accurate or complete assessment of our exposure to changes in interest rates. We believe the estimated effect of a change in interest rates is better reflected in our net interest income and economic value of equity simulations.
Net Interest Income Simulation

Interest rate sensitivity is a function of the repricing characteristics of our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. These repricing characteristics are the time frames within which the interest bearing assets and liabilities are subject to change in interest rates either at replacement, repricing or maturity during the life of the instruments. Interest rate sensitivity management focuses on the maturity structure of assets and liabilities and their repricing characteristics during periods of changes in market interest rates.
Management utilizes an interest rate simulation model to estimate the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in market interest rates. This model is an interest rate risk management tool and the results are not necessarily an indication of our future net interest income. This model has inherent limitations and these results are based on a given set of rate changes and assumptions at one point in time. These estimates are based upon a number of assumptions for each scenario, including changes in the size or mix of the balance sheet, new volume rates for new balances, the rate of prepayments, and the correlation of pricing to changes in the interest rate environment. For example, for interest bearing deposit balances we may choose to reprice these balances more slowly and incorporate only a portion of the movement in market rates based on market conditions at that time. Our primary analysis assumes a static balance sheet, both in terms of the total size and mix of our balance sheet, meaning cash flows from the maturity or repricing of assets and liabilities are redeployed in the same instrument at modeled rates.
Changes that could vary significantly from our assumptions include loan and deposit growth or contraction, changes in the mix of our earning assets or funding sources, the performance of loans accounted for under the expected cash flow method, and future asset/liability management decisions, all of which may have significant effects on our net interest income. Also, some of the assumptions made in the simulation model may not materialize and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur. In addition, the simulation model does not take into account any future actions management could undertake to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes or the impact a change in interest rates may have on our credit risk profile, loan prepayment estimates and spread relationships, which can change regularly. Actions we could undertake include, but are not limited to, growing or contracting the balance sheet, changing the composition of the balance sheet, or changing our pricing strategies for loans or deposits.
The estimated impact on our net interest income over a time horizon of one year as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 are indicated in the table below. For the scenarios shown, the interest rate simulation assumes a parallel and sustained shift in market interest rates ratably over a twelve-month period and no change in the composition or size of the balance sheet. For example, the "up 200 basis points" scenario is based on a theoretical increase in market rates of 16.7 basis points per month for twelve months applied to the balance sheet of December 31 for each respective year.

60

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Simulation Impact on Net Interest Income
As of December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Up 300 basis points
 
4.9
 %
 
2.5
 %
 
0.3
 %
Up 200 basis points
 
3.5
 %
 
1.9
 %
 
0.5
 %
Up 100 basis points
 
2.1
 %
 
1.2
 %
 
0.5
 %
Down 100 basis points
 
(3.8
)%
 
(2.7
)%
 
(2.4
)%
Down 200 basis points
 
(7.4
)%
 
(5.7
)%
 
(5.2
)%
Down 300 basis points
 
(10.3
)%
 
(7.8
)%
 
(7.3
)%

Asset sensitivity indicates that in a rising interest rate environment the Company's net interest margin would increase and in a decreasing interest rate environment the Company's net interest margin would decrease. Liability sensitivity indicates that in a rising interest rate environment a Company's net interest margin would decrease and in a decreasing interest rate environment the Company's net interest margin would increase. For all years presented, we were "asset-sensitive" meaning we expect our net interest income to increase as market rates increase. The relative level of asset sensitivity as of December 31, 2016 has increased from the prior periods presented due to the following strategic actions: 1. greater emphasis on C&I lending which typically carry shorter durations and more frequent repricing characteristics; 2. greater emphasis on reducing long term asset exposure through targeted loan sales; 3. preference for higher interest bearing cash balances which reprice daily; and 4. renewal and extension of term borrowings which enables the Company to secure long term fixed rate stable funding. In the decreasing interest rate environments, we show a decline in net interest income as interest bearing assets re-price lower and deposits remain at or near their floors. It should be noted that although net interest income simulation results are presented through the down 300 basis points interest rate environments, we do not believe the down 200 and 300 basis point scenarios are plausible in the near term given the current level of interest rates.
Interest rate sensitivity in the first year of the net interest income simulation for increasing interest rate scenarios is negatively impacted by the cost of non-maturity deposits repricing immediately while interest earnings assets (primarily the loan and leases held for investment portfolio) reprice at a slower rate based upon the instrument level repricing characteristics (refer to the Interest Sensitivity Gap table above). As a result, interest sensitivity in increasing interest rates scenarios improves in subsequent years as these assets reprice. Management also prepares and reviews the longer term trends of the net interest income simulation to measure and monitor risk. This analysis assumes the same rate shift over the first year of the scenario as described above, and holding steady thereafter. The estimated impact on our net interest income over the first and second year time horizons as it relates to our balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 is indicated in the table below.
Interest Rate Simulation Impact on Net Interest Income
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
Year 1
 
Year 2
Up 300 basis points
 
4.9
 %
 
6.1
 %
Up 200 basis points
 
3.5
 %
 
4.7
 %
Up 100 basis points
 
2.1
 %
 
2.8
 %
Down 100 basis points
 
(3.8
)%
 
(9.1
)%
Down 200 basis points
 
(7.4
)%
 
(17.8
)%
Down 300 basis points
 
(10.3
)%
 
(24.1
)%

In general, we view the net interest income model results as more relevant to the Company's current operating profile (a going concern), and we primarily manage our balance sheet based on this information.

61

Table of Contents

Economic Value of Equity

Another interest rate sensitivity measure we utilize is the quantification of economic value changes for all financial assets and liabilities, given an increase or decrease in market interest rates. This approach provides a longer-term view of interest rate risk, capturing all future expected cash flows. Assets and liabilities with option characteristics are measured based on different interest rate path valuations using statistical rate simulation techniques. The projections are by their nature forward-looking and therefore inherently uncertain, and include various assumptions regarding cash flows and discount rates.
The table below illustrates the effects of various instantaneous market interest rate changes on the fair values of financial assets and liabilities (excluding mortgage servicing rights) as compared to the corresponding carrying values and fair values:
Interest Rate Simulation Impact on Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities
As of December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
Up 300 basis points
 
(8.8
)%
 
(8.1
)%
Up 200 basis points
 
(5.1
)%
 
(4.6
)%
Up 100 basis points
 
(2.3
)%
 
(1.9
)%
Down 100 basis points
 
(2.4
)%
 
0.6
 %
Down 200 basis points
 
(1.0
)%
 
3.4
 %
Down 300 basis points
 
(1.8
)%
 
2.9
 %

As of December 31, 2016 , our economic value of equity model indicates a liability sensitive profile. This suggests a sudden or sustained increase in market interest rates would result in a decrease in our estimated economic value of equity. Our overall sensitivity to market interest rate changes as of December 31, 2016 has increased as compared to December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2016 , our estimated economic value of equity (fair value of financial assets and liabilities) exceeded our book value of equity. This result is primarily based on the value placed on the Company's significant amount of noninterest bearing and low cost interest bearing deposits. While noninterest bearing deposits do not impact the net interest income simulation, the value of these deposits has a significant impact on the economic value of equity model, particularly when market rates are assumed to rise.
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
A financial institution's asset and liability structure is substantially different from that of an industrial firm in that primarily all assets and liabilities of a bank are monetary in nature, with relatively little investment in fixed assets or inventories. Inflation has an important impact on the growth of total assets and the resulting need to increase equity capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain appropriate capital ratios. We believe that the impact of inflation on financial results depends on management's ability to react to changes in interest rates and, by such reaction, reduce the inflationary impact on performance. We have an asset/liability management program which attempts to manage interest rate sensitivity. In addition, periodic reviews of banking services and products are conducted to adjust pricing in view of current and expected costs.
Our financial statements included in Item 8 below have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which requires us to measure financial position and operating results principally in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of inflation on our results of operations is through increased operating costs, such as compensation, occupancy and business development expenses. In management's opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than changes in the rate of inflation. Although interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including U.S. fiscal and monetary policy and general national and global economic conditions.
 

62

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Umpqua Holdings Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP
Portland, Oregon
February 23, 2017

63


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands, except shares)
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
331,994

 
$
277,645

Interest bearing cash and temporary investments
1,117,438

 
496,080

Total cash and cash equivalents
1,449,432

 
773,725

Investment securities
 
 
 
Trading, at fair value
10,964

 
9,586

Available for sale, at fair value
2,701,220

 
2,522,539

Held to maturity, at amortized cost
4,216

 
4,609

Loans held for sale, at fair value
387,318

 
363,275

Loans and leases
17,508,663

 
16,866,536

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(133,984
)
 
(130,322
)
Net loans and leases
17,374,679

 
16,736,214

Restricted equity securities
45,528

 
46,949

Premises and equipment, net
303,882

 
328,734

Goodwill
1,787,651

 
1,787,793

Other intangible assets, net
36,886

 
45,508

Residential mortgage servicing rights, at fair value
142,973

 
131,817

Other real estate owned
6,738

 
22,307

Bank owned life insurance
299,673

 
291,892

Deferred tax asset, net
34,322

 
138,082

Other assets
227,637

 
203,351

Total assets
$
24,813,119

 
$
23,406,381

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
Noninterest bearing
$
5,861,469

 
$
5,318,591

Interest bearing
13,159,516

 
12,388,598

Total deposits
19,020,985

 
17,707,189

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
352,948

 
304,560

Term debt
852,397

 
888,769

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
262,209

 
255,457

Junior subordinated debentures, at amortized cost
100,931

 
101,254

Other liabilities
306,854

 
299,818

Total liabilities
20,896,324

 
19,557,047

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 18)

 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Common stock, no par value, shares authorized: 400,000,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015; issued and outstanding: 220,177,030 as of December 31, 2016 and 220,171,091 as of December 31, 2015
3,515,299

 
3,520,591

Retained earnings
422,839

 
331,301

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(21,343
)
 
(2,558
)
Total shareholders' equity
3,916,795

 
3,849,334

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
24,813,119

 
$
23,406,381


See notes to consolidated financial statements

64


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans and leases
 
$
850,067

 
$
869,433

 
$
763,803

Interest and dividends on investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
 
46,427

 
47,842

 
45,784

Exempt from federal income tax
 
8,828

 
9,647

 
10,345

Dividends
 
1,399

 
708

 
325

Interest on temporary investments and interest bearing deposits
 
3,918

 
2,236

 
2,264

Total interest income
 
910,639

 
929,866

 
822,521

INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on deposits
 
35,240

 
29,839

 
23,815

Interest on securities sold under agreement to repurchase
 
132

 
173

 
346

Interest on term debt
 
15,005

 
14,470

 
12,793

Interest on junior subordinated debentures
 
15,674

 
13,750

 
11,739

Total interest expense
 
66,051

 
58,232

 
48,693

Net interest income
 
844,588

 
871,634

 
773,828

PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES 
 
41,674

 
36,589

 
40,241

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
 
802,914

 
835,045

 
733,587

NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges on deposits
 
61,268

 
59,740

 
54,700

Brokerage revenue
 
17,033

 
18,481

 
18,133

Residential mortgage banking revenue, net
 
157,863

 
124,722

 
77,265

Gain on investment securities, net
 
858

 
2,922

 
2,904

Gain on loan sales, net
 
13,356

 
22,380

 
15,113

Loss on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value
 
(6,323
)
 
(6,306
)
 
(5,090
)
Change in FDIC indemnification asset
 
(82
)
 
(853
)
 
(15,151
)
BOLI income
 
8,514

 
8,351

 
6,835

Other income
 
47,453

 
46,287

 
26,465

Total non-interest income
 
299,940

 
275,724

 
181,174

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
424,830

 
430,936

 
355,379

Occupancy and equipment, net
 
151,944

 
142,975

 
111,263

Communications
 
21,265

 
20,615

 
14,728

Marketing
 
10,913

 
11,419

 
9,504

Services
 
42,795

 
46,379

 
49,086

FDIC assessments
 
15,508

 
13,480

 
10,998

(Gain) loss on other real estate owned, net
 
(279
)
 
1,894

 
4,116

Intangible amortization
 
8,622

 
11,225

 
10,207

Merger related expenses
 
15,313

 
45,582

 
82,317

Goodwill impairment
 
142

 

 

Other expenses
 
46,102

 
39,137

 
36,465

Total non-interest expense
 
737,155

 
763,642

 
684,063

Income before provision for income taxes
 
365,699

 
347,127

 
230,698

Provision for income taxes
 
132,759

 
124,588

 
83,040

Net income
 
$
232,940

 
$
222,539

 
$
147,658



65


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014


(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
232,940

 
$
222,539

 
$
147,658

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
125

 
357

 
484

Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
232,815

 
$
222,182

 
$
147,174

Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$1.06
 
$1.01
 
$0.79
Diluted
$1.05
 
$1.01
 
$0.78
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
220,282

 
220,327

 
186,550

Diluted
220,908

 
221,045

 
187,544


See notes to consolidated financial statements

66


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
(in thousands)

 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
232,940

 
$
222,539

 
$
147,658

Available for sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period
(29,817
)
 
(20,860
)
 
31,215

Income tax benefit (expense) related to unrealized gains
11,558

 
8,031

 
(12,486
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains in earnings
(858
)
 
(2,922
)
 
(2,904
)
Income tax expense related to realized gains
332

 
1,125

 
1,162

  Net change in unrealized (losses) gains
(18,785
)
 
(14,626
)
 
16,987

 
 
 
 
 
 
Held to maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Accretion of unrealized losses related to factors other than credit to investment securities held to maturity

 

 
94

Income tax benefit related to unrealized losses

 

 
(37
)
Net change in unrealized losses related to factors other than credit

 

 
57

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(18,785
)
 
(14,626
)
 
17,044

Comprehensive income
$
214,155

 
$
207,913

 
$
164,702


See notes to consolidated financial statements

67


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014

(in thousands, except shares)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other
 
 
 
Common Stock
 
Retained
 
Comprehensive
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Earnings
 
Income (Loss)
 
Total
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2014
111,973,203

 
$
1,514,485

 
$
214,408

 
$
(4,976
)
 
$
1,723,917

Net income
 
 
 
 
147,658

 
 
 
147,658

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
17,044

 
17,044

Stock issued in connection with merger (1)
104,385,087

 
1,989,030

 
 
 
 
 
1,989,030

Stock-based compensation
 
 
15,292

 
 
 
 
 
15,292

Stock repurchased and retired
(403,828
)
 
(7,183
)
 
 
 
 
 
(7,183
)
Issuances of common stock under stock plans (2)
4,206,658

 
7,692

 
 
 
 
 
7,692

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.60 per share)
 
 
 
 
(115,824
)
 
 
 
(115,824
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
220,161,120

 
$
3,519,316

 
$
246,242

 
$
12,068

 
$
3,777,626

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2015
220,161,120

 
$
3,519,316

 
$
246,242

 
$
12,068

 
$
3,777,626

Net income
 
 
 
 
222,539

 
 
 
222,539

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14,626
)
 
(14,626
)
Stock-based compensation
 
 
14,383

 
 
 
 
 
14,383

Stock repurchased and retired
(844,215
)
 
(14,589
)
 
 
 
 
 
(14,589
)
Issuances of common stock under stock plans
854,186

 
1,481

 
 
 
 
 
1,481

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.62 per share)
 
 
 
 
(137,480
)
 
 
 
(137,480
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
220,171,091

 
$
3,520,591

 
$
331,301

 
$
(2,558
)
 
$
3,849,334

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2016
220,171,091

 
$
3,520,591

 
$
331,301

 
$
(2,558
)
 
$
3,849,334

Net income
 
 
 
 
232,940

 
 
 
232,940

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
(18,785
)
 
(18,785
)
Stock-based compensation
 
 
9,790

 
 
 
 
 
9,790

Stock repurchased and retired
(1,117,061
)
 
(17,708
)
 
 
 
 
 
(17,708
)
Issuances of common stock under stock plans
1,123,000

 
2,626

 
 
 
 
 
2,626

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.64 per share)
 
 
 
 
(141,402
)
 
 
 
(141,402
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
220,177,030

 
$
3,515,299

 
$
422,839


$
(21,343
)
 
$
3,916,795


(1) The amount of common stock issued in connection with the merger is net of $784,000 of issuance costs.
(2) The shares issued include 2,889,996 warrants exercised.

See notes to consolidated financial statements

68


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014

(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
232,940

 
$
222,539

 
$
147,658

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income tax expense
115,650

 
99,966

 
80,027

Amortization of investment premiums, net
23,743

 
23,544

 
20,822

Gain on sale of investment securities, net
(858
)
 
(2,922
)
 
(2,904
)
Gain on sale of other real estate owned, net
(1,998
)
 
(888
)
 
(127
)
Valuation adjustment on other real estate owned
1,719

 
2,782

 
3,728

Provision for loan and lease losses
41,674

 
36,589

 
40,241

Change in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance
(8,595
)
 
(8,501
)
 
(9,713
)
Change in FDIC indemnification asset
82

 
853

 
15,151

Depreciation, amortization and accretion
59,256

 
51,593

 
39,209

Loss on sale of premises and equipment
6,737

 
3,655

 
1,482

Goodwill impairment
142

 

 

Additions to residential mortgage servicing rights carried at fair value
(37,082
)
 
(35,284
)
 
(23,311
)
Change in fair value residential mortgage servicing rights carried at fair value
25,926

 
20,726

 
16,587

Change in junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value
6,752

 
6,163

 
5,849

Stock-based compensation
9,790

 
14,383

 
15,292

Net (increase) decrease in trading account assets
(1,378
)
 
413

 
452

Gain on sale of loans
(178,141
)
 
(150,855
)
 
(93,294
)
Change in loans held for sale carried at fair value
3,517

 
696

 
(9,688
)
Origination of loans held for sale
(3,990,278
)
 
(3,497,920
)
 
(2,146,829
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
4,127,503

 
3,549,226

 
2,267,471

Change in other assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net (increase) decrease in other assets
(27,080
)
 
24,692

 
(49,165
)
Net increase in other liabilities
11,622

 
15,290

 
38,632

Net cash provided by operating activities
421,643

 
376,740

 
357,570

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
(852,101
)
 
(1,074,205
)
 
(363,064
)
Proceeds from investment securities available for sale
619,752

 
805,640

 
1,238,676

Proceeds from investment securities held to maturity
501

 
598

 
741

Purchases of restricted equity securities
(600
)
 

 

Redemption of restricted equity securities
2,021

 
72,442

 
5,615

Net change in loans and leases
(1,150,919
)
 
(1,816,164
)
 
(943,075
)
Proceeds from sales of loans
475,810

 
288,805

 
356,464

Net change in premises and equipment
(30,313
)
 
(69,341
)
 
(59,514
)
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance death benefit
814

 
5,351

 
3,723

Proceeds from redemption of bank owned life insurance cash surrender value

 
6,476

 

Net change in proceeds from FDIC indemnification asset
140

 
684

 
(2,667
)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
15,855

 
22,803

 
15,931

Net cash paid in divestiture

 

 
(127,557
)
Net cash acquired in acquisition, net of consideration paid

 

 
116,867

Net cash (used) provided by investing activities
(919,040
)
 
(1,756,911
)
 
242,140

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

69


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW (Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 

 
 

 
 

Net increase in deposit liabilities
1,315,886

 
820,210

 
905,396

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
48,388

 
(8,761
)
 
(496,307
)
Proceeds from term debt borrowings
490,000

 
150,000

 

Repayment of term debt borrowings
(525,014
)
 
(264,998
)
 
(97,003
)
Dividends paid on common stock
(141,074
)
 
(134,618
)
 
(99,233
)
Proceeds from stock options exercised
2,626

 
1,481

 
9,368

Repurchases and retirement of common stock
(17,708
)
 
(14,589
)
 
(7,183
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
1,173,104

 
548,725

 
215,038

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
675,707

 
(831,446
)
 
814,748

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
773,725

 
1,605,171

 
790,423

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
1,449,432

 
$
773,725

 
$
1,605,171

 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 

 
 

 
 

Cash paid during the period for:
 

 
 

 
 

Interest
$
70,796

 
$
67,884

 
$
55,235

Income taxes
$
8,164

 
$
13,263

 
$
7,098

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale, net of taxes
$
(18,785
)
 
$
(14,626
)
 
$
16,987

Change in unrealized losses on investment securities held to maturity
related to factors other than credit, net of taxes
$

 
$

 
$
57

Cash dividend declared on common stock and payable after period-end
$
35,243

 
$
35,281

 
$
33,109

Change in GNMA mortgage loans recognized due to repurchase option
$
(8,319
)
 
$
8,114

 
$
7,000

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned
$
5,888

 
$
9,062

 
$
24,873

Transfers from other real estate owned to loans due to internal financing
$
5,881

 
$

 
$

Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
Assets acquired
$

 
$

 
$
9,877,572

Liabilities assumed
$

 
$

 
$
8,767,025



See notes to consolidated financial statements
 

70


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 – Significant Accounting Policies 
 
Nature of Operations -Umpqua Holdings Corporation (the "Company") is a financial holding company with headquarters in Portland, Oregon, that is engaged primarily in the business of commercial and retail banking and the delivery of retail brokerage services. The Company provides a wide range of banking, wealth management, mortgage and other financial services to corporate, institutional and individual customers through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary Umpqua Bank (the "Bank"). The Company engages in the retail brokerage business through its wholly-owned subsidiary Umpqua Investments, Inc. ("Umpqua Investments"). The Bank also has a wholly-owned subsidiary, Financial Pacific Leasing Inc., a commercial equipment leasing company. In 2015, we formed Pivotus Ventures, Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Umpqua Holdings Corporation, which focuses on advancing bank innovation by developing new bank platforms that could have a significant impact on the experience and economics of banking.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation by certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examination by these regulatory agencies.
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation -The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and with prevailing practices within the banking and securities industries. In preparing such financial statements, management is required to make certain estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, the valuation of mortgage servicing rights, the fair value of junior subordinated debentures, and the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets.
Consolidation -The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank, Umpqua Investments, and Pivotus. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company had 25 wholly-owned trusts ("Trusts") that were formed to issue trust preferred securities and related common securities of the Trusts. The Company has not consolidated the accounts of the Trusts in its consolidated financial statements. As a result, the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the Trusts are reflected on the Company's consolidated balance sheet as junior subordinated debentures.
Subsequent events -The Company has evaluated events and transactions through the time the consolidated financial statements were issued for potential recognition or disclosure.
Cash and Cash Equivalents -Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, and temporary investments which are federal funds sold and interest bearing balances due from other banks. Cash and cash equivalents generally have a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.
Trading Account Securities -Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains or losses are recorded in non-interest income.
Investment Securities -Debt securities are classified as held to maturity if the Company has both the intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity regardless of changes in market conditions, liquidity needs or changes in general economic conditions. These securities are carried at cost adjusted for amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of purchase discounts, computed by the effective interest method over their contractual lives.
Securities are classified as available for sale if the Company intends and has the ability to hold those securities for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations and other similar factors. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains or losses are included in other comprehensive income ("OCI") as a separate component of shareholders' equity, net of tax. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related investment security as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.

71


Transfers of securities from available for sale to held to maturity are accounted for at fair value as of the date of the transfer. The difference between the fair value and the par value at the date of transfer is considered a premium or discount and is accounted for accordingly. Any unrealized gain or loss at the date of the transfer is reported in OCI, and is amortized over the remaining life of the security as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of any premium or discount, and will offset or mitigate the effect on interest income of the amortization of the premium or discount for that held to maturity security.
We review investment securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") or permanent impairment, taking into consideration current market conditions, fair value in relationship to cost, extent and nature of the change in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, whether we intend to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of our amortized cost basis of the investment, which may be maturity, and other factors.  For debt securities, if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovering its cost basis, the entire impairment loss would be recognized in earnings as an OTTI. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security but we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit losses would be recognized in earnings. The credit loss on a security is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. Projected cash flows are discounted by the original or current effective interest rate depending on the nature of the security being measured for potential OTTI.  The remaining impairment related to all other factors, the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and fair value, is recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income. Impairment losses related to all other factors are presented as separate categories within OCI. For investment securities held to maturity, this amount is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security prospectively based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows.  The accretion of the OTTI amount recorded in OCI will increase the carrying value of the investment, and would not affect earnings.  If there is an indication of additional credit losses, the security is re-evaluated.
Loans Held for Sale -The Company has elected to account for loans held for sale, which is comprised of residential mortgage loans, at fair value. Fair value is determined based on quoted secondary market prices for similar loans, including the implicit fair value of embedded servicing rights. The change in fair value of loans held for sale is primarily driven by changes in interest rates subsequent to loan funding and changes in the fair value of the related servicing asset, resulting in revaluation adjustments to the recorded fair value. The inputs used in the fair value measurements are considered Level 2 inputs. The use of the fair value option allows the change in the fair value of loans to more effectively offset the change in the fair value of derivative instruments that are used as economic hedges to loans held for sale. Loan origination fees and direct origination costs are recognized immediately in net income. Interest income on loans held for sale is included in interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income and recognized when earned. Loans held for sale are placed on nonaccrual in a manner consistent with loans held for investment. The Company recognizes the gain or loss on the sale of loans when the sales criteria are met.
Acquired Loans and Leases -Purchased loans and leases are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Credit discounts are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan and lease losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. Acquired loans are evaluated upon acquisition and classified as either purchased impaired or purchased non-impaired. Purchased impaired loans reflect credit deterioration since origination such that it is probable at acquisition that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments.
Purchased impaired loans are aggregated into pools based on individually evaluated common risk characteristics and aggregate expected cash flows were estimated for each pool. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation. The risk characteristics used to aggregate the purchased impaired loans into different pools include risk rating, underlying collateral, type of interest rate (fixed or adjustable), types of amortization, loan purpose, and other similar factors. A loan will be removed from a pool of loans only if the loan is sold, foreclosed, or assets are received in full satisfaction of the loan, and will be removed from the pool at its carrying value. If an individual loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between its relative carrying amount and its cash, fair value of the collateral, or other assets received will be recognized in income immediately as interest income on loans and would not affect the effective yield used to recognize the accretable yield on the remaining pool.  If, at acquisition, the loans are collateral dependent and acquired primarily for the rewards of ownership of the underlying collateral, or if cash flows expected to be collected cannot be reasonably estimated, no accrual of income occurs.

72


The cash flows expected to be received over the life of the pool were estimated by management. These cash flows were input into a loan accounting system which calculates the carrying values of the pools and underlying loans, book yields, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on actual and projected events. Default rates, loss severity, and prepayment speed assumptions will be periodically reassessed and updated within the accounting system to update our expectation of future cash flows. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over a pool's carrying value is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the estimated life of the pool using the effective yield method. The accretable yield may change due to changes in the timing and amounts of expected cash flows. Changes in the accretable yield are disclosed quarterly.
The excess of the undiscounted contractual balances due over the cash flows expected to be collected is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents our estimate of the credit losses expected to occur and was considered in determining the fair value of the loans as of the acquisition date. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date in excess of fair value are adjusted through a change to the accretable yield on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in expected cash flows attributable to credit deterioration are recognized by recording a provision for loan losses. The purchased impaired loans acquired are and will continue to be subject to the Company's internal and external credit review and monitoring.
The purchased impaired loan portfolio also includes revolving lines of credit with funded and unfunded commitments. The funded portion of these loans, representing the balances outstanding at the time of acquisition, are accounted for as purchased impaired. The unfunded portion of these loans as of the acquisition date as well as any additional advances on these loans subsequent to the acquisition date are not classified as purchased impaired, and are accounted for similar to newly originated loans.
For purchased non-impaired loans, the difference between the fair value and unpaid principal balance of the loan at the acquisition date is amortized or accreted to interest income using the effective interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity or until repayment in full or sale of the loan.

For purchased leases and equipment finance loans, the difference in the cash flows expected to be collected over the initial allocation of fair value to the acquired leases and loans is accreted into interest income over their related term based on the effective interest method.

Originated Loans and Leases -Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, net of unearned income and any deferred fees or costs. All discounts and premiums are recognized over the contractual life of the loan as yield adjustments. Leases are recorded at the amount of minimum future lease payments receivable and estimated residual value of the leased equipment, net of unearned income and any deferred fees. Initial direct costs related to lease originations are deferred as part of the investment in direct financing leases and amortized over their term using the effective interest method. Unearned lease income is amortized over the term using the effective interest method.
Loans are classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due, in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement. The carrying value of impaired loans is based on the present value of expected future cash flows (discounted at each loan's effective interest rate), estimated note sale price, or, for collateral dependent loans, at fair value of the collateral, less selling costs. If the measurement of each impaired loan's value is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we recognize this impairment and adjust the carrying value of the loan to fair value through the allowance for loan and lease losses.  This can be accomplished by charging off the impaired portion of the loan or establishing a specific component to be provided for in the allowance for loan and lease losses.
Income Recognition on Non-Accrual and Impaired Loans - Loans, including impaired loans, are classified as non-accrual if the collection of principal and interest is doubtful. Generally, this occurs when a loan is past due as to maturity or payment of principal or interest by 90 days or more, unless such loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Generally, if a loan or portion thereof is partially charged-off, the loan is considered impaired and classified as non-accrual. Loans that are less than 90 days past due may also be classified as non-accrual if repayment in full of principal and/or interest is in doubt.
Generally, when a loan is classified as non-accrual, all uncollected accrued interest is reversed to interest income and the accrual of interest income is terminated. Generally, any cash payments are applied as a reduction of principal outstanding. In cases where the future collectability of the principal balance in full is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. A loan may be restored to accrual status when the borrower's financial condition improves so that full collection of future contractual payments is considered likely. For those loans placed on non-accrual status due to payment delinquency,

73


return to accrual status will generally not occur until the borrower demonstrates repayment ability over a period of not less than six months.
Loans and leases are reported as past due when installment payments, interest payments, or maturity payments are past due based on contractual terms. All loans and leases determined to be impaired are individually assessed for impairment except for homogeneous loans which are collectively evaluated for impairment. The specific factors considered in determining that a loan or lease is impaired include borrower financial capacity, current economic, business and market conditions, collection efforts, collateral position and other factors deemed relevant. Generally, impaired loans and leases are placed on non-accrual status and all cash receipts are applied to the principal balance.  Continuation of accrual status and recognition of interest income on impaired loans and leases is generally limited to performing restructured loans. 

Loans are reported as troubled debt restructurings when the Bank grants a more than insignificant concession(s) to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Examples of such concessions include forgiveness of principal or accrued interest, extending the maturity date or providing a lower interest rate than would be normally available for a transaction of similar risk. As a result of these concessions, restructured loans are impaired as the Bank will not collect all amounts due, both principal and interest, in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement. Impairment reserves on non-collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows on the restructured loans discounted at the interest rate of the original loan agreement to the loan's carrying value. These impairment reserves are recognized as a specific component to be provided for in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The decision to classify a loan as impaired is made by the Bank's Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses ("ALLL") Committee. The ALLL Committee meets regularly to review the status of all problem and potential problem loans. If the ALLL Committee concludes a loan is impaired but recovery of principal and interest is expected, an impaired loan may remain on accrual status.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses - The Bank performs regular credit reviews of the loan and lease portfolio to determine the credit quality of the portfolio and the adherence to underwriting standards. When loans and leases are originated, they are assigned a risk rating that is reassessed periodically during the term of the loan through the credit review process. The Company's risk rating methodology assigns risk ratings ranging from 1 to 10, where a higher rating represents higher risk. The 10 risk rating categories are a primary factor in determining an appropriate amount for the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Bank has a management ALLL Committee, which is responsible for, among other things, regularly reviewing the ALLL methodology, including loss factors, and ensuring that it is designed and applied in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The ALLL Committee reviews and approves loans and leases recommended for impaired status. The ALLL Committee also approves removing loans and leases from impaired status. The Bank's Audit and Compliance Committee provides board oversight of the ALLL process and reviews and approves the ALLL methodology on a quarterly basis. Each risk rating is assessed an inherent credit loss factor that determines the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses provided for that group of loans and leases with similar risk rating.
Regular credit reviews of the portfolio also identify loans that are considered potentially impaired. A loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events, we determine that it is probable that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. When we identify a loan as impaired, we measure the impairment using discounted cash flows or estimated note sale price, except when the sole remaining source of the repayment for the loan is the liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, we use the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows. If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we either recognize this impairment reserve as a specific component to be provided for in the allowance for loan and lease losses or charge-off the impaired balance on collateral dependent loans if it is determined that such amount represents a confirmed loss. The combination of the risk rating-based allowance component and the impairment reserve allowance component lead to an allocated allowance for loan and lease losses.
The Bank may also maintain an unallocated allowance amount to provide for other credit losses inherent in a loan and lease portfolio that may not have been contemplated in the credit loss factors. This unallocated amount generally comprises less than 5% of the allowance, but may be maintained at higher levels during times of economic conditions characterized by falling real estate values. The unallocated amount is reviewed periodically based on trends in credit losses, the results of credit reviews and overall economic trends.

74


As adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known as a change in the provision for loan and lease losses and a corresponding charge to the allowance. Loans, or portions thereof, deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance. Provisions for losses, and recoveries on loans previously charged-off, are added to the allowance.
The adequacy of the ALLL is monitored on a regular basis and is based on management's evaluation of numerous factors. These factors include the quality of the current loan portfolio; the trend in the loan portfolio's risk ratings; current economic conditions; loan concentrations; loan growth rates; past-due and non-performing trends; evaluation of specific loss estimates for all significant problem loans; historical charge-off and recovery experience; and other pertinent information.
Management believes that the ALLL was adequate as of December 31, 2016 . There is, however, no assurance that future loan losses will not exceed the levels provided for in the ALLL and could possibly result in additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. In addition, bank regulatory authorities, as part of their periodic examination of the Bank, may require additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods if warranted as a result of their review.
Reserve for Unfunded Commitments -A reserve for unfunded commitments ("RUC") is maintained at a level that, in the opinion of management, is adequate to absorb probable losses associated with the Bank's commitment to lend funds under existing agreements, such as letters or lines of credit. Management determines the adequacy of the reserve for unfunded commitments based upon reviews of individual credit facilities, current economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the various categories of commitments and other relevant factors. The reserve is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from the current estimates. These estimates are evaluated on a regular basis and, as adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. Draws on unfunded commitments that are considered uncollectible at the time funds are advanced are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Provisions for unfunded commitment losses are added to the reserve for unfunded commitments, which is included in the Other Liabilities section of the consolidated balance sheets.
Loan and Lease Fees and Direct Loan Origination Costs -Origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs for loans and leases held for investment are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to the yield over the life of the portfolio loans and leases.
Restricted Equity Securities -Restricted equity securities were $45.5 million and $46.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Federal Home Loan Bank stock amounted to $44.1 million and $45.5 million of the total restricted securities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Federal Home Loan Bank stock represents the Bank's investment in the Federal Home Loan Banks of Des Moines and San Francisco ("FHLB") stock and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary or permanent impairment. Management's determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time the situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB.
As a member of the FHLB system, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in FHLB stock based on specific percentages of its outstanding mortgages, total assets, or FHLB advances. At December 31, 2016 , the Bank's minimum required investment in FHLB stock was $44.0 million . The Bank may request redemption at par value of any stock in excess of the minimum required investment. Stock redemptions are at the discretion of the FHLB. The remaining restricted equity securities balance primarily represents an investment in Pacific Coast Bankers' Bancshares stock.
Premises and Equipment -Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful life of equipment, generally three to ten years , on a straight-line or accelerated basis. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful life of premises, up to 39 years , on a straight-line or accelerated basis. Generally, leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the related lease, or the life of the related asset, whichever is shorter. Expenditures for major renovations and betterments of the Company's premises and equipment are capitalized. The Company purchases, as well as internally develops and customizes, certain software to enhance or perform internal business functions. Software development costs incurred in the preliminary project stages, as well as costs incurred for software that is part of a hosting arrangement, are charged to non-interest expense. Costs associated with

75


designing software configuration, installation, coding programs and testing systems are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over three to seven years.
Management reviews long-lived assets any time that a change in circumstance indicates that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the carrying value of the asset to the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of the operation associated with the asset. If the evaluation of the forecasted cash flows indicates that the carrying value of the asset is not recoverable, the asset is written down to fair value.
Goodwill and Other Intangibles -Intangible assets are comprised of goodwill and other intangibles acquired in business combinations. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized to their estimated residual values over their respective estimated useful lives, and also reviewed for impairment. Amortization of intangible assets is included in non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income .
The Company performs a goodwill impairment analysis on an annual basis as of December 31. On at least an annual basis, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Additionally, the Company performs a goodwill impairment evaluation on an interim basis when events or circumstances indicate impairment potentially exists. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and unanticipated competition.
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights ("MSR") - The Company measures its residential mortgage servicing assets at fair value and reports changes in fair value through earnings. Fair value adjustments that encompass market-driven valuation changes and the runoff in value that occurs from the passage of time, are each separately reported. Under the fair value method, the MSR is carried in the balance sheet at fair value and the changes in fair value are reported in earnings under the caption residential mortgage banking revenue, net in the period in which the change occurs.
Retained MSR are measured at fair value as of the date of the related loan sale. Subsequent fair value measurements are determined using a discounted cash flow model. In order to determine the fair value of the MSR, the present value of net expected future cash flows is estimated. Assumptions used include market discount rates, anticipated prepayment speeds, delinquency and foreclosure rates, and ancillary fee income net of servicing costs. This model is periodically validated by an independent external model validation group. The model assumptions and the MSR fair value estimates are also compared to observable trades of similar portfolios as well as to MSR broker valuations and industry surveys, as available.
The expected life of the loan can vary from management's estimates due to prepayments by borrowers, especially when rates change significantly. Prepayments outside of management's estimates would impact the recorded value of the residential mortgage servicing rights. The value of the residential mortgage servicing rights is also dependent upon the discount rate used in the model, which management reviews on an ongoing basis using current market rates. A significant increase in the discount rate would reduce the value of residential mortgage servicing rights.
GNMA Loan Sales- The Company originates government guaranteed loans which are sold to Ginnie Mae ("GNMA"). Pursuant to GNMA servicing guidelines, the Company has the unilateral right to repurchase certain delinquent loans (loans past due 90 days or more) sold to GNMA, if the loans meet defined delinquent loan criteria. As a result of this unilateral right, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company accounts for the loans as if they had been repurchased. The Company recognizes these loans within loans and leases, net and also recognizes a corresponding liability that is recorded in other liabilities. If the loan is repurchased, the liability is settled and the loan remains.
SBA/USDA Loans Sales, Servicing, and Commercial Servicing Asset -The Bank, on a limited basis, sells or transfers loans, including the guaranteed portion of Small Business Administration ("SBA") and Department of Agriculture ("USDA") loans (with servicing retained) for cash proceeds equal to the principal amount of loans, as adjusted to yield interest to the investor based upon the current market rates. The Bank records a servicing asset when it sells a loan and retains the servicing rights. The servicing asset is recorded at fair value upon sale, and the fair value is estimated by discounting estimated net future cash flows from servicing using discount rates that approximate current market rates and using estimated prepayment rates. Subsequent to initial recognition, the servicing rights are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, and are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated net servicing income.

76


For purposes of evaluating and measuring impairment, the fair value of Commercial and SBA servicing rights are measured using a discounted estimated net future cash flow model as described above.  Any impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of servicing rights for an interest rate-stratum exceeds its fair value. No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , related to these servicing assets.
A premium over the adjusted carrying value is received upon the sale of the guaranteed portion of an SBA or USDA loan. The Bank's investment in an SBA or USDA loan is allocated among the sold and retained portions of the loan based on the relative fair value of each portion at the time of loan origination, adjusted for payments and other activities. Because the portion retained does not carry an SBA or USDA guarantee, part of the gain recognized on the sold portion of the loan is deferred and amortized as a yield enhancement on the retained portion in order to obtain a market equivalent yield.
Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate owned ("OREO") represents real estate which the Bank has taken control of in partial or full satisfaction of loans. At the time of foreclosure, OREO is recorded at fair value less costs to sell the property, which becomes the property's new basis. Any write-downs at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations such that the real estate is carried at the lower of its new cost basis or fair value, net of estimated costs to sell. Subsequent valuation adjustments are recognized within net loss on OREO. Revenue and expenses from operations are included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income .
In some instances, the Bank may make loans to facilitate the sales of other real estate owned. Management reviews all sales for which it is the lending institution to determine if it meets the criteria to recognize the sale for accounting purposes. Any gains related to sales of other real estate owned may be deferred until the buyer has a sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.
Income Taxes -Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities are expected to be reported in the Company's income tax returns. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established to reduce the net carrying amount of deferred tax assets if it is determined to be more likely than not, that all or some portion of the potential deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management's judgment that realization is “more likely than not.” Uncertain tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the amount of benefit that management believes has a greater than 50% likelihood of realization upon settlement. 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the DTA will or will not be realized. The Company's ultimate realization of the DTA is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the nature and amount of historical and projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and available tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The amount of deferred taxes recognized could be impacted by changes to any of these variables.

Derivatives -The Bank enters into forward delivery contracts to sell residential mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities to broker/dealers at specific prices and dates in order to hedge the interest rate risk in its portfolio of mortgage loans held for sale and its residential mortgage loan commitments. The commitments to originate mortgage loans held for sale and the related forward delivery contracts are considered derivatives. The Bank also executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are hedged by simultaneously entering into an offsetting interest rate swap that the Bank executes with a third party, such that the Bank minimizes its net risk exposure. The Company considers all free-standing derivatives as economic hedges and recognizes these derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet, and requires measurement of those instruments at fair value through adjustments to current earnings. None of the Company's derivatives are designated as hedging instruments.

The fair value of the derivative residential mortgage loan commitments is estimated using the net present value of expected future cash flows. Assumptions used include pull-through rate assumption based on historical information, current mortgage interest rates, the stage of completion of the underlying application and underwriting process, direct origination costs yet to be incurred, the time remaining until the expiration of the derivative loan commitment, and the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan.

77


Operating Segments - Public enterprises are required to report certain information about their operating segments in its financial statements. They are also required to report certain enterprise-wide information about the Company's products and services, its activities in different geographic areas, and its reliance on major customers. The basis for determining the Company's operating segments is the manner in which management operates the business. Management has identified two primary business segments, Community Banking and Home Lending.
Share-Based Payment - We recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of restricted share awards, stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees' requisite service period (generally the vesting period). The requisite service period may be subject to performance conditions. The fair value of the restricted share awards is based on the share price on the grant date.
Stock options and restricted stock awards generally vest ratably over three to five years and are recognized as expense over that same period of time. The exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant, and the maximum term is ten years.

Restricted stock unit grants and certain restricted stock awards are subject to performance-based and market-based vesting as well as other approved vesting conditions and cliff vest based on those conditions. Compensation expense is recognized over the service period to the extent restricted stock units are expected to vest. The fair value of the restricted stock unit grants is estimated as of the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.
Earnings per Share ("EPS") -Nonvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities and are included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Certain of the Company's nonvested restricted stock awards qualify as participating securities.
Net income is allocated between the common stock and participating securities pursuant to the two-class method, based on their rights to receive dividends, participate in earnings or absorb losses. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding participating nonvested restricted shares.
Diluted earnings per common share is computed in a similar manner, except that first the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares, excluding the participating securities, were issued using the treasury stock method. For all periods presented, stock options, certain restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are potentially dilutive non-participating instruments issued by the Company. Next, we determine and include in diluted earnings per common share calculation the more dilutive effect of the participating securities using the treasury stock method or the two-class method. Undistributed losses are not allocated to the nonvested share-based payment awards (the participating securities) under the two-class method as the holders are not contractually obligated to share in the losses of the Company.
Fair Value Measurements - Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There is a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used for measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market-derived or market-based information obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our estimates about market data. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

78


Application of New Accounting Guidance
As of April 1, 2016, Umpqua adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB) Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") No. 2016-09,  Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . ASU 2016-09, seeks to simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. As required by ASU 2016-09, all adjustments are reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year, January 1, 2016. By applying this ASU, the Company no longer adjusts common stock for the tax impact of shares released, instead the tax impact is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the period the shares are released. This simplifies the tracking of the excess tax benefits and deficiencies, but could cause volatility in tax expense for the periods presented. The statement of cash flows has been adjusted to reflect the provisions of this ASU. The application of this ASU did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements -
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which creates Topic 606 and supersedes Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which postponed the effective date of 2014-09. Multiple ASUs and interpretative guidance have been issued in connection with ASU 2014-09. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In general, the new guidance requires companies to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current guidance, including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The standard is effective for public entities for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017; early adoption is not permitted. For financial reporting purposes, the standard allows for either full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or modified retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application. The Company has begun their process to implement this new standard. The Company has started by reviewing all revenue sources to determine the sources that are in scope for this guidance. As a bank, key revenue sources, such as interest income have been identified as out of scope of this new guidance. The Company has not yet determined the financial statement impact this guidance will have.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01,  Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . The new guidance is intended to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instruments. This ASU requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. In addition, the amendment requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes and requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements. This ASU also eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet. The amendment also requires a reporting organization to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument specific credit risk (also referred to as "own credit") when the organization has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments. ASU No. 2016-01 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for certain provisions. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the Company's consolidated financial statements.


79


In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02,  Leases (Topic 842) . The amendments in this update require lessees, among other things, to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under previous authoritative guidance. This update also introduces new disclosure requirements for leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company has established a project team for the implementation of this new standard. The team is currently working with a vendor to put a new leasing software in place that will support the current leasing process, as well as aid in the transition to the new leasing guidance. Although an estimate of the impact of the new leasing standard has not yet been determined, the Company expects a significant new lease asset and related lease liability on the balance sheet due to the number of leased properties the Bank currently has that are accounted for under current operating lease guidance.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-07,  Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting . The ASU eliminates the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an adjustment must be made to the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13,  Financial Instruments —Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments . The ASU is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The ASU requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for certain financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates, but will continue to use judgment to determine which loss estimation method is appropriate for their circumstances. The ASU requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization's portfolio. These disclosures include qualitative and quantitative requirements that provide additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early application will be permitted for specified periods. The Company has formed a cross-functional team to begin its implementation efforts of this new guidance. The team has started by reaching out to all areas of the Company to begin its discussion of this new standard and how it will be a significant change for the Company. An estimate of the impact of this standard has not yet been determined, however, the impact is expected to be significant.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . The ASU provides guidance on the following eight specific cash flow issues: Debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (COLIs) (including bank-owned life insurance policies (BOLIs)); distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company does not expect a material impact of this ASU on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory . The ASU was issued to improve the accounting for income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. Current GAAP prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party; this update clarifies that an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of assets other than inventory when the transfer occurs. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.


80


In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control . The ASU was issued to amend the consolidation guidance on how a reporting entity that is the single decision maker of a VIE should treat indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity when determining whether it is the primary beneficiary of that VIE. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the reporting entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE and, therefore, consolidates the VIE. A reporting entity has an indirect interest in a VIE if it has a direct interest in a related party that, in turn, has a direct interest in the VIE. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company does not expect a material impact of this ASU on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (230): Restricted Cash . The ASU will require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that have restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents and are required to present a statement of cash flows under Topic 230. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . The ASU was issued to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill and the amendment eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit should be considered when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2019. Early adoption is of the update is permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications - Certain amounts reported in prior years' financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. In the second quarter of 2016, the loan portfolio was analyzed for correct classification of certain commercial and commercial real estate loan types, and as a result of this analysis, loan classifications were updated. The prior period loan classifications have been updated to be comparable to the current period presentation in Note 4 - Loans and Leases  and Note 5 - Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss and Credit Quality .
During the first quarter of 2016, Umpqua identified an error related to the accounting for loans sold to Ginnie Mae ("GNMA") that have become past due 90 days or more. Pursuant to GNMA purchase and sales agreements, Umpqua has the unilateral right to repurchase loans that become past due 90 days or more. As a result of this unilateral right, once the delinquency criteria has been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the loan should be recognized, with an offsetting liability, to account for these loans that no longer meet the true-sale criteria. The Company has continued to grow the portfolio of GNMA loans sold and serviced, which has led to an increasing number and amount of delinquent loans. As such, the Company has recorded an adjustment to recognize the balance of the GNMA loans sold and serviced that are over 90 days past due, but not repurchased, as loans, with a corresponding other liability. Management evaluated the materiality of the error from qualitative and quantitative perspectives and concluded that the error was immaterial to the prior period financial statements taken as a whole. To provide consistency in the amounts reported in the comparable periods, the Company has recognized the delinquent GNMA loans for which the Company has the unconditional repurchase option, as well as the corresponding other liability, for the periods reported. As of December 31, 2015, this change resulted in an increase in loans and leases, net loans and leases, total assets, other liabilities, and total liabilities of $ 19.2 million . This change did not affect net income or shareholders' equity for any period reported.


81


Note 2 – Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Bank is required to maintain an average reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank or maintain such reserve balance in the form of cash. The amount of required reserve balance at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $138.4 million and $130.5 million , respectively, and was met by holding cash and maintaining an average balance with the Federal Reserve Bank.

Umpqua had restricted cash included in cash and due from banks on the balance sheet of $51.0 million as of December 31, 2016 , and $58.8 million as of December 31, 2015 , relating mostly to collateral required on interest rate swaps as discussed in Note 19. There was no restricted cash included in interest bearing cash and temporary investments on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 , and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2015 , relating to collateral requirements for derivatives for mortgage banking activities.

Note 3 – Investment Securities 
 
The following table presents the amortized costs, unrealized gains, unrealized losses and approximate fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2016 and 2015

December 31, 2016
(in thousands)
Amortized
 
Unrealized
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Value
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
305,708

 
$
5,526

 
$
(3,537
)
 
$
307,697

Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
2,428,387

 
3,664

 
(40,498
)
 
2,391,553

Investments in mutual funds and other equity securities
1,959

 
11

 

 
1,970

 
$
2,736,054

 
$
9,201

 
$
(44,035
)
 
$
2,701,220

HELD TO MATURITY:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
$
4,216

 
$
1,001

 
$

 
$
5,217

 
$
4,216

 
$
1,001

 
$

 
$
5,217


December 31, 2015
(in thousands)
Amortized
 
Unrealized
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Value
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
300,998

 
$
12,741

 
$
(622
)
 
$
313,117

Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
2,223,742

 
7,218

 
(23,540
)
 
2,207,420

Investments in mutual funds and other equity securities
1,959

 
43

 

 
2,002

 
$
2,526,699

 
$
20,002

 
$
(24,162
)
 
$
2,522,539

HELD TO MATURITY:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
$
4,609

 
$
981

 
$

 
$
5,590

 
$
4,609

 
$
981

 
$

 
$
5,590

 

82


Investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2016 and  December 31, 2015 are presented in the following tables, based on the length of time individual securities have been in an unrealized loss position. In the opinion of management, these securities are considered only temporarily impaired due to changes in market interest rates or the widening of market spreads subsequent to the initial purchase of the securities, and not due to concerns regarding the underlying credit of the issuers or the underlying collateral. 
 
December 31, 2016
(in thousands)
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
71,571

 
$
3,065

 
$
1,828

 
$
472

 
$
73,399

 
$
3,537

Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
1,855,304

 
35,981

 
182,804

 
4,517

 
2,038,108

 
40,498

Total temporarily impaired securities
$
1,926,875

 
$
39,046

 
$
184,632

 
$
4,989

 
$
2,111,507

 
$
44,035


December 31, 2015
(in thousands)
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
2,530

 
$
83

 
$
8,208

 
$
539

 
$
10,738

 
$
622

Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
1,256,994

 
14,465

 
334,981

 
9,075

 
1,591,975

 
23,540

Total temporarily impaired securities
$
1,259,524

 
$
14,548

 
$
343,189

 
$
9,614

 
$
1,602,713

 
$
24,162


The unrealized losses on obligations of states and political subdivisions were caused by changes in market interest rates or the widening of market spreads subsequent to the initial purchase of these securities. Management monitors published credit ratings of these securities for material rating or outlook changes. As of  December 31, 2016 88%  of these securities were rated A3/A- or higher by rating agencies.  Substantially all of the Company's obligations of states and political subdivisions are general obligation issuances. All of the available for sale residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations portfolio in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 are issued or guaranteed by government sponsored enterprises. The unrealized losses on residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations were caused by changes in market interest rates or the widening of market spreads subsequent to the initial purchase of these securities, and not concerns regarding the underlying credit of the issuers or the underlying collateral. It is expected that these securities will not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of each investment.

Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates or widening market spreads and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may include holding each security until maturity, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired. 

 

83


The following table presents the contractual maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2016
(in thousands)
Available For Sale
 
Held To Maturity
 
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Cost
 
Value
 
Cost
 
Value
AMOUNTS MATURING IN:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months or less
$
1,465

 
$
1,467

 
$

 
$

Over three months through twelve months
791

 
797

 
2

 
2

After one year through five years
82,699

 
83,627

 

 

After five years through ten years
418,763

 
421,222

 
10

 
10

After ten years
2,230,377

 
2,192,137

 
4,204

 
5,205

Other investment securities
1,959

 
1,970

 

 

 
$
2,736,054

 
$
2,701,220

 
$
4,216

 
$
5,217

 
The following table presents the gross realized gains and gross realized losses on the sale of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Gains
 
Losses
U.S. Treasury and agencies
$

 
$

 
$
13

 
$

 
$

 
$

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
971

 

 
631

 

 
3

 
1

Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
270

 
383

 
3,119

 
841

 
2,902

 

 
$
1,241

 
$
383

 
$
3,763

 
$
841

 
$
2,905

 
$
1


The following table presents, as of December 31, 2016 , investment securities which were pledged to secure borrowings, public deposits, and repurchase agreements as permitted or required by law: 
(in thousands)
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Cost
 
Value
To Federal Home Loan Bank to secure borrowings
$
514

 
$
521

To state and local governments to secure public deposits
1,064,103

 
1,059,453

Other securities pledged principally to secure repurchase agreements
498,160

 
490,879

Total pledged securities
$
1,562,777

 
$
1,550,853


 
 

84


Note 4 – Loans and Leases 
 
The following table presents the major types of loans and leases, net of deferred fees and costs, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015
 
  (in thousands)
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
$
3,330,442

 
$
3,226,836

Owner occupied term, net
2,599,055

 
2,582,874

Multifamily, net
2,858,956

 
3,151,516

Construction & development, net
463,625

 
271,119

Residential development, net
142,984

 
99,459

Commercial
 
 
 
Term, net
1,508,780

 
1,408,676

LOC & other, net
1,116,259

 
1,036,733

Leases and equipment finance, net
950,588

 
729,161

Residential
 
 
 
Mortgage, net
2,887,971

 
2,909,306

Home equity loans & lines, net
1,011,844

 
923,667

Consumer & other, net
638,159

 
527,189

Total loans, net of deferred fees and costs
$
17,508,663

 
$
16,866,536

 
The loan balances are net of deferred fees and costs of $67.7 million and $47.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Net loans also include discounts on acquired loans of $41.3 million and $105.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , loans totaling  $10.3 billion were pledged to secure borrowings and available lines of credit.

The outstanding contractual unpaid principal balance of purchased impaired loans, excluding acquisition accounting adjustments, was $368.2 million and $540.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The carrying balance of purchased impaired loans was $280.4 million and $438.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.

The following table presents the changes in the accretable yield for purchased impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2016 , and 2015 :
(in thousands)
Year Ended
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Balance, beginning of period
$
132,829

 
$
201,699

Accretion to interest income
(44,795
)
 
(60,065
)
Disposals
(18,290
)
 
(32,586
)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference
25,835

 
23,781

Balance, end of period
$
95,579

 
$
132,829



85


The following table presents the net investment in direct financing leases and loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands)
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Minimum lease payments receivable
$
422,872

 
$
345,495

Estimated guaranteed and unguaranteed residual values
70,199

 
38,447

Initial direct costs - net of accumulated amortization
13,978

 
12,336

Unearned income
(91,630
)
 
(71,696
)
Equipment finance loans, including unamortized deferred fees and costs
535,143

 
404,364

Accretable yield/purchase accounting adjustments
26

 
215

Net investment in direct financing leases and loans
950,588

 
729,161

 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses
(31,976
)
 
(23,265
)
 
 
 
 
Net investment in direct financing leases and loans
$
918,612

 
$
705,896


The following table presents the scheduled minimum lease payments receivable, excluding equipment finance loans, as of December 31, 2016 :
(in thousands)
 
Year
Amount
2017
$
137,201

2018
109,200

2019
76,061

2020
47,680

2021
25,215

Thereafter
27,515

 
$
422,872


Loans and leases sold 

In the course of managing the loan and lease portfolio, at certain times, management may decide to sell loans and leases.  The following table summarizes loans and leases sold by loan portfolio during the years ended December 31, 2016 and  2015 :  
(in thousands) 
 
2016
 
2015
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
 
$
20,693

 
$
7,955

Owner occupied term, net
 
33,986

 
49,991

Multifamily, net
 
129,879

 
435

Commercial
 
 
 
 
Term, net
 
11,849

 
6,212

LOC & other, net
 

 
750

Leases and equipment finance, net
 
26,851

 

Residential
 
 
 
 
Mortgage, net
 
239,196

 
201,081

Total
 
$
462,454

 
$
266,424



86


Note 5 – Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss and Credit Quality 
 
The Bank's methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss consists of three key elements: 1) the formula allowance; 2) the specific allowance; and 3) the unallocated allowance. By incorporating these factors into a single allowance requirement analysis, we believe all risk-based activities within the loan and lease portfolios are simultaneously considered. 

Formula Allowance 
When loans and leases are originated or acquired, they are assigned a risk rating that is reassessed periodically during the term of the loan or lease through the credit review process.  The Bank's risk rating methodology assigns risk ratings ranging from 1 to 10, where a higher rating represents higher risk. The 10 risk rating categories are a primary factor in determining an appropriate amount for the formula allowance. 
 
The formula allowance is calculated by applying risk factors to various segments of pools of outstanding loans and leases. Risk factors are assigned to each portfolio segment based on management's evaluation of the losses inherent within each segment. Segments with greater risk of loss will therefore be assigned a higher risk factor. 
 
Base risk The portfolio is segmented into loan categories, and these categories are assigned a Base risk factor based on an evaluation of the loss inherent within each segment. 
 
Extra risk – Additional risk factors provide for an additional allocation of ALLL based on the loan and lease risk rating system and loan delinquency, and reflect the increased level of inherent losses associated with more adversely classified loans and leases. 

Risk factors may be changed periodically based on management's evaluation of the following factors: loss experience; changes in the level of non-performing loans and leases; regulatory exam results; changes in the level of adversely classified loans and leases; improvement or deterioration in economic conditions; and any other factors deemed relevant.

Specific Allowance 
Regular credit reviews of the portfolio identify loans that are considered potentially impaired. Potentially impaired loans are referred to the ALLL Committee which reviews and approves designated loans as impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, we determine that we will probably not be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. When we identify a loan as impaired, we measure the impairment using discounted cash flows or estimated note sale price, except when the sole remaining source of the repayment for the loan is the liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, we use the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows. If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we either recognize an impairment reserve as a specific allowance to be provided for in the allowance for loan and lease losses or charge-off the impaired balance on collateral-dependent loans if it is determined that such amount represents a confirmed loss.  Loans determined to be impaired are excluded from the formula allowance so as not to double-count the loss exposure.
 
The combination of the formula allowance component and the specific allowance component represents the allocated allowance for loan and lease losses. There is currently no unallocated allowance.

Management believes that the ALLL was adequate as of December 31, 2016 . There is, however, no assurance that future loan and lease losses will not exceed the levels provided for in the ALLL and could possibly result in additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses.
 
The RUC is established to absorb inherent losses associated with our commitment to lend funds, such as with a letter or line of credit. The adequacy of the ALLL and RUC are monitored on a regular basis and are based on management's evaluation of numerous factors. These factors include the quality of the current loan portfolio; the trend in the loan portfolio's risk ratings; current economic conditions; loan concentrations; loan growth rates; past-due and non-performing trends; evaluation of specific loss estimates for all significant problem loans; historical charge-off and recovery experience; and other pertinent information.

There have been no significant changes to the Bank's ALLL methodology or policies in the periods presented. 


87


Activity in the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses 
 
The following table summarizes activity related to the allowance for loan and lease losses by loan and lease portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Residential
 
& Other
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
54,293

 
$
47,487

 
$
22,017

 
$
6,525

 
$
130,322

Charge-offs
(3,137
)
 
(35,545
)
 
(1,885
)
 
(9,356
)
 
(49,923
)
Recoveries
1,958

 
4,995

 
1,028

 
3,930

 
11,911

Provision (recapture)
(5,319
)
 
41,903

 
(3,214
)
 
8,304

 
41,674

Balance, end of period
$
47,795

 
$
58,840

 
$
17,946

 
$
9,403

 
$
133,984

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Residential
 
& Other
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
55,184

 
$
41,216

 
$
15,922

 
$
3,845

 
$
116,167

Charge-offs
(6,797
)
 
(20,247
)
 
(970
)
 
(7,557
)
 
(35,571
)
Recoveries
2,682

 
5,001

 
641

 
4,813

 
13,137

Provision
3,224

 
21,517

 
6,424

 
5,424

 
36,589

Balance, end of period
$
54,293

 
$
47,487

 
$
22,017

 
$
6,525

 
$
130,322


The valuation allowance on purchased impaired loans was increased by provision expense, which includes amounts related to subsequent deterioration of purchased impaired loans of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , and $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , respectively. The increase due to the provision expense of the valuation allowance on purchased impaired loans was offset by recaptured provision of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , and $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , respectively.

The following table presents the allowance and recorded investment in loans and leases by portfolio segment and balances individually or collectively evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2016 and 2015
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Residential
 
& Other
 
Total
Allowance for loans and leases:
Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
44,205

 
$
58,515

 
$
17,353

 
$
9,345

 
$
129,418

Individually evaluated for impairment
859

 
8

 

 

 
867

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
2,731

 
317

 
593

 
58

 
3,699

Total
$
47,795

 
$
58,840

 
$
17,946

 
$
9,403

 
$
133,984

Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
9,124,422

 
$
3,555,660

 
$
3,856,658

 
$
637,563

 
$
17,174,303

Individually evaluated for impairment
39,998

 
13,976

 

 

 
53,974

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
230,642

 
5,991

 
43,157

 
596

 
280,386

Total
$
9,395,062

 
$
3,575,627

 
$
3,899,815

 
$
638,159

 
$
17,508,663

 

88



(in thousands)
December 31, 2015
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Residential
 
& Other
 
Total
Allowance for loans and leases:
Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
51,316

 
$
46,710

 
$
21,215

 
$
6,423

 
$
125,664

Individually evaluated for impairment
281

 
507

 

 

 
788

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
2,696

 
270

 
802

 
102

 
3,870

Total
$
54,293

 
$
47,487

 
$
22,017

 
$
6,525

 
$
130,322

Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
8,962,565

 
$
3,120,423

 
$
3,769,106

 
$
524,225

 
$
16,376,319

Individually evaluated for impairment
31,408

 
20,705

 

 

 
52,113

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
337,831

 
33,442

 
63,867

 
2,964

 
438,104

Total
$
9,331,804

 
$
3,174,570

 
$
3,832,973

 
$
527,189

 
$
16,866,536

 

Summary of Reserve for Unfunded Commitments Activity 

The following table presents a summary of activity in the RUC and unfunded commitments for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands) 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Balance, beginning of period
$
3,574

 
$
3,539

Net charge to other expense
37

 
35

Balance, end of period
$
3,611

 
$
3,574


(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Total
Unfunded loan and lease commitments:
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
$
4,192,059

December 31, 2015
 
$
3,723,520

 
Asset Quality and Non-Performing Loans and Leases
 
We manage asset quality and control credit risk through diversification of the loan and lease portfolio and the application of policies designed to promote sound underwriting and loan and lease monitoring practices. The Bank's Credit Quality Administration is charged with monitoring asset quality, establishing credit policies and procedures and enforcing the consistent application of these policies and procedures across the Bank.  Reviews of non-performing, past due loans and leases and larger credits, designed to identify potential charges to the allowance for loan and lease losses, and to determine the adequacy of the allowance, are conducted on an ongoing basis. These reviews consider such factors as the financial strength of borrowers, the value of the applicable collateral, loan and lease loss experience, estimated loan and lease losses, growth in the loan and lease portfolio, prevailing economic conditions and other factors. 
 

 

89


Non-Accrual Loans and Leases and Loans and Leases Past Due  
 
The following table summarizes our non-accrual loans and leases and loans and leases past due by loan and lease class as of December 31, 2016 and  December 31, 2015

(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Greater Than
 
60 to 89
 
Greater Than
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
30 to 59 Days
 
Days
 
90 Days and
 
Total
 
Non-
 
Current &
 
Loans
 
Past Due
 
Past Due
 
Accruing
 
Past Due
 
accrual
 
Other (1)
 
and Leases
Commercial real estate
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Non-owner occupied term, net
$
718

 
$
1,027

 
$
1,047

 
$
2,792

 
$
2,100

 
$
3,325,550

 
$
3,330,442

Owner occupied term, net
974

 
4,539

 
1

 
5,514

 
4,391

 
2,589,150

 
2,599,055

Multifamily, net

 

 

 

 
476

 
2,858,480

 
2,858,956

Construction & development, net

 

 

 

 

 
463,625

 
463,625

Residential development, net

 

 

 

 

 
142,984

 
142,984

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term, net
319

 
233

 

 
552

 
6,880

 
1,501,348

 
1,508,780

LOC & other, net
1,673

 
27

 

 
1,700

 
4,998

 
1,109,561

 
1,116,259

Leases and equipment finance, net
5,343

 
6,865

 
1,808

 
14,016

 
8,920

 
927,652

 
950,588

Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage, net (2)
10

 
3,114

 
33,703

 
36,827

 

 
2,851,144

 
2,887,971

Home equity loans & lines, net
289

 
848

 
2,080

 
3,217

 

 
1,008,627

 
1,011,844

Consumer & other, net
3,261

 
1,185

 
587

 
5,033

 

 
633,126

 
638,159

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
12,587

 
$
17,838

 
$
39,226

 
$
69,651

 
$
27,765

 
$
17,411,247

 
$
17,508,663


(1) Other includes purchased credit impaired loans of $280.4 million .
(2) Includes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that Umpqua has the right but not the obligation to repurchase that are past due 90 days or more, totaling $10.9 million at December 31, 2016 .


90


(in thousands) 
December 31, 2015
 
Greater Than
 
60 to 89
 
Greater Than
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
30 to 59 Days
 
Days
 
90 Days and
 
Total
 
Non-
 
Current &
 
Loans
 
Past Due
 
Past Due
 
Accruing
 
Past Due
 
accrual
 
Other (1)
 
and Leases
Commercial real estate
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Non-owner occupied term, net
$
924

 
$
2,776

 
$
137

 
$
3,837

 
$
2,633

 
$
3,220,366

 
$
3,226,836

Owner occupied term, net
1,797

 
1,150

 
423

 
3,370

 
5,928

 
2,573,576

 
2,582,874

Multifamily, net
1,394

 

 

 
1,394

 

 
3,150,122

 
3,151,516

Construction & development, net

 
2,959

 

 
2,959

 

 
268,160

 
271,119

Residential development, net

 

 

 

 

 
99,459

 
99,459

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Term, net
297

 
333

 

 
630

 
15,185

 
1,392,861

 
1,408,676

LOC & other, net
1,907

 
92

 
8

 
2,007

 
664

 
1,034,062

 
1,036,733

Leases and equipment finance, net
2,933

 
3,499

 
822

 
7,254

 
4,801

 
717,106

 
729,161

Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Mortgage, net (2)
31

 
2,444

 
29,233

 
31,708

 

 
2,877,598

 
2,909,306

Home equity loans & lines, net
1,084

 
643

 
3,080

 
4,807

 

 
918,860

 
923,667

Consumer & other, net
3,271

 
889

 
642

 
4,802

 
4

 
522,383

 
527,189

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
13,638

 
$
14,785

 
$
34,345

 
$
62,768

 
$
29,215

 
$
16,774,553

 
$
16,866,536


(1) Other includes purchased credit impaired loans of $438.1 million .
(2) Includes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that Umpqua has the right but no the obligation to repurchase that are past due 90 days or more, totaling $19.2 million at December 31, 2015 .

Impaired Loans 

Loans with no related allowance reported generally represent non-accrual loans, which are also considered impaired loans. The Bank recognizes the charge-off on impaired loans in the period it arises for collateral dependent loans.  Therefore, the non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2016 have already been written-down to their estimated net realizable value and are expected to be resolved with no additional material loss, absent further decline in market prices.  The valuation allowance on impaired loans primarily represents the impairment reserves on performing restructured loans, and is measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows on the restructured loans discounted at the interest rate of the original loan agreement to the loan's carrying value. 


91


The following tables summarize our impaired loans by loan class for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Unpaid
 
Recorded Investment
 
 
 
Principal
 
Without
 
With
 
Related
 
Balance
 
Allowance
 
Allowance
 
Allowance
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
$
19,797

 
$
278

 
$
19,116

 
$
524

Owner occupied term, net
8,467

 
1,768

 
6,445

 
131

Multifamily, net
4,015

 
476

 
3,520

 
123

Construction & development, net
1,091

 

 
1,091

 
9

Residential development, net
7,304

 

 
7,304

 
72

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term, net
16,875

 
5,982

 
3,239

 
8

LOC & other, net
8,279

 
4,755

 

 

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
65,828

 
$
13,259

 
$
40,715

 
$
867

 
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2015
 
Unpaid
 
Recorded Investment
 
 
 
Principal
 
Without
 
With
 
Related
 
Balance
 
Allowance
 
Allowance
 
Allowance
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
$
11,944

 
$
1,946

 
$
9,548

 
$
91

Owner occupied term, net
6,863

 
4,340

 
2,459

 
20

Multifamily, net
3,519

 

 
3,519

 
49

Construction & development, net
1,704

 

 
1,704

 
31

Residential development, net
7,889

 

 
7,891

 
90

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term, net
22,795

 
14,788

 
2,932

 
283

LOC & other, net
3,470

 
664

 
2,322

 
224

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
58,184

 
$
21,738

 
$
30,375

 
$
788



92


The following table summarizes our average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans by loan class for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 :
(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Average
 
Interest
 
Average
 
Interest
 
Recorded
 
Income
 
Recorded
 
Income
 
Investment
 
Recognized
 
Investment
 
Recognized
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
$
14,766

 
$
530

 
$
21,668

 
$
677

Owner occupied term, net
6,475

 
146

 
12,233

 
232

Multifamily, net
3,971

 
121

 
3,579

 
123

Construction & development, net
1,532

 
72

 
1,214

 
62

Residential development, net
7,666

 
315

 
8,634

 
338

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term, net
16,843

 
217

 
21,215

 
178

LOC & other, net
3,851

 
60

 
6,183

 
152

Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity loans & lines, net

 

 

 
7

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
55,104

 
$
1,461

 
$
74,726

 
$
1,769


The impaired loans for which these interest income amounts were recognized primarily relate to accruing restructured loans. 
 
Credit Quality Indicators 
 
As previously noted, the Bank's risk rating methodology assigns risk ratings ranging from 1 to 10, where a higher rating represents higher risk.  The Bank differentiates its lending portfolios into homogeneous loans and leases and non-homogeneous loans and leases. Homogeneous loans and leases are not risk rated until they are greater than 30 days past due, and risk rating is based on the past due status of the loan or lease. The 10 risk rating categories can be generally described by the following groupings for loans and leases: 
 
Minimal Risk —A minimal risk loan or lease, risk rated 1 , is to a borrower of the highest quality. The borrower has an unquestioned ability to produce consistent profits and service all obligations and can absorb severe market disturbances with little or no difficulty. 
 
Low Risk —A low risk loan or lease, risk rated 2 , is similar in characteristics to a minimal risk loan.  Margins may be smaller or protective elements may be subject to greater fluctuation. The borrower will have a strong demonstrated ability to produce profits, provide ample debt service coverage and to absorb market disturbances. 
 
Modest Risk —A modest risk loan or lease, risk rated 3 , is a desirable loan or lease with excellent sources of repayment and no currently identifiable risk associated with collection. The borrower exhibits a very strong capacity to repay the credit in accordance with the repayment agreement. The borrower may be susceptible to economic cycles, but will have reserves to weather these cycles. 
 

93


Average Risk —An average risk loan or lease, risk rated 4 , is an attractive loan or lease with sound sources of repayment and no material collection or repayment weakness evident. The borrower has an acceptable capacity to pay in accordance with the agreement. The borrower is susceptible to economic cycles and more efficient competition, but should have modest reserves sufficient to survive all but the most severe downturns or major setbacks. 
 
Acceptable Risk —An acceptable risk loan or lease, risk rated 5 , is a loan or lease with lower than average, but still acceptable credit risk. These borrowers may have higher leverage, less certain but viable repayment sources, have limited financial reserves and may possess weaknesses that can be adequately mitigated through collateral, structural or credit enhancement. The borrower is susceptible to economic cycles and is less resilient to negative market forces or financial events. Reserves may be insufficient to survive a modest downturn. 

Watch— A watch loan or lease, risk rated 6 , is still pass-rated, but represents the lowest level of acceptable risk due to an emerging risk element or declining performance trend. Watch ratings are expected to be temporary, with issues resolved or manifested to the extent that a higher or lower rating would be appropriate. The borrower should have a plausible plan, with reasonable certainty of success, to correct the problems in a short period of time.
 
Special Mention— A special mention loan or lease, risk rated 7 , has potential weaknesses that deserve management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or the institution's credit position at some future date. They contain unfavorable characteristics and are generally undesirable. Loans and leases in this category are currently protected but are potentially weak and constitute an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of a substandard classification. A special mention loan or lease has potential weaknesses, which if not checked or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank's position at some future date. For commercial and commercial real estate homogeneous loans and leases to be classified as special mention, risk rated 7 , the loan or lease is greater than 30 to 59 days past due from the required payment date at month-end. Residential and consumer and other homogeneous loans are risk rated 7 , when the loan is greater than 30 to 89 days past due from the required payment date at month-end. 
 
Substandard— A substandard asset, risk rated 8 , is inadequately protected by the current worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, does not have to exist in individual assets classified substandard. Loans and leases are classified as substandard when they have unsatisfactory characteristics causing unacceptable levels of risk. A substandard loan or lease normally has one or more well-defined weaknesses that could jeopardize repayment of the debt. The likely need to liquidate assets to correct the problem, rather than repayment from successful operations is the key distinction between special mention and substandard. Commercial and commercial real estate homogeneous loans and leases that are classified as a substandard loan or lease, risk rated 8 , when the loan or lease 60 to 89 days past due from the required payment date at month-end. Residential and consumer and other homogeneous loans are classified as a substandard loan, risk rated 8 , when an open-end loan is 90 to 180 days past due from the required payment date at month-end or when a closed-end loan 90 to 120 days is past due from the required payment date at month-end.

Doubtful —Loans or leases classified as doubtful, risk rated 9 , have all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work towards strengthening of the asset, classification as a loss (and immediate charge-off) is deferred until more exact status may be determined. Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, liquidation procedures, capital injection, and perfection of liens on additional collateral and refinancing plans. In certain circumstances, a doubtful rating will be temporary, while the Bank is awaiting an updated collateral valuation. In these cases, once the collateral is valued and appropriate margin applied, the remaining un-collateralized portion will be charged-off. The remaining balance, properly margined, may then be upgraded to substandard, however must remain on non-accrual.  Commercial and commercial real estate homogeneous doubtful loans or leases, risk rated 9 , are 90 to 179 days past due from the required payment date at month-end. 
 
Loss —Loans or leases classified as loss, risk rated 10 , are considered un-collectible and of such little value that the continuance as an active Bank asset is not warranted. This rating does not mean that the loan or lease has no recovery or salvage value, but rather that the loan or lease should be charged-off now, even though partial or full recovery may be possible in the future. For a commercial or commercial real estate homogeneous loss loan or lease to be risk rated 10 , the loan

94


or lease is  180 days and more past due from the required payment date. These loans are generally charged-off in the month in which the 180 day time period elapses. Residential, consumer and other homogeneous loans are risk rated 10 , when a closed-end loan becomes past due 120 cumulative days or when an open-end retail loan that becomes past due 180 cumulative days from the contractual due date.   These loans are generally charged-off in the month in which the 120 or 180  day period elapses. 
 
Impaired— Loans are classified as impaired   when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due, in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement, without unreasonable delay. This generally includes all loans classified as non-accrual and troubled debt restructurings. Impaired loans are risk rated for internal and regulatory rating purposes, but presented separately for clarification. 

The following table summarizes our internal risk rating by loan and lease class for the loan and lease portfolio, including purchased credit impaired loans, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Loss
 
Impaired (1)
 
Total
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
$
3,205,241

 
$
55,194

 
$
48,699

 
$
1,368

 
$
546

 
$
19,394

 
$
3,330,442

Owner occupied term, net
2,466,247

 
75,189

 
46,781

 
972

 
1,653

 
8,213

 
2,599,055

Multifamily, net
2,828,370

 
11,903

 
14,687

 

 

 
3,996

 
2,858,956

Construction & development, net
458,328

 
1,712

 
2,494

 

 

 
1,091

 
463,625

Residential development, net
134,491

 

 
1,189

 

 

 
7,304

 
142,984

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term, net
1,458,699

 
15,716

 
24,678

 
119

 
347

 
9,221

 
1,508,780

LOC & other, net
1,063,305

 
10,565

 
37,387

 
3

 
244

 
4,755

 
1,116,259

Leases and equipment finance, net
927,378

 
5,614

 
6,866

 
9,752

 
978

 

 
950,588

Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage, net (2)
2,830,547

 
1,803

 
53,607

 

 
2,014

 

 
2,887,971

Home equity loans & lines, net
1,006,647

 
1,490

 
2,727

 

 
980

 

 
1,011,844

Consumer & other, net
633,098

 
4,446

 
527

 

 
88

 

 
638,159

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
17,012,351

 
$
183,632

 
$
239,642

 
$
12,214

 
$
6,850

 
$
53,974

 
$
17,508,663


(1) The percentage of impaired loans classified as pass/watch, special mention, substandard and doubtful was 8.1% , 6.5% , 82.5% , and 2.9% , respectively, as of December 31, 2016 .
(2) Includes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that Umpqua has the right but no the obligation to repurchase that are past due 90 days or more, totaling $10.9 million at December 31, 2016 , which is included in the substandard category.

95



(in thousands)
December 31, 2015
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Loss
 
Impaired (1)
 
Total
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied term, net
$
3,033,962

 
$
92,038

 
$
88,793

 
$
270

 
$
279

 
$
11,494

 
$
3,226,836

Owner occupied term, net
2,454,326

 
54,684

 
65,029

 
675

 
1,361

 
6,799

 
2,582,874

Multifamily, net
3,121,099

 
7,626

 
19,272

 

 

 
3,519

 
3,151,516

Construction & development, net
262,759

 
4,532

 
2,124

 

 

 
1,704

 
271,119

Residential development, net
89,706

 
507

 
1,355

 

 

 
7,891

 
99,459

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Term, net
1,356,675

 
13,620

 
20,463

 
36

 
162

 
17,720

 
1,408,676

LOC & other, net
998,603

 
19,183

 
15,959

 
1

 
1

 
2,986

 
1,036,733

Leases and equipment finance, net
716,190

 
3,849

 
3,499

 
4,889

 
734

 

 
729,161

Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Mortgage, net (2)
2,871,423

 
3,557

 
21,195

 

 
13,131

 

 
2,909,306

Home equity loans & lines, net
917,919

 
2,189

 
803

 

 
2,756

 

 
923,667

Consumer & other, net
522,339

 
4,174

 
458

 

 
218

 

 
527,189

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
16,345,001

 
$
205,959

 
$
238,950

 
$
5,871

 
$
18,642

 
$
52,113

 
$
16,866,536

 

(1) The percentage of impaired loans classified as pass/watch, special mention, and substandard was 5.0% , 4.6% , and 90.4% , respectively, as of December 31, 2015
(2) Includes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that Umpqua has the right but no the obligation to repurchase that are past due 90 days or more, totaling $19.2 million at December 31, 2015 , which is included in the substandard category.  

Troubled Debt Restructurings 
 
At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , impaired loans of $40.7 million and $31.4 million were classified as accruing restructured loans, respectively. The restructurings were granted in response to borrower financial difficulty, and generally provide for a temporary modification of loan repayment terms. In order for a restructured loan to be considered for accrual status, the loan's collateral coverage generally will be greater than or equal to 100% of the loan balance, the loan is current on payments, and the borrower must either prefund an interest reserve or demonstrate the ability to make payments from a verified source of cash flow. Impaired restructured loans carry a specific allowance and the allowance on impaired restructured loans is calculated consistently across the portfolios. 

There were no available commitments for troubled debt restructurings outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
 

96


The following tables present troubled debt restructurings by accrual versus non-accrual status and by loan class as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

(in thousands) 
December 31, 2016
 
Accrual
 
Non-Accrual
 
Total
 
Status
 
Status
 
Modifications
Commercial real estate, net
$
30,563

 
$

 
$
30,563

Commercial, net
3,054

 
3,345

 
6,399

Residential, net
7,050

 

 
7,050

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
40,667

 
$
3,345

 
$
44,012

 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2015
 
Accrual
 
Non-Accrual
 
Total
 
Status
 
Status
 
Modifications
Commercial real estate, net
$
21,185

 
$
1,324

 
$
22,509

Commercial, net
5,253

 
8,528

 
13,781

Residential, net
4,917

 

 
4,917

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$
31,355

 
$
9,852

 
$
41,207


The Bank's policy is that loans placed on non-accrual will typically remain on non-accrual status until all principal and interest payments are brought current and the prospect for future payment in accordance with the loan agreement appears relatively certain.  The Bank's policy generally refers to six months of payment performance as sufficient to warrant a return to accrual status. 
 
The following tables present newly restructured loans that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 :  
(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Rate
 
Term
 
Interest Only
 
Payment
 
Combination
 
Total
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
Commercial real estate, net
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
15,193

 
$
15,193

Commercial, net

 

 

 

 
4,600

 
4,600

Residential, net

 

 

 

 
2,882

 
2,882

Consumer & other, net

 

 

 

 
77

 
77

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
22,752

 
$
22,752

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Rate
 
Term
 
Interest Only
 
Payment
 
Combination
 
 
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Modifications
 
Total
Commercial real estate, net
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
4,723

 
$
4,723

Commercial, net

 

 

 

 
8,388

 
8,388

Residential, net

 
74

 

 
122

 
3,990

 
4,186

Consumer & other, net

 

 

 

 

 

Total, net of deferred fees and costs
$

 
$
74

 
$

 
$
122

 
$
17,101

 
$
17,297

  
For the periods presented in the tables above, the outstanding recorded investment was the same pre and post modification. 
 

97


There were $926,000 financing receivables modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous 12 months for which there was a payment default during the year ended December 31, 2016 . There were $434,000 financing receivables modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous 12 months for which there was a payment default during the year ended December 31, 2015 .

Note 6–Premises and Equipment
The following table presents the major components of premises and equipment at December 31, 2016 and 2015 :
(in thousands) 
 
 
 
 
Estimated useful life
 
2016
 
2015
 
Land
$
43,820

 
$
45,762

 
 
Buildings and improvements
229,341

 
232,635

 
7-39 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
142,265

 
156,031

 
4-20 years
Software
78,669

 
70,195

 
3-7 years
Construction in progress and other
23,104

 
13,781

 
 
Total premises and equipment
517,199

 
518,404

 
 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(213,317
)
 
(189,670
)
 
 
Premises and equipment, net
$
303,882

 
$
328,734

 
 
Depreciation expense totaled $51.8 million , $47.6 million and $36.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Umpqua's subsidiaries have entered into a number of non-cancelable lease agreements with respect to premises and equipment. See Note 18 for more information regarding rent expense, net of rental income, and minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable lease agreements.


98


Note 7–Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the changes in the Company's goodwill and other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016. Goodwill and all other intangible assets are related to the Community Banking segment.
(in thousands)
Goodwill
 
 
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
Gross
 
Impairment
 
Total
Balance, December 31, 2013
$
877,239

 
$
(112,934
)
 
$
764,305

Net additions
1,021,920

 

 
1,021,920

Balance, December 31, 2014
1,899,159

 
(112,934
)
 
1,786,225

Net additions
1,568

 

 
1,568

Balance, December 31, 2015
1,900,727

 
(112,934
)
 
1,787,793

Reductions

 
(142
)
 
(142
)
Balance, December 31, 2016
$
1,900,727

 
$
(113,076
)
 
$
1,787,651

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Intangible Assets
 
 
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
Gross
 
Amortization
 
Net
Balance, December 31, 2013
$
58,909

 
$
(46,531
)
 
$
12,378

Net additions
54,562

 

 
54,562

Amortization

 
(10,207
)
 
(10,207
)
Balance, December 31, 2014
113,471

 
(56,738
)
 
56,733

Amortization

 
(11,225
)
 
(11,225
)
Balance, December 31, 2015
113,471

 
(67,963
)
 
45,508

Amortization

 
(8,622
)
 
(8,622
)
Balance, December 31, 2016
$
113,471

 
$
(76,585
)
 
$
36,886

Goodwill represents the excess of the total acquisition price paid over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of the fair value of liabilities assumed. Goodwill additions of $1.0 billion in 2014 relate to the Sterling Merger and the additions to goodwill in 2015 of $1.6 million relates to correcting immaterial errors in acquisition accounting adjustments. The reduction of goodwill in 2016 of $142,000 relates to a goodwill impairment loss recognized during the first quarter related to a small subsidiary that is winding down operations.

Intangible asset additions in 2014 relate to the Sterling Merger and represent the value of core deposits, which includes all deposits except certificates of deposit. Core deposit intangible asset values were determined by an analysis of the cost differential between the core deposits inclusive of estimated servicing costs and alternative funding sources. The core deposit intangible recorded in connection with the Merger will be amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of 10 years. No impairment losses separate from the scheduled amortization have been recognized in the periods presented. The Company conducted its annual evaluation of goodwill for impairment at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The Company assessed qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicated that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, and determined no factors indicated any additional impairment. Based on this analysis, no further testing was determined to be necessary.

99


The table below presents the forecasted amortization expense for intangible assets at December 31, 2016 :
(in thousands)
Expected

Year
Amortization

2017
$
6,756

2018
6,166

2019
5,618

2020
4,986

2021
4,520

Thereafter
8,840

 
$
36,886


Note 8 – Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights 
 
The following table presents the changes in the Company's residential mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014

(in thousands) 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of period
$
131,817

 
$
117,259

 
$
47,765

Acquired/purchased MSR

 

 
62,770

Additions for new MSR capitalized
37,082

 
35,284

 
23,311

Changes in fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 Due to changes in model inputs or assumptions (1)
7,873

 
(380
)
 
(5,757
)
 Other (2)
(33,799
)
 
(20,346
)
 
(10,830
)
Balance, end of period
$
142,973

 
$
131,817

 
$
117,259

 
(1)
Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, which are primarily affected by changes in interest rates. 
(2)
Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time. 
 
Information related to our serviced loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 is as follows: 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Balance of loans serviced for others
$
14,327,368

 
$
13,047,266

 
$
11,590,310

MSR as a percentage of serviced loans
1.00
%
 
1.01
%
 
1.01
%
 
The amount of contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees earned, recorded in residential mortgage banking revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Income , was $35.3 million , $28.0 million , and $20.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. 

Key assumptions used in measuring the fair value of MSR as of December 31 were as follows:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Constant prepayment rate
11.43
%
 
11.70
%
 
12.39
%
Discount rate
9.69
%
 
9.68
%
 
9.17
%
Weighted average life (years)
6.6

 
6.5

 
6.4

 

100


A sensitivity analysis of the current fair value to changes in discount and prepayment speed assumptions as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Constant prepayment rate
 
 
 
Effect on fair value of a 10% adverse change
$
(6,075
)
 
$
(5,337
)
Effect on fair value of a 20% adverse change
$
(11,720
)
 
$
(10,283
)
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
 
 
Effect on fair value of a 100 basis point adverse change
$
(5,817
)
 
$
(4,936
)
Effect on fair value of a 200 basis point adverse change
$
(11,118
)
 
$
(9,494
)

The sensitivity analysis presents the hypothetical effect on fair value of the MSR. The effect of such hypothetical change in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in an assumption to the change in fair value is not linear. Additionally, in the analysis, the impact of an adverse change in one assumption is calculated independent of any impact on other assumptions. In reality, changes in one assumption may change another assumption.

Note 9 – Other Real Estate Owned, Net 
 
The following table presents the changes in other real estate owned ("OREO") for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of period
$
22,307

 
$
37,942

 
$
23,935

Additions to OREO due to acquisition

 

 
8,666

Additions to OREO
5,888

 
9,062

 
24,873

Dispositions of OREO
(19,738
)
 
(21,915
)
 
(15,804
)
Valuation adjustments in the period
(1,719
)
 
(2,782
)
 
(3,728
)
Balance, end of period
$
6,738

 
$
22,307

 
$
37,942


As of December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the Company had valuation allowances on its OREO balances of $365,000 , $4.1 million , and $5.6 million , respectively. Valuation allowances on OREO balances are based on updated appraisals of the underlying properties as received during a period or management's authorization to reduce the selling price of a property during the period. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , Umpqua had $1.6 million and $2.2 million , respectively, of foreclosed residential real estate property held as other real estate owned. Umpqua's recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property in process of foreclosure was $10.7 million and $5.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.


101


Note 10 - Other Assets
Other assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2016 and 2015 :
(in thousands) 
2016
 
2015
Accrued interest receivable
$
56,042

 
$
52,835

Derivative assets
47,501

 
43,549

Low-income housing tax credit investments
23,021

 
14,782

Prepaid expenses
19,013

 
15,021

Investment in unconsolidated trust subsidiaries
14,277

 
14,277

Commercial servicing asset
6,391

 
7,944

Income taxes receivable
4,841

 
10,715

Other
56,551

 
44,228

  Total
$
227,637

 
$
203,351


The Company invests in limited partnerships that operate qualified affordable housing projects to receive tax benefits in the form of tax deductions from operating losses and tax credits. The Company accounts for the investments using the proportional amortization method; amortization of the investment in qualified affordable housing projects is recorded in the provision for income taxes together with the tax credits and benefits received. The Company recognized $1.8 million as a component of income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and recognized $2.4 million in affordable housing tax credits and other tax benefits during the year. The Company recognized $1.7 million as a component of income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 and recognized $1.3 million in affordable housing tax credits and other tax benefits during the year. The Company has federal low income housing tax credit carryforwards of $7.9 million and $7.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The Company's remaining capital commitments to these partnerships at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $12.7 million and $7.1 million , respectively. Such amounts are included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 11 – Income Taxes 
 
The following table presents the components of income tax provision included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31:
(in thousands)
Current
 
Deferred
 
Total
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016:
 
 
 
 
 
  Federal
$
8,003

 
$
102,031

 
$
110,034

  State
9,106

 
13,619

 
22,725

 
$
17,109

 
$
115,650

 
$
132,759

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
  Federal
$
22,914

 
$
81,267

 
$
104,181

  State
1,708

 
18,699

 
20,407

 
$
24,622

 
$
99,966

 
$
124,588

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
  Federal
$
1,968

 
$
70,583

 
$
72,551

  State
1,045

 
9,444

 
10,489

 
$
3,013

 
$
80,027

 
$
83,040

 

102


The following table presents a reconciliation of income taxes computed at the Federal statutory rate to the actual effective rate for the years ended December 31:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Statutory Federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State tax, net of Federal income tax
4.0
 %
 
4.0
 %
 
3.5
 %
Tax-exempt income
(1.8
)%
 
(1.8
)%
 
(2.5
)%
BOLI
(0.9
)%
 
(1.1
)%
 
(1.6
)%
Tax credits
(0.3
)%
 
(0.1
)%
 
(0.8
)%
Nondeductible merger expenses
 %
 
 %
 
1.2
 %
Other
0.3
 %
 
(0.1
)%
 
1.2
 %
    Effective income tax rate
36.3
 %
 
35.9
 %
 
36.0
 %
 
The following table reflects the effects of temporary differences that give rise to the components of the net deferred tax assets recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31:
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
52,360

 
$
54,048

Net operating loss carryforwards
48,121

 
137,302

Accrued severance and deferred compensation
25,565

 
28,893

Tax credits
21,037

 
15,778

Loan discount
16,623

 
40,068

Other
43,147

 
32,350

Total gross deferred tax assets
206,853

 
308,439

 
 
 
 
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
Residential mortgage servicing rights
57,858

 
54,112

Fair market value adjustment on preferred securities
45,958

 
48,407

Deferred loan fees
23,800

 
13,731

Intangibles
18,710

 
17,417

Other
25,115

 
35,600

Total gross deferred tax liabilities
171,441

 
169,267

 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
(1,090
)
 
(1,090
)
 
 
 
 
Net deferred tax assets
$
34,322

 
$
138,082


In 2014, the Company acquired a $276.8 million net deferred tax asset before acquisition accounting adjustments in the Sterling merger, including $238.4 million of federal and state NOL and tax credit carry-forwards. The Merger triggered an "ownership change" as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Service Code ("Section 382"). As a result of being subject to Section 382, the Company will be limited in the amount of NOL carry-forwards that can be used annually to offset future taxable income. The Company believes it is more likely than not that it will be able to fully realize the benefit of its federal NOL carry-forwards. The Company also believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain state NOL and tax credit carry-forwards will not be realized and therefore has provided a valuation allowance of $1.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2015 on the deferred tax assets relating to these state NOL and tax credit carry-forwards. The Company has determined that no other valuation allowance for the remaining deferred tax assets is required as management believes it is more likely than not that the remaining gross deferred tax assets of $205.8 million and

103


$307.3 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, will be realized principally through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences. Management further believes that future taxable income will be sufficient to realize the benefits of temporary deductible differences that cannot be realized through carry-back to prior years or through the reversal of future temporary taxable differences.

The tax credits consist of state tax credits of $5.6 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, and federal low income housing and alternative minimum tax credits of $15.4 million and $9.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The state tax credits will be utilized to offset future state income taxes. Most of the state tax credits benefit a five -year period, with an eight -year carry-forward allowed. Federal low income housing credits have a twenty -year carry forward and the alternative minimum tax credits may be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, as well as the majority of states and Canada. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for years before 2013, and no longer subject to other state tax authorities examinations for years before 2012, except in California, for years before 2005, and for Canadian tax authority examinations for years before 2013.

The Company periodically reviews its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, and records adjustments as appropriate. This review takes into consideration the status of current taxing authorities' examinations of the Company's tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions, if any, and the overall tax environment.

The Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits in the amounts of $3.0 million and $2.9 million recorded as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. If recognized, the unrecognized tax benefit would reduce the 2016 annual effective tax rate by 1% . During 2016 , the Company recognized a benefit of $74,000 in interest reversed primarily due to the lapse of statute of limitations. During 2015 , the Company accrued $29,000 of interest related to unrecognized tax benefits. Interest on unrecognized tax benefits is reported by the Company as a component of tax expense. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits is $354,000 and $428,000 , respectively.

Detailed below is a reconciliation of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits, gross of any related tax benefits, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively:

(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
Balance, beginning of period
$
2,888

 
$
2,671

Changes for tax positions of current year
118

 
178

Changes for tax positions of prior years
561

 
574

Lapse of statute of limitations
(561
)
 
(535
)
Balance, end of period
$
3,006

 
$
2,888


Note 12 – Interest Bearing Deposits 

The following table presents the major types of interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2016 and 2015 :
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
Interest bearing demand
$
2,296,532

 
$
2,157,376

Money market
6,932,717

 
6,599,516

Savings
1,325,757

 
1,136,809

Time, $100,000 and over
1,702,982

 
1,604,446

Time less than $100,000
901,528

 
890,451

Total interest bearing deposits
$
13,159,516

 
$
12,388,598


104



As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had time deposits of $799.5 million and $689.3 million , respectively, that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit. The following table presents the scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2016 :
(in thousands)
 
Year
Amount
2017
$
1,576,506

2018
377,011

2019
173,733

2020
138,439

2021
332,904

Thereafter
5,917

Total time deposits
$
2,604,510


The following table presents the remaining maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2016 :

(in thousands)
Amount
Three months or less
$
388,543

Over three months through six months
204,130

Over six months through twelve months
456,933

Over twelve months
653,376

Time, $100,000 and over
$
1,702,982


Note 13 – Securities Sold Under Agreements To Repurchase

The following table presents information regarding securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2016 and 2015 :
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Weighted
 
Carrying
 
Market
 
 
 
Average
 
Value of
 
Value of
 
Repurchase
 
Interest
 
Underlying
 
Underlying
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Assets
 
Assets
December 31, 2016
$
352,948

 
0.01
%
 
$
409,927

 
$
409,927

December 31, 2015
$
304,560

 
0.02
%
 
$
402,003

 
$
402,003


The securities underlying agreements to repurchase entered into by the Bank are for the same securities originally sold, with a one-day maturity. In all cases, the Bank maintains control over the securities. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase averaged approximately $333.9 million , $321.1 million , and $189.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The maximum amount outstanding at any month end for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , was $360.2 million , $334.6 million , and $313.3 million , respectively. Investment securities are pledged as collateral in an amount equal to or greater than the repurchase agreements.


105


Note 14 – Federal Funds Purchased 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company had no outstanding federal funds purchased balances. The Bank had available lines of credit with the FHLB totaling $5.9 billion at December 31, 2016 subject to certain collateral requirements. The Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve totaling $348.0 million subject to certain collateral requirements, namely the amount of certain pledged loans at December 31, 2016 . The Bank had uncommitted federal funds line of credit agreements with additional financial institutions totaling $450.0 million at December 31, 2016 . At December 31, 2016 , the lines of credit had interest rates ranging from 0.6% to 1.3% . Availability of the lines is subject to federal funds balances available for loan and continued borrower eligibility and are reviewed and renewed periodically throughout the year. These lines are intended to support short-term liquidity needs, and the agreements may restrict consecutive day usage.

Note 15 – Term Debt

The Bank had outstanding secured advances from the FHLB and other creditors at December 31, 2016 and 2015 with carrying values of $852.4 million and $888.8 million , respectively.
The following table summarizes the future contractual maturities of borrowed funds as of December 31, 2016 :
(in thousands)
 
 
Year
Amount
 
2017
$
255,000

 
2018
50,000

 
2019

 
2020
150,000

 
2021
390,000

 
Thereafter
5,146

 
Total borrowed funds
$
850,146

(1)  
(1) Amount shows contractual borrowings, excluding acquisition accounting adjustments.
 
The maximum amount outstanding from the FHLB under term advances at a month end during 2016 was $900.2 million and during 2015 was $1.0 billion . The average balance outstanding during 2016 was $894.2 million and during 2015 was $919.1 million . The average contractual interest rate on the borrowings was 1.7% in 2016 and 1.9% in 2015 . The FHLB requires the Bank to maintain a required level of investment in FHLB and sufficient collateral to qualify for secured advances. The Bank has pledged as collateral for these secured advances all FHLB stock, all funds on deposit with the FHLB, and its investments and commercial real estate portfolios, accounts, general intangibles, equipment and other property in which a security interest can be granted by the Bank to the FHLB.


106


Note 16 – Junior Subordinated Debentures 
 
Following is information about the Company's wholly-owned trusts ("Trusts") as of December 31, 2016
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trust Name
 
Issue Date
 
Issued Amount
 
Carrying Value (1)
 
Rate (2)
 
Effective Rate (3)
 
Maturity Date
AT FAIR VALUE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Umpqua Statutory Trust II
 
October 2002
 
$20,619
 
$15,764
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.35%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.54%
 
October 2032
Umpqua Statutory Trust III
 
October 2002
 
30,928
 
23,808
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.45%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.65%
 
November 2032
Umpqua Statutory Trust IV
 
December 2003
 
10,310
 
7,504
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 2.85%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.12%
 
January 2034
Umpqua Statutory Trust V
 
December 2003
 
10,310
 
7,458
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 2.85%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.31%
 
March 2034
Umpqua Master Trust I
 
August 2007
 
41,238
 
25,061
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 1.35%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.81%
 
September 2037
Umpqua Master Trust IB
 
September 2007
 
20,619
 
14,368
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 2.75%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.33%
 
December 2037
Sterling Capital Trust III
 
April 2003
 
14,433
 
11,513
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.25%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.18%
 
April 2033
Sterling Capital Trust IV
 
May 2003
 
10,310
 
8,138
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.15%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.14%
 
May 2033
Sterling Capital Statutory Trust V
 
May 2003
 
20,619
 
16,305
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.25%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.37%
 
June 2033
Sterling Capital Trust VI
 
June 2003
 
10,310
 
8,107
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.20%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.29%
 
September 2033
Sterling Capital Trust VII
 
June 2006
 
56,702
 
35,640
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 1.53%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.96%
 
June 2036
Sterling Capital Trust VIII
 
September 2006
 
51,547
 
32,670
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 1.63%, adjusted quarterly
 
4.09%
 
December 2036
Sterling Capital Trust IX
 
July 2007
 
46,392
 
28,384
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 1.40%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.67%
 
October 2037
Lynnwood Financial Statutory Trust I
 
March 2003
 
9,279
 
7,269
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.15%, adjusted quarterly
 
5.29%
 
March 2033
Lynnwood Financial Statutory Trust II
 
June 2005
 
10,310
 
6,793
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 1.80%, adjusted quarterly
 
4.19%
 
June 2035
Klamath First Capital Trust I
 
July 2001
 
15,464
 
13,427
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.75%, adjusted semiannually
 
5.58%
 
July 2031
 
 
 
 
379,390
 
262,209
 
 
 
 
 
 
AT AMORTIZED COST:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HB Capital Trust I
 
March 2000
 
5,310
 
6,050
 
10.875%
 
8.62%
 
March 2030
Humboldt Bancorp Statutory Trust I
 
February 2001
 
5,155
 
5,702
 
10.200%
 
8.54%
 
February 2031
Humboldt Bancorp Statutory Trust II
 
December 2001
 
10,310
 
11,110
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.60%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.78%
 
December 2031
Humboldt Bancorp Statutory Trust III
 
September 2003
 
27,836
 
29,953
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 2.95%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.23%
 
September 2033
CIB Capital Trust
 
November 2002
 
10,310
 
11,000
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.45%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.68%
 
November 2032
Western Sierra Statutory Trust I
 
July 2001
 
6,186
 
6,186
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.58%, adjusted quarterly
 
4.47%
 
July 2031
Western Sierra Statutory Trust II
 
December  2001
 
10,310
 
10,310
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 3.60%, adjusted quarterly
 
4.59%
 
December 2031
Western Sierra Statutory Trust III
 
September  2003
 
10,310
 
10,310
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 2.90%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.78%
 
September 2033
Western Sierra Statutory Trust IV
 
September  2003
 
10,310
 
10,310
 
Floating rate, LIBOR plus 2.90%, adjusted quarterly
 
3.78%
 
September 2033
 
 
 
 
96,037
 
100,931
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$475,427
 
$363,140
 
 
 
 
 
 

107


(1)
Includes acquisition accounting adjustments, net of accumulated amortization, for junior subordinated debentures assumed in connection with previous mergers as well as fair value adjustments related to trusts recorded at fair value. 
(2)
Contractual interest rate of junior subordinated debentures. 
(3)
Effective interest rate based upon the carrying value as of December 31, 2016
 
The Trusts are reflected as junior subordinated debentures in the Consolidated Balance Sheets .  The common stock issued by the Trusts is recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets , and totaled $14.3 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2016 , all of the junior subordinated debentures were redeemable at par, at their applicable quarterly or semiannual interest payment dates.

The Company selected the fair value measurement option for junior subordinated debentures originally issued by the Company (the Umpqua Statutory Trusts) and for junior subordinated debentures acquired from Sterling.
 
Absent changes to the significant inputs utilized in the discounted cash flow model used to measure the fair value of these instruments, the discounts will reverse over time in a manner similar to the effective interest rate method as if these instruments were accounted for under the amortized cost method. Losses recorded resulting from the change in the fair value of these instruments were $6.3 million , $6.3 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

Note 17 – Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Savings Plan -Substantially all of the Company's employees are eligible to participate in the Umpqua Bank 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the "Umpqua 401(k) Plan"), a defined contribution and profit sharing plan sponsored by the Company. Employees may elect to have a portion of their salary contributed to the plan in conformity with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. At the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company may elect to make matching and/or profit sharing contributions to the Umpqua 401(k) Plan based on profits of the Bank. The Company's contributions charged to expense amounted to $7.3 million , $7.4 million , and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Supplemental Retirement Plans -The Company has established the Umpqua Holdings Corporation Deferred Compensation & Supplemental Retirement Plan (the "DC/SRP"), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan to help supplement the retirement income of certain highly compensated executives selected by resolution of the Company's Board of Directors. The DC/SRP has two components, a supplemental retirement plan ("SRP") and a deferred compensation plan ("DCP"). The Company may make discretionary contributions to the SRP. For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the Company's matching contribution charged to expense for these supplemental plans totaled $142,000 , $178,000 , and $140,000 , respectively. The SRP plan balances at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $1.1 million and $889,000 , respectively, and are recorded in other liabilities. Under the DCP, eligible officers may elect to defer up to 50% of their salary into a plan account. The DCP plan balance was $6.7 million and $4.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. In addition, the Company has established a supplemental retirement plan for the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. The plan balance for this plan was $8.7 million as of both December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Acquired Plans - In connection with prior acquisitions, the Bank assumed liability for certain salary continuation, supplemental retirement, and deferred compensation plans for key employees, retired employees and directors of acquired institutions. Subsequent to the effective date of these acquisitions, no additional contributions were made to these plans. These plans are unfunded, and provide for the payment of a specified amount on a monthly basis for a specified period (generally 10 to 20 years) after retirement. In the event of a participant employee's death prior to or during retirement, the Bank in most cases is obligated to pay to the designated beneficiary the benefits set forth under the plans. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , liabilities recorded for the estimated present value of future plan benefits totaled $33.4 million and $36.1 million , respectively, and are recorded in other liabilities. For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , expense recorded for these plan's benefits totaled $1.9 million , $1.1 million , and $2.9 million , respectively.

Rabbi Trusts- The Bank has established, for the DC/SRP plan noted above, and sponsors, for some deferred compensation plans assumed in connection with prior mergers, irrevocable trusts commonly referred to as "Rabbi Trusts." The trust assets (generally cash and trading assets) are consolidated in the Company's balance sheets and the associated liability (which equals the related asset balances) is included in other liabilities. The asset and liability balances related to these trusts as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $10.4 million and $9.6 million , respectively.

108


Bank-Owned Life Insurance -The Bank has purchased, or acquired through mergers, life insurance policies in connection with the implementation of certain executive supplemental income, salary continuation and deferred compensation retirement plans. These policies provide protection against the adverse financial effects that could result from the death of a key employee and provide tax-exempt income to offset expenses associated with the plans. It is the Bank's intent to hold these policies as a long-term investment. However, there will be an income tax impact if the Bank chooses to surrender certain policies. Although the lives of individual current or former management-level employees are insured, the Bank is the owner and sole or partial beneficiary. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the cash surrender value of these policies was $299.7 million and $291.9 million , respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Bank also had liabilities for post-retirement benefits payable to other partial beneficiaries under some of these life insurance policies of $6.5 million and $6.2 million , respectively. The Bank is exposed to credit risk to the extent an insurance company is unable to fulfill its financial obligations under a policy. In order to mitigate this risk, the Bank uses a variety of insurance companies and regularly monitors their financial condition.

 
Note 18 – Commitments and Contingencies 

Lease Commitments — The Bank leases 258 sites under non-cancelable operating leases. The leases contain various provisions for increases in rental rates, based either on changes in the published Consumer Price Index or a predetermined escalation schedule. Substantially all of the leases provide the Company with the option to extend the lease term one or more times following expiration of the initial term. 
 
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 was $38.5 million , $38.3 million , and $33.1 million . Rent expense was offset by rent income for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 of  $2.0 million , $1.4 million , and $512,000 .

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2016 , the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases and future minimum income receivable under non-cancelable operating subleases:
(in thousands)
Lease
 
Sublease
Year
Payments
 
Income
2017
$
32,765

 
$
1,887

2018
29,557

 
1,634

2019
26,439

 
1,623

2020
22,005

 
1,574

2021
16,347

 
1,241

Thereafter
48,822

 
3,819

Total
$
175,935

 
$
11,778

 
  Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk — The Company's financial statements do not reflect various commitments and contingent liabilities that arise in the normal course of the Bank's business and involve elements of credit, liquidity, and interest rate risk. 
 
The following table presents a summary of the Bank's commitments and contingent liabilities: 
(in thousands)
As of December 31, 2016
Commitments to extend credit
$
4,124,460

Forward sales commitments
$
556,202

Commitments to originate loans held for sale
$
432,514

Standby letters of credit
$
67,599

 
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet credit risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those instruments involve elements of credit and interest-rate risk similar to the risk involved in on-

109


balance sheet items recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets . The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of the Bank's involvement in particular classes of financial instruments. 
 
The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees written, is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any covenant or condition established in the applicable contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. While most standby letters of credit are not utilized, a significant portion of such utilization is on an immediate payment basis. The Bank evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral varies but may include cash, accounts receivable, inventory, premises and equipment and income-producing commercial properties. 
 
Standby letters of credit and written financial guarantees are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including international trade finance, commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds cash, marketable securities, or real estate as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The Bank was required to perform on $150,000 of financial guarantees in connection with standby letters of credit during the year ended December 31, 2016 and was not required to perform on any financial guarantees in connection with standby letters of credit during the year ended December 31, 2015 . At December 31, 2016 , approximately $47.7 million of standby letters of credit expire within one year, and $19.9 million expire thereafter. Upon issuance, the Bank recognizes a liability equivalent to the amount of fees received from the customer for these standby letter of credit commitments. Fees are recognized ratably over the term of the standby letter of credit. During the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Bank recorded approximately $818,000 in fees associated with standby letters of credit.

Residential mortgage loans sold into the secondary market are sold with limited recourse against the Company, meaning that the Company may be obligated to repurchase or otherwise reimburse the investor for incurred losses on any loans that suffer an early payment default, are not underwritten in accordance with investor guidelines or are determined to have pre-closing borrower misrepresentations. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company had a residential mortgage loan repurchase reserve liability of $1.3 million . For loans sold to GNMA, the Bank has a unilateral right but not the obligation to repurchase loans that are past due 90 days or more. As of December 31, 2016 , the Bank has recorded a liability for the loans subject to this repurchase right of $10.9 million , and has recorded these loans as part of the loan portfolio as if we had repurchased these loans.

Legal Proceedings —The Bank owns  483,806  shares of Class B common stock of Visa Inc. which are convertible into Class A common stock at a conversion ratio of 1.6483 per Class A share. As of  December 31, 2016 , the value of the Class A shares was  $78.02 per share. Utilizing the conversion ratio, the value of unredeemed Class A equivalent shares owned by the Bank was  $62.2 million  as of December 31, 2016, and has not been reflected in the accompanying financial statements. The shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock are restricted and may not be transferred. Visa member banks are required to fund an escrow account to cover settlements, resolution of pending litigation and related claims. If the funds in the escrow account are insufficient to settle all the covered litigation, Visa Inc. may sell additional Class A shares and use the proceeds to settle litigation, thereby reducing the conversion ratio.  If funds remain in the escrow account after all litigation is settled, the Class B conversion ratio will be increased to reflect that surplus.  

On July 13, 2012, Visa, Inc. announced that it had entered into a memorandum of understanding obligating it to enter into a settlement agreement to resolve the multi-district interchange litigation brought by the class plaintiffs in the matter styled In re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant Discount Antitrust Litigation, Case No. 5-MD-1720 (JG) (JO) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The claims originally were brought by a class of U.S. retailers in 2005.  The settlement was approved by the Court on December 13, 2013, and Visa's share of the settlement to be paid is estimated at  $4.4 billion .  However, on June 30, 2016, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals vacated the class certification and reversed approval of the settlement in this action and remanded the case to the U.S. District Court for further proceedings.


110


In the ordinary course of business, various claims and lawsuits are brought by and against the Company and its affiliates and subsidiaries. In the opinion of management, there is no pending or threatened proceeding in which an adverse decision that could result in a material adverse change in the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations is reasonably probable.

Concentrations of Credit Risk The Bank grants real estate mortgage, real estate construction, commercial, agricultural and installment loans and leases to customers throughout Oregon, Washington, California, Idaho, and Nevada. In management's judgment, a concentration exists in real estate-related loans, which represented approximately  76% and  78% of the Bank's loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 .  Commercial real estate concentrations are managed to assure wide geographic and business diversity. Although management believes such concentrations have no more than the normal risk of collectability, a substantial decline in the economy in general, material increases in interest rates, changes in tax policies, tightening credit or refinancing markets, or a decline in real estate values in the Bank's primary market areas in particular, could have an adverse impact on the repayment of these loans.  Personal and business incomes, proceeds from the sale of real property, or proceeds from refinancing, represent the primary sources of repayment for a majority of these loans. 
 
The Bank recognizes the credit risks inherent in dealing with other depository institutions. Accordingly, to prevent excessive exposure to any single correspondent, the Bank has established general standards for selecting correspondent banks as well as internal limits for allowable exposure to any single correspondent. In addition, the Bank has an investment policy that sets forth limitations that apply to all investments with respect to credit rating and concentrations with an issuer.
  
Note 19 – Derivatives 
 
The Bank may use derivatives to hedge the risk of changes in the fair values of interest rate lock commitments, residential mortgage loans held for sale, and residential mortgage servicing rights. None of the Company's derivatives are designated as hedging instruments.  Rather, they are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, or economic hedges, with changes in the fair value of the derivatives reported in income. The Company primarily utilizes forward interest rate contracts in its derivative risk management strategy. 

The Bank enters into forward delivery contracts to sell residential mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities to broker/dealers at specific prices and dates in order to hedge the interest rate risk in its portfolio of mortgage loans held for sale and its residential mortgage loan commitments.  Credit risk associated with forward contracts is limited to the replacement cost of those forward contracts in a gain position.  There were no counterparty default losses on forward contracts in 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 .  Market risk with respect to forward contracts arises principally from changes in the value of contractual positions due to changes in interest rates. The Bank limits its exposure to market risk by monitoring differences between commitments to customers and forward contracts with broker/dealers. In the event the Company has forward delivery contract commitments in excess of available mortgage loans, the Company completes the transaction by either paying or receiving a fee to or from the broker/dealer equal to the increase or decrease in the market value of the forward contract. At December 31, 2016 , the Bank had commitments to originate mortgage loans held for sale totaling $432.5 million and forward sales commitments of $556.2 million , which are used to hedge both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures.
 
The Bank's mortgage banking derivative instruments do not have specific credit risk-related contingent features.  The forward sales commitments do have contingent features that may require transferring collateral to the broker/dealers upon their request. However, this amount would be limited to the net unsecured loss exposure at such point in time and would not materially affect the Company's liquidity or results of operations. 
 
The Bank executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are hedged by simultaneously entering into an offsetting interest rate swap that the Bank executes with a third party, such that the Bank minimizes its net risk exposure. As of December 31, 2016 , the Bank had 516 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $2.3 billion related to this program. As of December 31, 2015 , the Bank had 381 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $1.9 billion related to this program. 
 
In connection with the interest rate swap program with commercial customers, the Bank has agreements with its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Bank defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Bank could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. The Bank also has agreements with its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Bank fails to maintain its status as a well/adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Bank would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. Similarly, the Bank could

111


be required to settle its obligations under certain of its agreements if specific regulatory events occur, such as if the Bank were issued a prompt corrective action directive or a cease and desist order, or if certain regulatory ratios fall below specified levels. If the Bank had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2016 , it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.
 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $34.9 million and $40.2 million , respectively.  The Bank has collateral posting requirements for initial or variation margins with its clearing members and clearing houses and has been required to post collateral against its obligations under these agreements of $50.3 million and $58.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. 

The fair value of the interest rate swaps is determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts).  The variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on the expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observed market interest rate curves. In addition, the Bank incorporates credit valuation adjustments ("CVA") to appropriately reflect nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements of its derivatives.

The Bank also executes foreign currency hedges as a service for customers. These foreign currency hedges are then offset with hedges with other third-party banks to limit the Bank's risk exposure.
 
The following tables summarize the types of derivatives, separately by assets and liabilities and the fair values of such derivatives as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
 
(in thousands)
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
Derivatives not designated
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
as hedging instrument
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Interest rate lock commitments
 
$
4,076

 
$
3,631

 
$

 
$

Interest rate forward sales commitments
 
8,054

 
1,155

 
1,318

 
971

Interest rate swaps
 
34,701

 
38,567

 
34,871

 
40,238

Foreign currency derivative
 
670

 
196

 
874

 
305

Total
 
$
47,501

 
$
43,549

 
$
37,063

 
$
41,514

 
The following table summarizes the types of derivatives and the gains (losses) recorded during the years ended  2016 , 2015 , and 2014
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Derivatives not designated
 
December 31,
as hedging instrument
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Interest rate lock commitments
 
$
445

 
$
763

 
$
2,000

Interest rate forward sales commitments
 
(3,730
)
 
(4,752
)
 
(23,463
)
Interest rate swaps
 
1,497

 
162

 
(3,232
)
Foreign currency derivative
 
1,335

 
1,011

 
890

Total
 
$
(453
)
 
$
(2,816
)
 
$
(23,805
)
 
The Bank incorporates credit valuation adjustment ("CVA") to appropriately reflect nonperformance risk in the fair value measurement of its derivatives. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the net CVA decreased the settlement values of the Bank's net derivative assets by $241,000 and $1.9 million , respectively. Various factors impact changes in the CVA over time, including changes in the credit spreads of the parties to the contracts, as well as changes in market rates and volatilities, which affect the total expected exposure of the derivative instruments. 


112


The following table summarizes the derivatives that have a right of offset as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 :

(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets/Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of Assets/Liabilities presented in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Financial Instruments
 
Collateral Posted
 
Net Amount
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
34,701

 
$

 
$
34,701

 
$
(11,225
)
 
$

 
$
23,476

Foreign currency derivative
 
670

 

 
670

 

 

 
670

Derivative Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
34,871

 
$

 
$
34,871

 
$
(11,225
)
 
$
(23,646
)
 
$

Foreign currency derivative
 
874

 

 
874

 

 

 
874

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
38,567

 
$

 
$
38,567

 
$
(198
)
 
$

 
$
38,369

Foreign currency derivative
 
196

 

 
196

 

 

 
196

Derivative Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
40,238

 
$

 
$
40,238

 
$
(198
)
 
$
(40,040
)
 
$

Foreign currency derivative
 
305

 

 
305

 

 

 
305


Note 20 – Stock Compensation and Share Repurchase Plan
Stock-Based Compensation
The compensation cost related to stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units granted to employees and included in salaries and employee benefits was $8.7 million , $13.6 million and $12.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized related to stock-based compensation was $3.3 million , $5.2 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, vesting was accelerated for certain restricted stock units and stock options issued in connection with the Sterling Merger, resulting in $2.8 million of accelerated compensation expense which was recorded in merger related expense.
As of December 31, 2016 , there was $34,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.64 years. As of December 31, 2016 , there was $7.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.39 years. As of December 31, 2016 , there was $1.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock units which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.94 years.

113


Stock Options
The following table summarizes information about stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014

(shares in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Options
Outstanding
 
Weighted-Avg
Exercise Price
 
Options
Outstanding
 
Weighted-Avg
Exercise Price
 
Options
Outstanding
 
Weighted-Avg
Exercise Price
Balance, beginning of period
472

 
$
14.58

 
807

 
$
16.80

 
981

 
$
16.17

Granted/assumed

 
$

 

 
$

 
440

 
$
12.12

Exercised
(219
)
 
$
11.95

 
(83
)
 
$
11.06

 
(572
)
 
$
11.93

Forfeited/expired
(34
)
 
$
24.19

 
(252
)
 
$
22.88

 
(42
)
 
$
19.28

Balance, end of period
219

 
$
15.74

 
472

 
$
14.58

 
807

 
$
16.80

Options exercisable, end of period
211

 
$
15.88

 
437

 
$
14.78

 
676

 
$
17.71

 
The following table summarizes information about outstanding stock options issued under all plans as of December 31, 2016 :
(shares in thousands)
Options Outstanding
 
 Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices
Options
Outstanding
 
Weighted Avg. Remaining Contractual Life
(Years)
 
Weighted Avg.
Exercise Price
 
Options
Exercisable
 
Weighted Avg.
Exercise Price
$9.23 to $11.89
76

 
3.01
 
$
11.50

 
76

 
$
11.50

$11.98 to $15.50
93

 
3.39
 
$
13.61

 
85

 
$
13.75

$26.12
50

 
0.18
 
$
26.12

 
50

 
$
26.12

 
219

 
2.52
 
$
15.74

 
211

 
$
15.88


The total intrinsic value (which is the amount by which the stock price exceeds the exercise price) as of December 31, 2016 , was $1.0 million for options outstanding and $978,000 options exercisable.
The weighted average remaining contractual term of options exercisable was 2.4 years as of December 31, 2016 .
The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $1.2 million , $535,000 , and $3.1 million , in the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the amount of cash received from the exercise of stock options was $432,000 , $195,000 , and $4.6 million and total consideration was $2.6 million , $925,000 , and $6.8 million , respectively.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. In 2014, there were stock options assumed in the Sterling Merger, however, no additional stock options were granted. There were no stock options granted in 2016 and 2015 . The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the fair value at the acquisition date of stock option grants assumed from the Sterling Merger during the year ended December 31, 2014 :
 
2014
Dividend yield
3.25
%
Expected life (years)
6.8

Expected volatility
31
%
Risk-free rate
0.91
%
Weighted average fair value of options on date of grant
$
3.22

The above assumptions for 2016 and 2015 are not applicable as no stock options were granted in 2016 or 2015 .

114



Restricted Shares
The Company grants restricted stock periodically for the benefit of employees and directors. Restricted shares generally vest over a three year period, subject to time or time plus performance vesting conditions.  The following table summarizes information about nonvested restricted share activity for the year ended December 31: 

(shares in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Restricted
Shares Outstanding
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Restricted Shares Outstanding
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Restricted
Shares Outstanding
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Balance, beginning of period
1,376

 
$
16.18

 
1,386

 
$
15.39

 
992

 
$
12.79

Granted
601

 
$
14.46

 
639

 
$
15.83

 
839

 
$
17.33

Vested/released
(766
)
 
$
15.87

 
(516
)
 
$
14.58

 
(399
)
 
$
12.42

Forfeited/expired
(115
)
 
$
14.70

 
(133
)
 
$
15.22

 
(46
)
 
$
12.99

Balance, end of period
1,096

 
$
15.61

 
1,376

 
$
16.18

 
1,386

 
$
15.39


The total fair value of restricted shares vested was $12.0 million , $8.6 million , and $7.1 million , for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

Restricted Stock Units
The Company granted restricted stock units in connection with the acquisition of Sterling as replacement awards, as well as part of the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan for the benefit of certain executive officers.  Restricted stock unit grants may be subject to performance-based vesting as well as other approved vesting conditions.  The total number of restricted stock units granted represents the maximum number of restricted stock units eligible to vest based upon the performance and service conditions set forth in the grant agreements.  

The following table summarizes information about nonvested restricted stock units outstanding at December 31:

(shares in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Restricted Stock Units Outstanding
 
Weighted Average Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Restricted Stock Units
Outstanding
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Restricted Stock Units
Outstanding
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Balance, beginning of period
263

 
$
18.58

 
675

 
$
18.03

 
95

 
$
10.41

Assumed

 
$

 

 
$

 
994

 
$
18.58

Released
(137
)
 
$
18.58

 
(254
)
 
$
17.99

 
(342
)
 
$
16.91

Forfeited/expired
(48
)
 
$
18.58

 
(158
)
 
$
18.48

 
(72
)
 
$
18.58

Balance, end of period
78

 
$
18.58

 
263

 
$
18.58

 
675

 
$
18.03


The total fair value of restricted stock units vested and released was $2.2 million , $4.4 million , and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the Company received income tax benefits of $5.9 million , $5.2 million , and $6.3 million , respectively, related to the exercise of non-qualified employee stock options, disqualifying dispositions in the exercise of incentive stock options, the vesting of restricted shares and the vesting of restricted stock units.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company did not record a tax deficiency or benefit as a component of equity due to the application of ASU 2016-09. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company had a net excess tax benefit resulting from tax deductions greater than the compensation cost recognized of $552,000 and $1.2 million ,

115


respectively. The tax deficiency or benefit is now recorded as income tax expense or benefit in the period the shares are vested.

Share Repurchase Plan - The Company's share repurchase plan, which was first approved by the Board and announced in August 2003, and amended in September 2011, authorized the repurchase of up to 15 million shares of common stock. In 2015, the Board extended the plan to run through July 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2016 , a total of 10.8 million shares remained available for repurchase. The Company repurchased 635,000 shares under the repurchase plan in 2016, repurchased 571,000 shares under the repurchase plan in 2015, and repurchased no shares under the repurchase plan in 2014 . The timing and amount of future repurchases will depend upon the market price for our common stock, securities laws restricting repurchases, asset growth, earnings, and our capital plan.

We also have certain stock option and restricted stock plans which provide for the payment of the option exercise price or withholding taxes by tendering previously owned or recently vested shares. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there were 154,000 and 52,000 shares tendered in connection with option exercises, respectively. Restricted shares cancelled to pay withholding taxes totaled 279,000 and 135,000 shares during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. There were 49,000 restricted stock units cancelled to pay withholding taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 86,000 in 2015 .

Note 21 – Regulatory Capital

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company's operations and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities, and certain off balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about risk components, asset risk weighting, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the regulations), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined in the regulations). Management believes, as of December 31, 2016 , that the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

116


The Company's capital amounts and ratios, as calculated under regulatory guidelines of Basel III at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented in the following table:
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
For Capital
 
To be Well
 
Actual
 
Adequacy purposes
 
Capitalized
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,707,693

 
14.72
%
 
$
1,471,577

 
8.00
%
 
$
1,839,471

 
10.00
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,534,927

 
13.79
%
 
$
1,470,731

 
8.00
%
 
$
1,838,414

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 Capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,108,948

 
11.47
%
 
$
1,103,682

 
6.00
%
 
$
1,471,577

 
8.00
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,397,449

 
13.04
%
 
$
1,103,048

 
6.00
%
 
$
1,470,731

 
8.00
%
Tier 1 Common
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,108,948

 
11.47
%
 
$
827,762

 
4.50
%
 
$
1,195,656

 
6.50
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,397,449

 
13.04
%
 
$
827,286

 
4.50
%
 
$
1,194,969

 
6.50
%
Tier 1 Capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Average Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,108,948

 
9.21
%
 
$
915,917

 
4.00
%
 
$
1,144,896

 
5.00
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,397,449

 
10.47
%
 
$
916,260

 
4.00
%
 
$
1,145,325

 
5.00
%
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,553,161

 
14.34
%
 
$
1,424,127

 
8.00
%
 
$
1,780,159

 
10.00
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,368,213

 
13.32
%
 
$
1,422,495

 
8.00
%
 
$
1,778,118

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 Capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,073,402

 
11.65
%
 
$
1,068,096

 
6.00
%
 
$
1,424,127

 
8.00
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,234,458

 
12.57
%
 
$
1,066,871

 
6.00
%
 
$
1,422,495

 
8.00
%
Tier 1 Common
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,020,814

 
11.35
%
 
$
801,072

 
4.50
%
 
$
1,157,104

 
6.50
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,234,458

 
12.57
%
 
$
800,153

 
4.50
%
 
$
1,155,777

 
6.50
%
Tier 1 Capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(to Average Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
2,073,402

 
9.73
%
 
$
852,091

 
4.00
%
 
$
1,065,114

 
5.00
%
Umpqua Bank
$
2,234,458

 
10.50
%
 
$
851,554

 
4.00
%
 
$
1,064,443

 
5.00
%

The Company is a registered financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the "GLB Act"), and is subject to the supervision of, and regulation by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"). The Bank is an Oregon state chartered bank with deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), and is subject to the supervision and regulation of the FDIC and the Director of the Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, administered through the Division of Finance and Corporate Securities, as well as to the supervision and regulation of the California, Washington, Idaho, and Nevada banking regulators. As of December 31, 2016 ,

117


the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as "well-capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's regulatory capital category.
On July 2, 2013, the federal banking regulators approved the final proposed rules that revise the regulatory capital rules to incorporate certain revisions by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision to the Basel capital framework ("Basel III"). The phase-in period for the final rules began for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with the final rules entire requirement phased in on January 1, 2019.

The final rules, among other things, include a common equity Tier 1 capital ("CET1") to risk-weighted assets ratio, including a capital conservation buffer, which will gradually increase from 4.5% on January 1, 2015 to 7.0% on January 1, 2019. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% on January 1, 2015 to 8.5% on January 1, 2019, as well as require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%.

Under the final rule, as Umpqua grew above $15.0 billion in assets as a result of an acquisition, the combined trust preferred security debt issuances were phased out of Tier 1 and into Tier 2 capital (75% starting in the first quarter of 2015 and 100% starting in the first quarter of 2016).

The final rules also provide for a number of adjustments to and deductions from the new CET1. Under Basel III, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, the Company and the Bank have made a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending on the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of the Company's securities portfolio. In addition, deductions include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets not dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.


118


Note 22 – Fair Value Measurement 
 
The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , whether or not recognized or recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
(in thousands)
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Level
 
Value
 
Value
 
Value
 
Value
FINANCIAL ASSETS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
1
 
$
1,449,432

 
$
1,449,432

 
$
773,725

 
$
773,725

Trading securities
1,2
 
10,964

 
10,964

 
9,586

 
9,586

Investment securities available for sale
2
 
2,701,220

 
2,701,220

 
2,522,539

 
2,522,539

Investment securities held to maturity
3
 
4,216

 
5,217

 
4,609

 
5,590

Loans held for sale, at fair value
2
 
387,318

 
387,318

 
363,275

 
363,275

Loans and leases, net
3
 
17,374,679

 
17,385,156

 
16,736,214

 
16,661,079

Restricted equity securities
1
 
45,528

 
45,528

 
46,949

 
46,949

Residential mortgage servicing rights
3
 
142,973

 
142,973

 
131,817

 
131,817

Bank owned life insurance assets
1
 
299,673

 
299,673

 
291,892

 
291,892

Derivatives
2,3
 
47,501

 
47,501

 
43,549

 
43,549

Visa Class B common stock
3
 

 
59,107

 

 
58,751

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
1,2
 
$
19,020,985

 
$
19,016,330

 
$
17,707,189

 
$
17,709,555

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
2
 
352,948

 
352,948

 
304,560

 
304,560

Term debt
2
 
852,397

 
844,377

 
888,769

 
890,852

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
3
 
262,209

 
262,209

 
255,457

 
255,457

Junior subordinated debentures, at amortized cost
3
 
100,931

 
77,640

 
101,254

 
75,654

Derivatives
2
 
37,063

 
37,063

 
41,514

 
41,514

 

119


Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis 

The following tables present information about the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
Description
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Trading securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
662

 
$

 
$
662

 
$

Equity securities
10,302

 
10,302

 

 

Investment securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
307,697

 

 
307,697

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
2,391,553

 

 
2,391,553

 

Investments in mutual funds and other equity securities
1,970

 

 
1,970

 

Loans held for sale, at fair value
387,318

 
 
 
387,318

 
 
Residential mortgage servicing rights, at fair value
142,973

 

 

 
142,973

Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
4,076

 

 

 
4,076

Interest rate forward sales commitments
8,054

 

 
8,054

 

Interest rate swaps
34,701

 

 
34,701

 

Foreign currency derivative
670

 
 
 
670

 
 
Total assets measured at fair value
$
3,289,976

 
$
10,302

 
$
3,132,625

 
$
147,049

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
$
262,209

 
$

 
$

 
$
262,209

Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate forward sales commitments
1,318

 

 
1,318

 

Interest rate swaps
34,871

 

 
34,871

 

Foreign currency derivative
874

 
 
 
874

 
 
Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
299,272

 
$

 
$
37,063

 
$
262,209


120


(in thousands)
December 31, 2015
Description
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Trading securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
75

 
$

 
$
75

 
$

Equity securities
9,511

 
9,511

 

 

Investment securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
313,117

 

 
313,117

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
2,207,420

 

 
2,207,420

 

Investments in mutual funds and other equity securities
2,002

 

 
2,002

 

Loans held for sale, at fair value
363,275

 
 
 
363,275

 
 
Residential mortgage servicing rights, at fair value
131,817

 

 

 
131,817

Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
3,631

 

 

 
3,631

Interest rate forward sales commitments
1,155

 

 
1,155

 

Interest rate swaps
38,567

 

 
38,567

 

Foreign currency derivative
196

 


 
196

 

Total assets measured at fair value
$
3,070,766

 
$
9,511

 
$
2,925,807

 
$
135,448

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
$
255,457

 
$

 
$

 
$
255,457

Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate forward sales commitments
971

 

 
971

 

Interest rate swaps
40,238

 

 
40,238

 

Foreign currency derivative
305

 

 
305

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
296,971

 
$

 
$
41,514

 
$
255,457

 
The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument above: 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents - For short-term instruments, including cash and due from banks, and interest bearing cash, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 
 
Securities - Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices when available or through the use of alternative approaches, such as matrix or model pricing, or broker indicative bids, when market quotes are not readily accessible or available. Management periodically reviews the pricing information received from the third-party pricing service and compares it to a secondary pricing service, evaluating significant price variances between services to determine an appropriate estimate of fair value to report.
 
Loans Held for Sale — Fair value for residential mortgage loans originated as held for sale is determined based on quoted secondary market prices for similar loans, including the implicit fair value of embedded servicing rights. For loans not originated as held for sale, these loans are accounted for at lower of cost or market, with the fair value estimated based on the expected sales price.
 
Loans and Leases - Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type, including commercial, real estate and consumer loans. Each loan category is further segregated by fixed and adjustable rate loans. The fair value of loans is calculated by discounting expected cash flows at rates which similar loans are currently being made. These amounts are discounted further by embedded probable losses expected to be realized in the portfolio. 
 
Restricted Equity Securities - The carrying value of restricted equity securities approximates fair value as the shares can only be redeemed by the issuing institution at par. 


121


Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights - The fair value of the MSR is estimated using a discounted cash flow model.  Assumptions used include market discount rates, anticipated prepayment speeds, delinquency and foreclosure rates, and ancillary fee income net of servicing costs. This model is periodically validated by an independent external model validation group. The model assumptions and the MSR fair value estimates are also compared to observable trades of similar portfolios as well as to MSR broker valuations and industry surveys, as available. Management believes the significant inputs utilized are indicative of those that would be used by market participants. 
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance - Fair values of insurance policies owned are based on the insurance contract's cash surrender value. 
 
Visa Class B Common Stock - The fair value of Visa Class B common stock is estimated by applying a 5% discount to the value of the unredeemed Class A equivalent shares.  The discount primarily represents the risk related to the further potential reduction of the conversion ratio between Class B and Class A shares and a liquidity risk premium. 
 
Deposits - The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest bearing deposits, savings and interest checking accounts, and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. 
 
Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase - For short-term instruments, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 
 
Term Debt - The fair value of term notes is calculated based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows using current rates at which such borrowings can currently be obtained. 
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures - The fair value of junior subordinated debentures is estimated using an income approach valuation technique.  The significant inputs utilized in the estimation of fair value of these instruments are the credit risk adjusted spread and three month LIBOR. The credit risk adjusted spread represents the nonperformance risk of the liability, contemplating the inherent risk of the obligation. The Company periodically utilizes an external valuation firm to determine or validate the reasonableness of the inputs and factors that are used to determine the fair value. The ending carrying (fair) value of the junior subordinated debentures measured at fair value represents the estimated amount that would be paid to transfer these liabilities in an orderly transaction amongst market participants.  Due to credit concerns in the capital markets and inactivity in the trust preferred markets that have limited the observability of market spreads, we have classified this as a Level 3 fair value measure.  
 
Derivative Instruments - The fair value of the interest rate lock commitments and forward sales commitments are estimated using quoted or published market prices for similar instruments, adjusted for factors such as pull-through rate assumptions based on historical information, where appropriate.  The pull-through rate assumptions are considered Level 3 valuation inputs and are significant to the interest rate lock commitment valuation; as such, the interest rate lock commitment derivatives are classified as Level 3. The fair value of the interest rate swaps is determined using a discounted cash flow technique incorporating credit valuation adjustments to reflect nonperformance risk in the measurement of fair value. Although the Bank has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swap derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the CVA associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. However, as of December 31, 2016 , the Bank has assessed the significance of the impact of the CVA on the overall valuation of its interest rate swap positions and has determined that the CVA are not significant to the overall valuation of its interest rate swap derivatives. As a result, the Bank has classified its interest rate swap derivative valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.   
 

122


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) 
 
The following table provides a description of the valuation technique, significant unobservable input, and qualitative information about the unobservable inputs for the Company's assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 and measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2016
Financial Instrument
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Weighted Average
Residential mortgage servicing rights
 
Discounted cash flow
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Constant Prepayment Rate
 
11.43%
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
 
9.69%
Interest rate lock commitment
 
Internal Pricing Model
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pull-through rate
 
86.76%
Junior subordinated debentures
 
Discounted cash flow
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Spread
 
5.26%

Generally, any significant increases in the constant prepayment rate and discount rate utilized in the fair value measurement of the residential mortgage servicing rights will result in negative fair value adjustments (and a decrease in the fair value measurement). Conversely, a decrease in the constant prepayment rate and discount rate will result in a positive fair value adjustment (and increase in the fair value measurement).

An increase in the pull-through rate utilized in the fair value measurement of the interest rate lock commitment derivative will result in positive fair value adjustments (and an increase in the fair value measurement.) Conversely, a decrease in the pull-through rate will result in a negative fair value adjustment (and a decrease in the fair value measurement.)
 
Management believes that the credit risk adjusted spread utilized in the fair value measurement of the junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value is indicative of the nonperformance risk premium a willing market participant would require under current market conditions, that is, the inactive market. Management attributes the change in fair value of the junior subordinated debentures during the period to market changes in the nonperformance expectations and pricing of this type of debt, and not as a result of changes to our entity-specific credit risk. The widening of the credit risk adjusted spread above the Company's contractual spreads has primarily contributed to the positive fair value adjustments.  Future contractions in the credit risk adjusted spread relative to the spread currently utilized to measure the Company's junior subordinated debentures at fair value as of December 31, 2016 , or the passage of time, will result in negative fair value adjustments.  Generally, an increase in the credit risk adjusted spread and/or the forward swap interest rate curve will result in positive fair value adjustments (and decrease the fair value measurement). Conversely, a decrease in the credit risk adjusted spread and/or the forward swap interest rate curve will result in negative fair value adjustments (and increase the fair value measurement).
 

123


The following table provides a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands)
 
Beginning Balance
 
Change included in earnings
 
Purchases and issuances
 
Sales and settlements
 
Ending Balance
 
Net change in unrealized gains or (losses) relating to items held at end of period
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage servicing rights, at fair value
 
$
131,817

 
$
(25,926
)
 
$
37,082

 
$

 
$
142,973

 
$
(14,133
)
Interest rate lock commitment
 
3,631

 
834

 
58,881

 
(59,270
)
 
4,076

 
4,076

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
 
255,457

 
17,815

 

 
(11,063
)
 
262,209

 
17,815

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgage servicing rights, at fair value
 
$
117,259

 
$
(20,726
)
 
$
35,284

 
$

 
$
131,817

 
$
(14,270
)
Interest rate lock commitment
 
2,867

 
851

 
47,764

 
(47,851
)
 
3,631

 
3,631

Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
 
249,294

 
16,005

 

 
(9,842
)
 
255,457

 
16,005


Changes in residential MSR carried at fair value are recorded in residential mortgage banking revenue within non-interest income. Gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments carried at fair value are recorded in residential mortgage banking revenue within non-interest income. Gains (losses) on junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value are recorded within other non-interest income.  The contractual interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is recorded on an accrual basis as interest on junior subordinated debentures within interest expense. Settlements related to the junior subordinated debentures represent the payment of accrued interest that is embedded in the fair value of these liabilities. 

Additionally, from time to time, certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  These adjustments to fair value generally result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment. 
 

124


Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis  
 
The following table presents information about the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded during the reporting period.  The amounts disclosed below represent the fair values at the time the nonrecurring fair value measurements were made, and not necessarily the fair value as of the dates reported upon.  
(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Loans and leases
$
25,753

 
$

 
$

 
$
25,753

Other real estate owned
2,612

 

 

 
2,612

 
$
28,365

 
$

 
$

 
$
28,365


(in thousands)
December 31, 2015
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Loans and leases
$
24,690

 
$

 
$

 
$
24,690

Other real estate owned
802

 

 

 
802

 
$
25,492

 
$

 
$

 
$
25,492


The following table presents the losses resulting from nonrecurring fair value adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 :  
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Loans and leases
$
33,289

 
$
29,083

 
$
10,265

Other real estate owned
1,719

 
2,782

 
3,728

Total loss from nonrecurring measurements
$
35,008

 
$
31,865

 
$
13,993

 
The following provides a description of the valuation technique and inputs for the Company's assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 and measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Unobservable inputs and qualitative information about the unobservable inputs are not presented as the fair value is determined by third-party information. The loans and leases amount above represents impaired, collateral dependent loans that have been adjusted to fair value.  When we identify a collateral dependent loan as impaired, we measure the impairment using the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs.  Depending on the characteristics of a loan, the fair value of collateral is generally estimated by obtaining external appraisals.  If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we recognize this impairment and adjust the carrying value of the loan to fair value through the allowance for loan and lease losses.  The loss represents charge-offs or impairments on collateral dependent loans for fair value adjustments based on the fair value of collateral. 
 
The other real estate owned amount above represents impaired real estate that has been adjusted to fair value.  Other real estate owned represents real estate which the Bank has taken control of in partial or full satisfaction of loans. At the time of foreclosure, other real estate owned is recorded at the lower of the carrying amount of the loan or fair value less costs to sell, which becomes the property's new basis. Any write-downs based on the asset's fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations such that the real estate is carried at the lower of its new cost basis or fair value, net of estimated costs to sell. Fair value adjustments on other real estate owned are recognized within net loss on real estate owned. The loss represents impairments on other real estate owned for fair value adjustments based on the fair value of the real estate. 
 

125


Fair Value Option
The following table presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans held for sale accounted for under the fair value option as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Aggregate
 
Less Aggregate
 
 
 
Aggregate
 
Less Aggregate
 
 
 
Unpaid
 
Unpaid
 
 
 
Unpaid
 
Unpaid
 
Fair
 
 Principal
 
Principal
 
Fair
 
Principal
 
Principal
 
Value
 
Balance
 
Balance
 
Value
 
Balance
 
Balance
  Loans held for sale
$
387,318

 
$
378,974

 
$
8,344

 
$
363,275

 
$
351,414

 
$
11,861


Residential mortgage loans held for sale accounted for under the fair value option are measured initially at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from such changes in fair value are reported as a component of residential mortgage banking revenue, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income . For the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the Company recorded a net decrease of $3.5 million , a net decrease of $696,000 , and a net increase of $6.4 million , respectively, representing the change in fair value reflected in earnings.

The Company selected the fair value measurement option for existing junior subordinated debentures (the Umpqua Statutory Trusts) and for junior subordinated debentures acquired from Sterling. The remaining junior subordinated debentures were acquired through previous business combinations and were measured at fair value at the time of acquisition and subsequently measured at amortized cost.

Accounting for the selected junior subordinated debentures at fair value enables us to more closely align our financial performance with the economic value of those liabilities. Additionally, we believe it improves our ability to manage the market and interest rate risks associated with the junior subordinated debentures. The junior subordinated debentures measured at fair value and amortized cost are presented as separate line items on the balance sheet. The ending carrying (fair) value of the junior subordinated debentures measured at fair value represents the estimated amount that would be paid to transfer these liabilities in an orderly transaction amongst market participants under current market conditions as of the measurement date.

Due to inactivity in the junior subordinated debenture market and the lack of observable quotes of our, or similar, junior subordinated debenture liabilities or the related trust preferred securities when traded as assets, we utilize an income approach valuation technique to determine the fair value of these liabilities using our estimation of market discount rate assumptions. The Company monitors activity in the trust preferred and related markets, to the extent available, evaluates changes related to the current and anticipated future interest rate environment, and considers our entity-specific creditworthiness, to validate the reasonableness of the credit risk adjusted spread and effective yield utilized in our discounted cash flow model. We also consider changes in the interest rate environment in our valuation, specifically the absolute level and the shape of the slope of the forward swap curve. In the fourth quarter, we also identified a settlement of a similar instrument in the market place, at a discount to the issued notional balance, relatively similar to the carrying value of our junior subordinated debentures at fair value. This transaction supported the reduction of the liquidity premium component within the credit spread, and is the primary contributor to the decline in the credit spread from the prior year.


126


Note 23 – Earnings Per Common Share  

The following is a computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
NUMERATORS:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
232,940

 
$
222,539

 
$
147,658

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities (1)
125

 
357

 
484

Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
232,815

 
$
222,182

 
$
147,174

DENOMINATORS:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic
220,282

 
220,327

 
186,550

Effect of potentially dilutive common shares (2)
626

 
718

 
994

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted
220,908

 
221,045

 
187,544

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.06

 
$
1.01

 
$
0.79

Diluted
$
1.05

 
$
1.01

 
$
0.78

 
(1)
Represents dividends paid and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested restricted stock awards. 
(2)
Represents the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options, vesting of non-participating restricted shares, and vesting of restricted stock units, based on the treasury stock method. 

The following table presents the weighted average outstanding securities that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because their effect would be anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
 
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Stock options
51

 
95

 
323

Restricted stock

 
3

 
443


Note 24 – Segment Information 
 
The Company operates two primary segments: Community Banking and Home Lending. The Community Banking segment's principal business focus is the offering of loan and deposit products to business and retail customers in its primary market areas. As of December 31, 2016 , the Community Banking segment operated 346 locations throughout Oregon, California, Washington, Idaho, and Nevada.  
 
The Home Lending segment, which operates as a division of the Bank, originates, sells and services residential mortgage loans.  
  

127


Summarized financial information concerning the Company's reportable segments and the reconciliation to the consolidated financial results is shown in the following tables: 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
  (in thousands)
Community
 
Home
 
 
 
Banking
 
Lending
 
Consolidated
Interest income
$
791,433

 
$
119,206

 
$
910,639

Interest expense
57,731

 
8,320

 
66,051

Net interest income
733,702

 
110,886

 
844,588

Provision (recapture) for loan and lease losses
44,740

 
(3,066
)
 
41,674

Non-interest income
136,413

 
163,527

 
299,940

Non-interest expense
608,842

 
128,313

 
737,155

Income before income taxes
216,533

 
149,166

 
365,699

Provision for income taxes
78,612

 
54,147

 
132,759

Net income
$
137,921

 
$
95,019

 
$
232,940

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
21,569,519

 
$
3,243,600

 
$
24,813,119

Total loans and leases
$
14,823,482

 
$
2,685,181

 
$
17,508,663

Total deposits
$
18,791,627

 
$
229,358

 
$
19,020,985

 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Community
 
Home
 
 
 
Banking
 
Lending
 
Consolidated
Interest income
$
823,885

 
$
105,981

 
$
929,866

Interest expense
49,081

 
9,151

 
58,232

Net interest income
774,804

 
96,830

 
871,634

Provision for loan and lease losses
32,808

 
3,781

 
36,589

Non-interest income
130,877

 
144,847

 
275,724

Non-interest expense
646,492

 
117,150

 
763,642

Income before income taxes
226,381

 
120,746

 
347,127

Provision for income taxes
81,252

 
43,336

 
124,588

Net income
$
145,129

 
$
77,410

 
$
222,539

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
20,195,322

 
$
3,211,059

 
$
23,406,381

Total loans and leases
$
14,164,743

 
$
2,701,793

 
$
16,866,536

Total deposits
$
17,689,815

 
$
17,374

 
$
17,707,189


128


Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Community
 
Home
 
 
 
Banking
 
Lending
 
Consolidated
Interest income
$
755,374

 
$
67,147

 
$
822,521

Interest expense
43,077

 
5,616

 
48,693

Net interest income
712,297

 
61,531

 
773,828

Provision for loan and lease losses
40,241

 

 
40,241

Non-interest income
93,177

 
87,997

 
181,174

Non-interest expense
615,275

 
68,788

 
684,063

Income before income taxes
149,958

 
80,740

 
230,698

Provision for income taxes
54,427

 
28,613

 
83,040

Net income
$
95,531

 
$
52,127

 
$
147,658

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
20,095,189

 
$
2,525,776

 
$
22,620,965

Total loans and leases
$
13,181,463

 
$
2,157,331

 
$
15,338,794

Total deposits
$
16,850,682

 
$
41,417

 
$
16,892,099


Note 25 – Related Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has made loans to its directors and executive officers (and their associated and affiliated companies). All such loans have been made in accordance with regulatory requirements.
The following table presents a summary of aggregate activity involving related party borrowers for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 :
(in thousands)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Loans outstanding at beginning of year
 
$
10,302

 
$
19,718

 
$
13,307

New loans and advances
 
2,006

 
7,165

 
11,392

Less loan repayments
 
(2,472
)
 
(16,506
)
 
(2,490
)
Reclassification (1)
 

 
(75
)
 
(2,491
)
Loans outstanding at end of year
 
$
9,836

 
$
10,302

 
$
19,718

(1) Represents loans that were once considered related party but are no longer considered related party, or loans that were not related party that subsequently became related party loans.
 
At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , deposits of related parties amounted to $9.9 million and $9.5 million , respectively.


129


Note 26 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31,
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
ASSETS
 
 
 
  Non-interest bearing deposits with subsidiary bank
$
92,540

 
$
91,354

  Investments in:
 
 
 
    Bank subsidiary
4,204,591

 
4,132,630

    Nonbank subsidiaries
43,488

 
44,976

  Other assets
3,914

 
3,742

    Total assets
$
4,344,533

 
$
4,272,702

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
  Payable to bank subsidiary
$
75

 
$
36

  Other liabilities
64,523

 
66,621

  Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
262,209

 
255,457

  Junior subordinated debentures, at amortized cost
100,931

 
101,254

    Total liabilities
427,738

 
423,368

  Shareholders' equity
3,916,795

 
3,849,334

    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
4,344,533

 
$
4,272,702


Condensed Statements of Income
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
  Dividends from subsidiaries
$
164,481

 
$
153,437

 
$
250,848

  Other income
(6,284
)
 
(6,272
)
 
(5,196
)
    Total income
158,197

 
147,165

 
245,652

 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPENSES
 
 
 
 
 
  Management fees paid to subsidiaries
946

 
447

 
533

  Other expenses
17,389

 
15,564

 
12,966

    Total expenses
18,335

 
16,011

 
13,499

 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed
 
 
 
 
 
  earnings of subsidiaries
139,862

 
131,154

 
232,153

Income tax benefit
(8,887
)
 
(7,269
)
 
(7,336
)
Net income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
148,749

 
138,423

 
239,489

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
84,191

 
84,116

 
(91,831
)
Net income
232,940

 
222,539

 
147,658

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
125

 
357

 
484

Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
232,815

 
$
222,182

 
$
147,174

 

130


Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income
$
232,940

 
$
222,539

 
$
147,658

  Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash
 
 
 
 
 
     provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
    Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
(84,191
)
 
(84,116
)
 
91,831

   Depreciation, amortization and accretion
(322
)
 
(322
)
 
(322
)
   Change in fair value of junior subordinated debentures
6,752

 
6,163

 
5,849

   Net decrease (increase) in other assets
972

 
617

 
(6,020
)
   Net decrease in other liabilities
(2,112
)
 
(2,903
)
 
(8,708
)
    Net cash provided by operating activities
154,039

 
141,978

 
230,288

 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
  Change in subsidiaries
3,258

 
(5,000
)
 
6

  Acquisitions

 

 
(102,143
)
    Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
3,258

 
(5,000
)
 
(102,137
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
  Net increase (decrease) in payables to subsidiaries
45

 

 
(4
)
  Dividends paid on common stock
(141,074
)
 
(134,618
)
 
(99,233
)
  Stock repurchased
(17,708
)
 
(14,589
)
 
(7,183
)
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options
2,626

 
1,481

 
7,692

    Net cash used by financing activities
(156,111
)
 
(147,726
)
 
(98,728
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents
1,186

 
(10,748
)
 
29,423

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
91,354

 
102,102

 
72,679

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
92,540

 
$
91,354

 
$
102,102



131


Note 27 – Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables present the summary results for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2016 :
(in thousands, except per share information)
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Four
 
December 31
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
Quarters
Interest income
$
224,703

 
$
226,419

 
$
225,453

 
$
234,064

 
$
910,639

Interest expense
16,907

 
16,527

 
16,255

 
16,362

 
66,051

   Net interest income
207,796

 
209,892

 
209,198

 
217,702

 
844,588

Provision for loan and lease losses
13,171

 
13,091

 
10,589

 
4,823

 
41,674

Non-interest income
98,620

 
80,710

 
74,659

 
45,951

 
299,940

Non-interest expense
183,468

 
181,187

 
188,511

 
183,989

 
737,155

   Income before provision for income taxes
109,777

 
96,324

 
84,757

 
74,841

 
365,699

Provision for income taxes
40,502

 
34,515

 
30,470

 
27,272

 
132,759

Net income
69,275

 
61,809

 
54,287

 
47,569

 
232,940

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
33

 
31

 
32

 
29

 
125

Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
69,242

 
$
61,778

 
$
54,255

 
$
47,540

 
$
232,815

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share
$
0.31

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.22

 
 
Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.31

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.22

 
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
$
0.16

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.16

 
 
(in thousands, except per share information)
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Four
 
December 31
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
Quarters
Interest income
$
235,205

 
$
233,802

 
$
231,788

 
$
229,071

 
$
929,866

Interest expense
15,371

 
14,587

 
14,322

 
13,952

 
58,232

   Net interest income
219,834

 
219,215

 
217,466

 
215,119

 
871,634

Provision for loan and lease losses
4,545

 
8,153

 
11,254

 
12,637

 
36,589

Non-interest income
69,345

 
61,372

 
81,102

 
63,905

 
275,724

Non-interest expense
185,911

 
183,194

 
201,918

 
192,619

 
763,642

   Income before provision for income taxes
98,723

 
89,240

 
85,396

 
73,768

 
347,127

Provision for income taxes
35,704

 
31,633

 
30,612

 
26,639

 
124,588

Net income
63,019

 
57,607

 
54,784

 
47,129

 
222,539

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
96

 
84

 
93

 
84

 
357

Net earnings available to common shareholders
$
62,923

 
$
57,523

 
$
54,691

 
$
47,045

 
$
222,182

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share
$
0.29

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.21

 
 
Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.28

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.21

 
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
$
0.16

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.15

 
$
0.15

 
 


132


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
On a quarterly basis, we carry out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As of December 31, 2016 , our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to us that is required to be included in our periodic SEC filings.
Although we change and improve our internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis, we do not believe that any such changes occurred in the fourth quarter 2016 that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Umpqua Holdings Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company's internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company's assets;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with the authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 . In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment and those criteria, we believe that, as of December 31, 2016 , the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.
The Company's independent registered public accounting firm has audited the Company's consolidated financial statements that are included in this annual report and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 and issued their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, appearing under Item 8. The audit report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 .
February 23, 2017

 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
Not Applicable

133

Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to Umpqua's Proxy Statement for the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders under the captions "Item 1. Election of Directors," "Information About Executive Officers," "Corporate Governance Overview" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance."

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, under the captions "Director Compensation," "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation Committee Report," and "Compensation Tables."
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The response to this item is set forth in Part II, Item 5, "Equity Compensation Plan Information" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, under the caption "Security Ownership of Management and Others."
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, under the captions "Item 1. Election of Directors" and "Related Party Transactions."
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, Item 2-Ratification of Auditor Appointment under the caption "Item 3. Ratification (Non-Binding) of Registered Public Accounting Firm Appointment - Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm."  
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(1)
Financial Statements:

The consolidated financial statements are included as Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(2)
Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules have been omitted because the information is not required, not applicable, not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
(3)
The exhibits filed as part of this report and incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed on the Exhibit Index to this annual report on Form 10-K, immediately following the signatures.

134

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Umpqua Holdings Corporation has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 23, 2017 .

UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION (Registrant)
 
/s/ Cort L. O'Haver
February 23, 2017
 
Cort L. O'Haver, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Cort L. O'Haver
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
February 23, 2017
 
Cort L. O'Haver
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ronald L. Farnsworth
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
February 23, 2017
 
Ronald L. Farnsworth
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Neal T. McLaughlin
Executive Vice President, Treasurer
February 23, 2017
 
Neal T. McLaughlin
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
February 23, 2017
 
Luanne Calvert
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Raymond P. Davis
Executive Chairman
February 23, 2017
 
Raymond P. Davis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Peggy Y. Fowler
Lead Independent Director
February 23, 2017
 
Peggy Y. Fowler
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
February 23, 2017
 
Stephen M. Gambee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ James S. Greene
Director
February 23, 2017
 
James S. Greene
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Luis F. Machuca
Director
February 23, 2017
 
Luis F. Machuca
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Maria M. Pope
Director
February 23, 2017
 
Maria M. Pope
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John F. Schultz
Director
February 23, 2017
 
John F. Schultz
 
 
 
 
 
 

135

Table of Contents

 
 
Director
February 23, 2017
 
Susan F. Stevens
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Hilliard C. Terry, III
Director
February 23, 2017
 
Hilliard C. Terry, III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Bryan L. Timm
Vice Chairman
February 23, 2017
 
Bryan L. Timm
 
 
 
 
 
 

136

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
#
Description
Location
 
 
 
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q filed May 7, 2014
 
 
 
3.2
Bylaws, as amended 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed April 22, 2008
 
 
 
4.1
Specimen Common Stock Certificate
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-77259) filed with the SEC on April 28, 1999
 
 
 
4.2
The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.
 
 
 
 
10.1**
Third Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective April 16, 2008 between the Company and Raymond P. Davis
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K/A filed April 22, 2008
 
 
 
10.2**
Employment Agreement dated July 1, 2003, between the Company and Raymond P. Davis
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2003
 
 
 
10.2.a**
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Raymond P. Davis effective January 1, 2017
Filed herewith
 
 
 
10.3**
Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement dated April 16, 2008 between the Company and Raymond P. Davis
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed April 22, 2008
 
 
 
10.4**
2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, effective March 5, 2007
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Form DEF 14A filed March 14, 2007
 
 
 
10.5**
Form of Employment Agreement with executive officers Farnsworth and Neal
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed March 7, 2008
 
 
 
10.6**
Form of First Amendment to form of Employment Agreement with executive officers Farnsworth, McLaughlin and Neal
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2013
 
 
 
10.7**
Employment Agreement dated effective March 21, 2010 between the Company and Cort O'Haver
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2010
 
 
 
10.7.a**
First Amendment to Employment Agreement with Cort O'Haver dated effective December 1, 2014
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-K filed February 23, 2015.
 
 
 
10.7.b**
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement with Cort O'Haver dated effective January 1, 2017
Filed herewith
 
 
 
10.8**
Employment Agreement dated effective November 23, 2015 between Umpqua Bank and Tory Nixon
Filed herewith
 
 
 
10.9**
Employment Agreement dated effective June 1, 2010 between the Company and David Shotwell
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2010
 
 
 
10.10**
Umpqua Holdings Corporation 2013 Incentive Plan, effective December 14, 2012, as amended
Filed herewith
 
 
 
10.11**
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013 Incentive Plan (Service Vesting)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-K filed February 25, 2016
 
 
 
10.12**
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013 Incentive Plan (Performance Vesting)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K filed February 25, 2016
 
 
 
10.13**
Sterling Financial Corporation 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Sterling Financial Corporation filed December 9, 2010
 
 
 

137

Table of Contents

Exhibit
#
Description
Location
 
 
 
10.14**
Employment Agreement between the Company and Andrew Ognall dated as of May 1, 2014
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Form 10-K filed February 25, 2016
 
 
 
10.15**
Employment Agreement between the Company and Neal McLaughlin dated as of March 1, 2005
Filed herewith
 
 
 
12.0
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
Filed herewith
 
 
 
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Filed herewith
 
 
 
23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Moss Adams LLP
Filed herewith
 
 
 
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Filed herewith
 
 
 
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Filed herewith
 
 
 
31.3
Certification of Principal Accounting Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Filed herewith
 
 
 
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Filed herewith
 
 
 
101.INS XBRL Instance Document * 
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document * 
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document * 
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document * 
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document * 
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document * 

* Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections. 

**Indicates compensatory plan or arrangement




138


AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is by and between Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Umpqua Bank (collectively “ Umpqua ”), Pivotus Ventures, Inc., and Raymond Davis (“ Davis ”), dated effective as of January 1, 2017.

1.     PURPOSE OF AMENDMENT AND DURATION OF AGREEMENT . The purpose of this Amendment is to amend certain provisions of the Employment Agreement dated effective as of July 1, 2003 between Umpqua and Davis (the “ Employment Agreement ”) as set forth below in connection with Davis’ appointment as Executive Chairman of Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Umpqua Bank.

2.     DURATION . Section 1 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to add the following: “This Agreement shall expire on January 1, 2018.”

3.     DUTIES; POSITION . Section 4.1 of the Employment Agreement is amended to provide that Davis shall be employed as Executive Chairman of Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Umpqua Bank, and as CEO of Pivotus Ventures, Inc., and will perform such duties as may be designated by Umpqua’s and Pivotus Ventures, Inc.’s Boards of Directors (collectively the “ Board ”) and as set forth in Umpqua’s Bylaws and Statement of Governance Principles.

4.     COMPENSATION; BENEFITS . Section 5 of the Employment Agreement is amended in and replaced with the following: “For services performed under this Agreement, Davis shall be entitled to a Base Salary equal to the Base Salary in effect at December 31, 2016, and to participate in the annual cash component of the 2013 Incentive Plan at a target level of 100% of Base Salary. Davis shall be entitled to participate in Umpqua’s health and welfare benefit plans including the Umpqua 401(k) Plan, Deferred Compensation Plan/Supplemental Retirement Plan, group health insurance, long-term disability and life insurance and such other benefits as approved by the Board.”

5.     DEFINITION OF GOOD REASON . Section 7.2 of the Employment Agreement is amended and replaced with the following:

“7.2     Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, ‘ Good Reason ’ for Davis’ resignation of employment will exist upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events, without Officer’s consent, if Officer has informed Umpqua in writing of the circumstances described below that could give rise to resignation for Good Reason within 30 days of the occurrence of such event and within 60 days of such written notice Umpqua has not removed such circumstances (or notified Officer that Umpqua disputes that such circumstances qualify as Good Reason):

(a)    a material diminution in Davis’ authority or responsibility;

1




(b)    a material reduction in Base Salary, unless the reduction arises out of (i) a regulatory requirement that compensation for Umpqua’s management group be reduced, or (ii) a Board decision, in response to a material adverse financial condition, to reduce salaries of all senior executive officers pro rata; or

(c)    a requirement for Davis to relocate to a facility or location more than 30 miles from Portland, Oregon.

For Davis’ termination to qualify as Termination For Good Reason, Davis must terminate his employment within 180 days of the occurrence of the Good Reason event.”

6.     SEVERANCE BENEFIT . Section 9 of the Employment Agreement is amended to change the “Severance Benefit” to be equal to one year of Davis’ Base Salary in effect at the time of termination.

7.     CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT; LIMITATIONS .

7.1    Section 10.1 of the Employment Agreement is amended to delete subsections (b), (c) and (d) and replace subsection (a) with the following: “(i) two years Base Salary, based on Davis’ Base Salary just prior to termination of employment, (ii) two times the annual targeted incentive compensation under the 2013 Incentive Plan and (iii) an amount equal to continued health and welfare benefits for a period of two years (collectively, the “Change in Control Benefit”), paid in equal installments over 18 months and commencing on the next regular payday following termination and subject to Sections 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 below.”

7.2    Section 10.3 is amended to add the following: “Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, Umpqua shall make no payment of any benefit provided for herein to the extent that such payment would be prohibited by the provisions of Part 359 of the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) as the same may be amended from time to time, and if such payment is so prohibited, Umpqua shall use its best efforts to secure the consent of the FDIC or other applicable banking agencies to make such payments in the highest amount permissible, up to the amount provided for in this Agreement.”

7.3    Section 10.4 is added to the Agreement as follows:

“10.4      Code Section 409A .

(a)    It is intended that payments and benefits made or provided under this Agreement shall comply with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption thereto. Any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception, the separation pay exception or another exception under Section 409A of the Code shall be paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred

2



compensation under Section 409A of the Code, each payment of compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying the exclusion under Section 409A of the Code for short-term deferral amounts, the separation pay exception or any other exception or exclusion under Section 409A of the Code. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code to the extent necessary in order to avoid the imposition of penalty taxes on Davis pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. In the event the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code is contingent on execution of a release of claims and the designated period to execute the release of claims crosses two taxable years, payment of such nonqualified deferred compensation shall be made in the second taxable year. In no event may Davis, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment under this Agreement.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during Davis’ lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement); (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(c)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Davis is considered a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (as determined in accordance with the methodology established by Umpqua as in effect on the date of Davis’ separation from service (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code)), any payment that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code that is otherwise due to Davis under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Davis’ separation from service on account of Davis’ separation from service shall be accumulated and paid to Davis on the first business day of the seventh month following his separation from service (the “ Delayed Payment Date ”). If Davis dies during the postponement period, the amounts and entitlements delayed on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid either to Davis’ beneficiary or the personal representative of his estate on the first to occur of the Delayed Payment Date or 30 calendar days after the date of Davis’ death.

(d)     Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, any references to termination of employment or date of termination shall mean and refer to the date of

3



Davis’ “separation from service” as that term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).”

8.     NOTICE OF IMMUNITY UNDER THE ECONOMIC ESPIONAGE ACT OF 1996, AS AMENDED BY THE DEFEND TRADE SECRETS ACT OF 2016 . The following provision is added to Section 14 of the Employment Agreement:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement: (A) Davis will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for any disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding; and (B) if Davis files a lawsuit for retaliation by Umpqua for reporting a suspected violation of law, Davis may disclose Umpqua’s trade secrets to Davis’ attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Davis (1) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (2) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.”

9.     EFFECT OF AMENDMENT . Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement.

10.     ADVICE OF COUNSEL; INTERPRETATION . Davis acknowledges that, in executing this Amendment, Davis has had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent legal counsel and has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation hereof .
 
 
 
UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
 
UMPQUA BANK
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Luis Machuca
 
 
 
Its:
Compensation Committee Chair
 
 
 
PIVOTUS VENTURES, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
James Greene
 
 
 
Its:
Chairman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DAVIS
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Raymond P. Davis

4


SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Employment Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is by and between Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Umpqua Bank (collectively “ Umpqua ”) and Cort O’Haver (“ Officer ”), dated effective as of January 1, 2017.

1.     PURPOSE OF AMENDMENT AND DURATION OF AGREEMENT .

1.1    The purpose of this Amendment is to amend certain provisions of the Employment Agreement dated effective as of March 24, 2010 between Umpqua and Officer (as previously amended effective as of December 1, 2014, the “Employment Agreement”) in connection with Officer’s promotion to President and Chief Executive Officer of Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Umpqua Bank.

1.2    The duration of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended and extended to December 31, 2021, unless sooner terminated as set forth in the Employment Agreement.

2.     DUTIES; POSITION . Section 4.1 of the Employment Agreement is amended to provide that Officer shall be employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Umpqua Bank, and will perform such duties as may be designated by Umpqua’s Boards of Directors (the “ Board ”) and as set forth in Umpqua’s Bylaws and Statement of Governance Principles.

3.     BASE COMPENSATION . Section 5 of the Employment Agreement is amended to provide that Officer shall be entitled to a Base Salary of $750,000 on an annualized basis and to participate in the annual cash component of the 2013 Incentive Plan at a target level of 100% of Base Salary commencing with Officer’s incentive for the 2017 fiscal year performance payable in 2018.

4.     SEVERANCE BENEFIT . The first sentence of Section 9 of the Employment Agreement is amended to provide that the Severance Benefit shall be equal to: “ two times Bases Salary, based on Officer’s Base Salary immediately prior to termination, and two times the annual cash incentive compensation under the 2013 Plan received by Officer for the calendar year prior to termination (the “Severance Benefit”) .” The second sentence of Section 9 of the Employment Agreement is amended to provide that the Severance Benefit shall be paid “ in equal installments over 18 months, starting on the next regular payday following termination subject to Section 12.3.

5.     CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT . The first sentence of Section 10 of the Employment Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following: “ After announcement of a proposed Change in Control and for a period continuing for one year following a Change in Control, in the event of Termination Without Cause or Termination For Good Reason, instead of receiving the Severance Benefit set forth in Section 9 above, Officer shall receive 30 months Base Salary, based on Officer’s Base Salary just prior to the termination of employment, as well as 250% of the incentive compensation Officer received for services performed in the previous year

1



(the aforementioned multiples of Base Salary and incentive are collectively referred to as the ‘Change in Control Benefit’). The second sentence of Section 10 of the Employment Agreement is amended to provide that the Change in Control Benefit shall be paid “ in equal installment over 18 months, starting on the next regular payday following termination subject to Section 12.3.

6.      LIMITATION ON BENEFITS . Section 12.3 is replaced with the following:

“12.3     IRC 409A . It is intended that payments and benefits made or provided under this Agreement shall comply with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption thereto.

(a) Any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception, the separation pay exception or another exception under Section 409A of the Code shall be paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, each payment of compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying the exclusion under Section 409A of the Code for short-term deferral amounts, the separation pay exception or any other exception or exclusion under Section 409A of the Code. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code to the extent necessary in order to avoid the imposition of penalty taxes on Officer pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. In the event the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code is contingent on execution of a release of claims and the designated period to execute the release of claims crosses two taxable years, payment of such nonqualified deferred compensation shall be made in the second taxable year. In no event may Officer, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment under this Agreement.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during Officer’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement); (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(c)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Officer is considered a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (as determined in accordance with the methodology established by Umpqua as in effect on the date of Officer’s separation from service (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code)), any payment that constitutes nonqualified deferred

2



compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code that is otherwise due to Officer under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Officer’s separation from service on account of Officer’s separation from service shall be accumulated and paid to Officer on the first business day of the seventh month following his separation from service (the “ Delayed Payment Date ”). If Officer dies during the postponement period, the amounts and entitlements delayed on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid either to Officer’s beneficiary or the personal representative of his estate on the first to occur of the Delayed Payment Date or 30 calendar days after the date of Officer’s death.

(d)     Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, any references to termination of employment or date of termination shall mean and refer to the date of Officer’s “separation from service” as that term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).”

7.     NOTICE OF IMMUNITY UNDER THE ECONOMIC ESPIONAGE ACT OF 1996, AS AMENDED BY THE DEFEND TRADE SECRETS ACT OF 2016 . The following provision is added to Section 17 of the Employment Agreement:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement: (A) Officer will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for any disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding; and (B) if Officer files a lawsuit for retaliation by Umpqua for reporting a suspected violation of law, Officer may disclose Umpqua’s trade secrets to Officer’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Officer (1) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (2) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.”

8.     EFFECT OF AMENDMENT . Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement.

9.     ADVICE OF COUNSEL; INTERPRETATION . Officer acknowledges that, in executing this Amendment, Officer has had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent legal counsel and has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation hereof .

3



 
 
 
UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
 
UMPQUA BANK
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Luis Machuca, Compensation Committee Chair

 
 
 
OFFICER
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cort O’Haver

4

UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
FOR

TORY NIXON

Dated as of November 23, 2015






EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Umpqua Bank (“ Umpqua ”) and Tory Nixon (“ Officer ”) effective as of November 23, 2015.
1. PURPOSE AND DURATION OF AGREEMENT . This purpose of this Agreement is to set forth the terms of Officer’s employment with Umpqua and to provide Officer with certain benefits where Officer’s employment is terminated. Unless sooner terminated as set forth below, and except as set forth in Section 22.3, this Agreement shall expire on December 31, 2020.
2. EMPLOYMENT . Umpqua shall employ Officer, and Officer hereby accepts that employment on the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.
3. NO TERM OF EMPLOYMENT . Notwithstanding the term of this Agreement, Umpqua or Officer may terminate Officer’s employment at will, at any time for any lawful reason, or for no reason at all, subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
4. DUTIES; POSITION .
4.1.      Position . Officer shall be employed as Executive Vice President/Commercial Banking and will perform such duties as may be designated by Umpqua’s President/Commercial Banking, to whom Officer will directly report (the “ Supervisor ”). Officer’s primary office location will be One SW Columbia Street, Suite 1200, Portland, Oregon.
4.2.      Obligations of Officer .
(a) Officer agrees that to the best of Officer’s ability and experience, Officer will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of Officer pursuant to the express and implicit terms of this Agreement and as directed by the Supervisor or Umpqua’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).
(b) Officer shall devote Officer’s entire working time, attention, and efforts to Umpqua’s business and affairs, shall faithfully and diligently serve Umpqua’s interests and shall not engage in any business or employment activity that is not on Umpqua’s behalf (whether or not pursued for gain or profit) except for (i) activities approved in writing in advance by Umpqua and (ii) passive investments that do not involve Officer providing any advice or services to the businesses in which the investments are made.
5. COMPENSATION .
5.1.      Base Salary . For services performed under this Agreement, Officer shall be entitled to $34,583.33 per month ($415,000 on annualized basis) (as in effect from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which Umpqua may increase in its sole discretion.
5.2.      Benefits . Commencing with the fiscal year of Umpqua in which the Effective Date occurs, Officer shall be entitled to participate, under the terms of the respective plans and subject to periodic plan changes, in Umpqua’s group health benefit package, long-term disability

1




and life insurance, 401(k) plan, and such other compensation or benefits as approved by the Board. Officer shall be entitled to four weeks of vacation per year. Officer shall be entitled to participate in Umpqua’s annual Senior Manager Incentive Compensation Plan with a target annual bonus opportunity of 70% of Officer’s annual Base Salary, subject to the terms of such plan as revised from time to time. For fiscal year 2015, Officer’s participation in the Senior Manager Incentive Compensation Plan shall be pro-rated, but with a minimum payout of $40,000.
5.3.      Signing Bonus . Umpqua will pay Officer a new hire bonus of $100,000 within 30 days of commencement of employment (the “ New Hire Bonus ”) and an additional $60,000 on the earlier of (i) July 1, 2016 or (ii) the closing of the purchase of Officer’s residence in the Portland, Oregon metropolitan area (the “ Additional Payment ”); provided, however, if Officer’s employment terminates due to a voluntary resignation within 24 months of the date of either payment, Officer shall repay a prorated amount (based on the date of termination) of such payment. For example, if Officer voluntarily resigns twelve months after the date of payment of the New Hire Bonus and six months after the date of payment of the Additional Payment, Officer would repay to Umpqua $95,000 (one-half of the New Hire Bonus equal to $50,000 and three-fourths of the Additional Payment equal to $45,000).
5.4.      Equity Compensation . Officer will receive a restricted stock award of 25,000 shares from the CEO’s discretionary pool subject to the terms of Umpqua 2013 Incentive Plan and standard Restricted Stock Award Agreement with the following vesting schedule: 8,333 shares on the first anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement; 8,333 shares on the second anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement; and 8,334 shares on the third anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement. Beginning in 2016, Officer will be considered for future annual discretionary stock awards.
5.5.      Relocation . Relocation assistance will be provided pursuant to the terms attached to the Officer’s offer letter accepted October 28, 2015, and such terms, including repayment terms, are incorporated herein by reference.
6. TERMINATION . Officer’s employment may be terminated before the expiration of this Agreement as described in this Section 6, in which event Officer’s compensation and benefits shall terminate except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
6.1.      For Cause . Upon Umpqua’s termination of Officer’s employment for Cause (as defined in Section 7.1) (“ Termination For Cause ”).
6.2.      Without Cause . Upon Umpqua’s termination of employment of Officer without Cause, with or without notice, at any time in Umpqua’s sole discretion, for any reason (other than for Cause, death, or Disability) or for no reason (“ Termination Without Cause ”).
6.3.      For Good Reason . Upon Officer’s termination of employment for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.2) (“ Termination For Good Reason ”).

2




6.4.      Death or Disability . Upon Officer’s death or Disability (as defined in Section 7.3).
6.5.      Resignation . Upon Officer’s Termination upon Resignation (as defined in Section 7.5).
7. DEFINITIONS .
7.1.      Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” for Officer’s termination will exist upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
(a) Dishonest or fraudulent conduct by Officer with respect to the performance of Officer’s duties with Umpqua;
(b) Conduct by Officer that materially discredits Umpqua or any of its affiliates or is materially detrimental to the reputation of Umpqua or any of its affiliates, including but not limited to conviction or a plea of nolo contendere of Officer of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude;
(c) Officer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Officer’s duties under this Agreement, including but not limited to Officer’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board or the Supervisor, if such misconduct or negligence has not been remedied or is not being remedied to Umpqua’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after written notice, including a detailed description of the misconduct or negligence, has been delivered to Officer;
(d) An order or directive from a state or federal banking regulatory agency requesting or requiring removal of Officer or a finding by any such agency that Officer’s performance threatens the safety or soundness of Umpqua or any of its affiliates; or
(e) A material breach of Officer’s fiduciary duties to Umpqua if such breach has not been remedied or is not being remedied to Umpqua’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after written notice, including a detailed description of the breach, has been delivered to Officer.
7.2.      Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” for Officer’s termination of employment will exist upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events, without Officer’s consent, if Officer has informed Umpqua in writing of the circumstances described below in this Section 7.2 that could give rise to termination for Good Reason within 30 days following the initial existence of such circumstances and Umpqua has not removed such circumstances within 60 days of the written notice (or notified Officer that Umpqua disputes that such circumstances qualify as Good Reason):
(a) A material reduction of Officer’s Base Salary, unless the reduction is in connection with, and commensurate with, reductions in the salaries of all or substantially all senior officers of Umpqua; or

3




(b) A requirement for Officer to relocate to a facility or location more than 30 miles from Officer’s currently designated work location in Portland, Oregon.
In the event that the condition constituting Good Reason is not timely remedied, Officer must terminate his employment, if at all, within 60 following the end of the cure period for such termination to constitute a Termination For Good Reason.
7.3.      Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means that (a) Officer is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months or (b) Officer is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident or health plan covering employees of Umpqua.
7.4.      Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred when any of the following events take place:
(a) Any person (including any individual or entity), or persons acting in concert, become(s) the beneficial owner of voting shares representing 50% or more of Umpqua;
(b) A majority of the Board is removed from office by a vote of Umpqua’s shareholders over the recommendation of the Board then serving; or
(c) Umpqua is a party to a plan of merger or plan of exchange and upon consummation of such plan, the shareholders of Umpqua immediately prior to the transaction do not own or continue to own (i) at least 40% of the shares of the surviving company (if the then current CEO of Umpqua continues as CEO of the surviving organization) or (ii) at least a majority of the shares of the surviving organization (if the then current CEO of Umpqua does not continue as CEO of the surviving organization).
7.5.      Resignation . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Termination Upon Resignation ” shall mean that Officer has given Umpqua 60 days prior written notice of the date of his resignation or retirement, and Officer terminates his employment on such date, provided, however, that no event listed above under the definition of “Cause” exists at the time of such notice through the proposed date of Termination Upon Resignation.
8. PAYMENT UPON TERMINATION . Upon termination of Officer’s employment for any of the reasons set forth in Section 6 above, Officer will receive payment for all Base Salary and benefits earned (and payable under the terms of any applicable plan) as of the date of Officer’s termination (“ Earned Compensation ”), which shall be paid by the end of the business day following termination or sooner if required by applicable law.
9. SEVERANCE BENEFIT . In the event of Termination Without Cause or Termination for Good Reason, in addition to receiving Earned Compensation, Officer will receive a severance

4




benefit equal to the greater of (a) six months Base Salary, based on Officer’s Base Salary just prior to termination or (b) two weeks Base Salary for every year of employment with Umpqua (the “ Severance Benefit ”). Subject to Section 12.3 below, the Severance Benefit shall be paid in equal installments over the number of months of continued Base Salary, starting on the next regular payday following termination. Receipt of the Severance Benefit is conditioned on Officer having executed the Separation and Release Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Separation Agreement ”) and the revocation period having expired without Officer having revoked the Separation Agreement. Receipt and continued receipt of the Severance Benefit is further conditioned on Officer not being in violation of any material term of this Agreement or in violation of any material term of the Separation Agreement.
10. CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT . After announcement of a proposed Change in Control and for a period continuing for one year following the Change in Control, in the event of Termination Without Cause or Termination For Good Reason, instead of receiving the Severance Benefit set forth in Section 9 above, Officer shall be entitled to receive 12 months Base Salary, based on Officer’s Base Salary just prior to the termination of employment, as well as 100% of the incentive compensation Officer received for services performed in the previous year (the aforementioned Base Salary and incentive are collectively referred to as the “ Change in Control Benefit ”). Subject to Section 12.3 below, the Change in Control Benefit shall be paid in equal installments over 12 months, starting on the next regular payday following termination. Receipt of the Change in Control Benefit is conditioned on Officer having executed the Separation Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and the revocation period having expired without Officer having revoked the Separation Agreement. Receipt and continued receipt of the Change in Control Benefit is further conditioned on Officer not being in violation of any material term of this Agreement or in violation of any material term of the Separation Agreement.
11. MITIGATION . Officer shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments under Section 9 or Section 10 (whether by seeking new employment or otherwise) and no such payment shall be reduced by earnings that Officer may receive from any other source, provided, however, that the provisions of Section 14.2 related to forfeiture of payments under certain circumstances remain applicable.
12. LIMITATION ON BENEFITS .
12.1.      Code Section 280G Adjustment . If the benefit payments under this Agreement, either alone or together with other payments to which Officer is entitled to receive from Umpqua, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), such benefit payments shall be reduced to the largest amount that will result in no portion of benefit payments under this Agreement being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination of any reduction in the benefit payments pursuant to the foregoing provisions, shall be made by mutual agreement of Umpqua and Officer or if no agreement is possible, by Umpqua’s accountants.

5




12.2.      Limitation on Severance or Change in Control Benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, Umpqua shall make no payment of any benefit provided for herein to the extent that such payment would be prohibited by the provisions of Part 359 of the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”) as the same may be amended from time to time, and if such payment is so prohibited, Umpqua shall use its best efforts to secure the consent of the FDIC or other applicable banking agencies to make such payments in the highest amount permissible, up to the amount provided for in this Agreement.
12.3.      Code Section 409A .
(a) It is intended that payments and benefits made or provided under this Agreement shall comply with Section 409A of the Code or an exemption thereto. Any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception, the separation pay exception, or another exception under Section 409A of the Code shall be paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, each payment of compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying the exclusion under Section 409A of the Code for short-term deferral amounts, the separation pay exception, or any other exception or exclusion under Section 409A of the Code. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code to the extent necessary in order to avoid the imposition of penalty taxes on Officer pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. In the event the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code is contingent on execution of a release of claims and the designated period to execute the release of claims crosses two taxable years, payment of such nonqualified deferred compensation shall be made in the second taxable year. In no event may Officer, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment under this Agreement.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during Officer’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement); (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Officer is considered a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (as determined in accordance with the methodology established by Umpqua as in effect on the date of Officer’s separation from service (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code)), any payment that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of

6




Section 409A of the Code that is otherwise due to Officer under this Agreement during the six‑month period immediately following Officer’s separation from service on account of Officer’s separation from service shall be accumulated and paid to Officer on the first business day of the seventh month following his separation from service (the “Delayed Payment Date”). If Officer dies during the postponement period, the amounts and entitlements delayed on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid either to Officer’s beneficiary or the personal representative of his estate on the first to occur of the Delayed Payment Date or 30 calendar days after the date of Officer’s death.
(d) Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, any references to termination of employment or date of termination shall mean and refer to the date of Officer’s “separation from service,” as that term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
13. EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN .
13.1.      In General . Those provisions of this Agreement (including this Section) related to the Severance Benefit set forth in Section 9 and Change in Control Benefit set forth in Section 10 constitute part of the terms of the Umpqua Holdings Corporation Executive Severance Plan (the “ Executive Severance Plan ”) with respect to Officer, and such terms and the general terms of the Executive Severance Plan, if any, established by Umpqua shall comprise the entirety of the Executive Severance Plan as it applies to Officer. Umpqua intends for the Plan to be considered a welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ ERISA ”), and a plan which is unfunded and maintained by Umpqua solely for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA Regulation Section 2520.104-24. A copy of the Executive Severance Plan (if an Executive Severance Plan separate from or in addition to the terms of this Section 13 is established) will be furnished to Officer upon request.
13.2.      Administration of Executive Severance Plan . Umpqua’s Chief Executive Officer and Human Resources (Associate Relations) Director are each plan administrators (the “ Plan Administrator ”) of the Executive Severance Plan, and the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to administer and construe the terms of the Executive Severance Plan, including the authority to decide if Officer is entitled to the Severance Benefit or Change in Control Benefit, and the authority to determine if there is Termination For Cause or Termination For Good Reason.
13.3.      Claims Procedures . Officer may file a claim for a payment under the Executive Severance Plan by filing a written request for such a payment with the Plan Administrator. If the Plan Administrator prescribes a form for such a claim, the claim must be filed on such form. The claim should be sent to the attention of the Plan Administrator of the Executive Severance Plan at the address set forth for Umpqua in Section 20.
If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator shall notify Officer within 90 days of the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the claim, unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time

7




for processing the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to Officer prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. Such extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to issue a determination with respect to the claim. The period of the extension will not exceed 90 days beyond the termination of the original 90-day period. If the Plan Administrator does not provide written notice, Officer may deem the claim denied and seek review according to the appeals procedures set forth below.
The notice of denial of Officer’s claim shall state:
a.    the specific reasons for the denial;
b.    specific references to pertinent provisions of the Executive Severance Plan on which the denial was based;
c.    a description of any additional material or information needed for Officer to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why the material or information is needed; and
d.    a statement (1) that Officer may request a review upon written application to the Plan Administrator, review or receive (free of charge) pertinent Plan documents and records, and submit issues and comments in writing, (2) that any appeal that Officer wishes to make of the adverse determination must be in writing to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after Officer receives notice of denial of benefits, and (3) that Officer may bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination upon review.
The notice of denial of benefits shall specify that Officer must forward any appeal to the Plan Administrator at the address provided in such notice. The notice may state that failure to appeal the action to the Plan Administrator in writing within the 60 day period will render the determination final, binding and conclusive.
If Officer appeals to the Plan Administrator, Officer may submit in writing whatever issues and comments he or she believes to be pertinent. The Plan Administrator shall reexamine all facts related to the appeal and make a final determination about whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Plan Administrator shall advise Officer in writing of:
a.    its decision on appeal;
b.    the specific reasons for the decision;
c.    the specific provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based; and
d.    Officer’s right to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all relevant documents and records.
Notice of the Plan Administrator’s decision shall be given within 60 days of Officer’s written request for review, unless additional time is required due to special

8




circumstances. In no event shall the Plan Administrator render a decision on an appeal later than 120 days after receiving a request for a review. If the Plan Administrator fails to provide a decision with respect to Officer’s appeal within the 60 (or, if applicable, 120) day period Officer may deem his or her appeal denied and may pursue the arbitration remedy set forth below.
In the event that Officer fails to pursue his or her administrative remedies as set forth above within the specified periods, he or she shall have no further right to the benefits subject to his or her claim and agrees by executing this Agreement that he or she shall have no right to pursue such claim in arbitration or in a court of law.
For purposes of this Claims Procedure under the Executive Severance Plan, Officer may act through a representative authorized in writing to act on his or her behalf, provided that such authorization is furnished to the Plan Administrator.
In the event that Umpqua denies Officer’s appeal of the denial of his or her claim, in whole or in part, Umpqua and Officer’s may agree to submit the Plan Administrator’s decision to binding arbitration in lieu of Officer’s right to pursue his or her claim in any court of law.

14. NONCOMPETITION .
14.1.      Competition Restriction . During Officer’s employment with Umpqua and its affiliates and for the period of time in which Officer is entitled to payment of the Severance Benefit or Change in Control Benefit, Officer shall not engage in any activity as an officer, director, owner (except for an ownership of less than 3% of any publicly traded security), employee, consultant, or otherwise of a financial services company (or, to Officer’s knowledge, proposed to be) in competition with Umpqua or its affiliates with an office or doing business within 50 miles of any office or branch of Umpqua or of any of its affiliates in existence at the time of termination of Officer’s employment.
14.2.      Breach . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that Officer breaches any of the restrictive covenants contained in Section 14.1, Officer shall forfeit, and Umpqua and its affiliates shall be immediately released of their obligation to pay or provide, any unpaid Severance Benefit or Change in Control Benefit, and Officer shall be required to immediately return any compensation already paid in respect thereof.
14.3.      Subsequent Employer Notification . Officer agrees to give Umpqua, at the time of termination of employment, a declaration under penalty of perjury of the name of Officer’s new employer, if known, or if not known, that Officer’s subsequent employer is not known. Officer further agrees to disclose to Umpqua, during the period of payment of the Severance Benefit or Change in Control Benefit, the name of any subsequent employer, wherever located and regardless of whether such employer is a competitor of Umpqua.

9




14.4.      Acknowledgment of Notice . Officer acknowledges that he or she was informed in writing received at least two weeks before the first day of employment that a non-competition agreement is required as a condition of employment.
15. NON-SOLICITATION . During Officer’s employment with Umpqua or its affiliates and for a period of two years following termination of employment (the “Restriction Period”), Officer shall not solicit any customer of Umpqua or of any of its affiliates for services or products then provided by Umpqua or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section, “customers” are defined as (a) all customers serviced by Umpqua or any of Umpqua’s affiliates at any time within 12 months before termination of Officer’s employment, (b) all customers and potential customers whom Umpqua or any of Umpqua’s affiliates, with the knowledge or participation of Officer, actively solicited at any time within 12 months before termination of Officer’s employment, and (c) all successors, owners, directors, partners, and management personnel of the customers just described in (a) and (b).
16. NON-RAIDING OF EMPLOYEES . Officer recognizes that Umpqua’s workforce is a vital part of its business; therefore, Officer agrees that for the Restriction Period, Officer will not to directly or indirectly solicit any employee to leave his or her employment with Umpqua or any of Umpqua’s affiliates. This includes that Officer will not (a) disclose to any third party the names, backgrounds, or qualifications of any Umpqua or any of Umpqua affiliates’ employees or otherwise identify them as potential candidates for employment or (b) personally or through any other person approach, recruit, interview, or otherwise solicit employees of Umpqua or any of Umpqua’s affiliates to work for any other employer. For purposes of this Section 16, employees include all employees working for Umpqua or any of Umpqua’s affiliates at the time of termination of Officer’s employment.
17. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . The parties acknowledge that in the course of Officer’s duties, Officer will have access to and become familiar with certain proprietary and confidential information of Umpqua and its affiliates not known by its actual or potential competitors. Officer acknowledges that such information constitutes valuable, special, and unique assets of Umpqua’s business, even though such information may not be of a technical nature and may not be protected under trade secret or related laws. Officer agrees to hold in a fiduciary capacity and not use for Officer’s benefit, nor reveal, communicate, or divulge during the period of Officer’s employment with Umpqua or at any time thereafter, and in any manner whatsoever, any such data and confidential information of any kind, nature, or description concerning any matters affecting or relating to Umpqua’s business, its customers, or its services, including information developed by Officer, alone or with others, or entrusted to Umpqua by its customers or others, to any person, firm, entity, or company other than Umpqua or persons, firms, entities, or companies designated by Umpqua. Officer agrees that all memoranda, notes, records, papers, customer files, and other documents, and all copies thereof relating to Umpqua’s operations or business, or matters related to any of Umpqua’s customers, some of which may be prepared by Officer, and all objects associated therewith in any way obtained by Officer, shall be Umpqua’s property (“ Umpqua Property ”). Upon termination or at Umpqua’s request, Officer shall promptly return all Umpqua Property to Umpqua.

10




18. REASONABLENESS OF RESTRICTION PERIOD; EQUITABLE RELIEF . Officer agrees that Umpqua would not have entered into this Agreement but for the agreements and covenants contained in this Sections 14, 15, 16, and 17, and the agreements and covenants contained in Sections 14, 15, 16, and 17 are essential to protect the goodwill and the business of Umpqua. Officer acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants in Sections 14, 15, 16, and 17 are fair and reasonable and are the result of negotiation between Umpqua and Officer (and Officer’s counsel, if Officer has sought the benefit of counsel). Officer further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and obligations in this Agreement relate to special, unique, and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the terms of the covenants and obligations will cause irreparable injury to Umpqua, for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, Officer agrees that Umpqua shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order, or such other equitable relief as a court of competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or appropriate to restrain Officer from committing any violation of the covenants and obligations set forth in Sections 14, 15, 16, and 17 of this Agreement. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies Umpqua may have at law or in equity. If Umpqua institutes an action to enforce the provisions hereof, Officer hereby waives the claim or defense that an adequate remedy at law is available, and Officer agrees not to urge in any such action the claim or defense that an adequate remedy at law exists.
19. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
19.1.      Arbitration . Except where such matters are deemed governed by ERISA and are the subject to Section 13 above, the parties agree to submit any dispute arising under this Agreement to final, binding, private arbitration in Portland, Oregon. The disputes subject to arbitration include not only disputes involving the meaning or performance of the Agreement, but disputes about its negotiation, drafting, or execution. The dispute will be determined by a single arbitrator and governed by then-existing rules of arbitration procedure in Multnomah County Circuit Court except as set forth herein. Instead of filing of a civil complaint in Multnomah County Circuit Court, a party will commence the arbitration process by noticing the other party. The parties will choose an arbitrator who specializes in employment conflicts from the arbitration list for Multnomah County Circuit Court. If the parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator within ten days of receipt of the list of arbitrators, each party will select one attorney from the list, and those two attorneys shall select the arbitrator from the list (with each of the two selecting attorneys then concluding their services and each being compensated by the party selecting each attorney, subject to recovery of such fees under Section 19.2). The arbitrator may charge his or her standard arbitration fees rather than the fees prescribed in the Multnomah County Circuit Court arbitration procedures. The arbitrator will have full authority to determine all issues, including arbitrability, to award any remedy, including permanent injunctive relief, and to determine any request for attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses in accordance with Section 19.2. There shall be no right of review in court. The arbitrator’s award may be reduced to final judgment or decree in Multnomah County Circuit Court.
19.2.      Expenses/Attorneys’ Fees . The prevailing party shall be awarded all costs and expenses of the proceeding, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, filing and service fees, witness fees, and arbitrators’ fees. If arbitration is commenced, the arbitrator will have full

11




authority and complete discretion to determine the “prevailing party” and the amount of costs and expenses to be awarded.
19.3.      Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, an aggrieved party may seek a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction in Multnomah County Circuit Court to preserve the status quo during the arbitration proceeding, provided however, that the party seeking relief agrees that ultimate resolution of the dispute will still be determined through arbitration and not through court process. The filing of the court action for injunctive relief shall not hinder or delay the arbitration process.
20. NOTICES . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications provided for by this Agreement will be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by a nationally-recognized delivery service (such as Federal Express), or three business days after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, if such notice is properly addressed. Unless otherwise changed in writing, notice shall be properly addressed to Officer if addressed to the address of Officer on Umpqua’s books and records at the time of mailing of such notice, and properly addressed to Umpqua if addressed to Umpqua Holdings Corporation, 1 S.W. Columbia Street, Suite 1200, Portland, Oregon 97258, Attention: Chief Executive Officer.
21. BENEFICIARIES .
21.1.      Beneficiary Designations . Officer shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with Umpqua. Officer may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by Officer and received by Umpqua during Officer’s lifetime. Officer’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases Officer or if Officer names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If Officer dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to Officer’s estate. If Officer dies after the right to receive a Severance Benefit or a Change in Control Benefit arises, but before such benefits are fully paid, the remaining benefits that would otherwise have been payable to Officer shall be paid to Officer’s designated beneficiary or, if there is no such designation, to Officer’s estate, or as otherwise required by applicable law.
21.2.      Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, Umpqua may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. Umpqua may require proof of incompetence, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge Umpqua from all liability with respect to such benefit.
22. GENERAL PROVISIONS .
22.1.      Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by federal ERISA, as it relates to the Severance Benefit and

12




Change in Control Benefit as discussed in Section 13 above, and otherwise by the laws of the State of Oregon.
22.2.      Saving Provision . If any part of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable, it shall not affect any other part. If any part of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable as written, it shall be enforced to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law.
22.3.      Survival Provision . If any benefits provided in Sections 9 or 10 of this Agreement are still owed, or claims pursuant to Section 13 are still pending, at the time of termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in force, with respect to those obligations or claims, until such benefits are paid in full or claims are resolved in full. The noncompetition, non‑solicitation, non-raiding, confidential information, and dispute resolution provisions of this Agreement (Sections 13 through 19) shall survive after termination of this Agreement and shall be enforceable regardless of any claim Officer may have against Umpqua.
22.4.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
22.5.      Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the sole agreement of the parties regarding Officer’s benefits in the event of termination or Change in Control and together with Umpqua’s employee handbook governs the terms of Officer’s employment. Where there is a conflict between the employee handbook and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.
22.6.      Previous Agreements . This Agreement supersedes all prior oral and written agreements between Officer and Umpqua or any affiliates or representatives of Umpqua regarding the subject matters set forth herein.
22.7.      Waiver/Amendment . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing, signed by the party against whom the waiver is sought to be enforced. The waiver of any breach of this Agreement or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not waive any later breach. This Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by the parties.
22.8.      Assignment . Officer shall not assign or transfer any of Officer’s rights pursuant to this Agreement, wholly or partially, to any other person or to delegate the performance of its duties under the terms of this Agreement. The rights and obligations of Umpqua under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding in each and every respect upon the direct and indirect successors and assigns of Umpqua, regardless of the manner in which the successors or assigns succeed to the interests or assets of Umpqua. This Agreement shall not be terminated by the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of Umpqua, by any merger, consolidation, or acquisition where Umpqua is not the surviving corporation, by any transfer of all or substantially all of Umpqua’s assets, or by any other change in Umpqua’s structure or the manner in which Umpqua’s business or assets are held. Officer’s employment shall not be deemed terminated upon the occurrence of one of the foregoing events. In the event of any merger, consolidation or

13




transfer of assets, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the surviving corporation or the corporation to which the assets are transferred.
23. ADVICE OF COUNSEL . Officer acknowledges that, in executing this Agreement, Officer has had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent legal counsel and has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation hereof.
 
UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
OFFICER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tory Nixon


14


UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
2013 INCENTIVE PLAN
1. PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to enable the Company, and any Affiliate, to motivate, attract and retain the types of Employees, Consultants and Directors who will contribute to the Company’s success by providing incentives that offer an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance and align the interests of Employees, Consultants and Directors with those of the shareholders of the Company. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 2.
2.      DEFINITIONS .
Affiliate ” means a corporation or other entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Company.
Applicable Laws ” means the requirements related to or implicated by the administration of the Plan under applicable state corporate law, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.
Award ” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Non-qualified Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Award, a Performance Share Award or a Performance Compensation Award.
Award Agreement ” means a written agreement, contract, certificate or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award granted under the Plan which may, in the discretion of the Company, be transmitted electronically to any Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and may contain such other provisions not inconsistent with this Plan including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the Awards, as the Committee may deem advisable.
Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.
Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted at any time.
Cause ” means:
With respect to any Employee or Consultant:
(a)    if the Employee or Consultant is a party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or its Affiliates and such agreement provides for a definition of Cause, the definition contained therein; or



(b)    if no such employment or service agreement exists, or if such employment or service agreement does not define Cause: (i) dishonest or fraudulent conduct with respect to the performance of duties with the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) conduct that materially discredits or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the reputation or business of the Company or an Affiliate, including but not limited to conviction or a plea of guilty or no contest to a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of duties with the Company or an Affiliate; (iv) an order or directive from a state or federal banking regulatory agency requesting or requiring removal of Employee or a finding by any such agency that Employee’s performance threatens the safety or soundness of the Company or any Affiliate; (v) material violation of state or federal securities or banking laws; or (vi) a material breach of fiduciary duties to the Company or any Affiliate.
With respect to any Director, a determination by a majority of the disinterested Board members that the Director has engaged in any of the following: (i) malfeasance in office; (ii) gross misconduct or neglect; (iii) false or fraudulent misrepresentation inducing the director’s appointment; (iv) willful conversion of corporate funds; (v) repeated failure to participate in Board meetings on a regular basis despite having received proper notice of the meetings in advance; or (vi) an order or directive from a state or federal banking regulatory agency requesting or requiring removal of Director or a finding by any such agency that Director’s performance threatens the safety or soundness of the Company or any Affiliate.
The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.
Change in Control
(a)    One Person (or more than one Person acting as a group) acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) ownership of stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, that, a Change in Control shall not occur if any Person (or more than one Person acting as a group) owns more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock and acquires additional stock;
(b)    The Company is a party to a plan of merger or plan of exchange and upon consummation of such plan, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction do not own or continue to own (i) at least 40% of the total voting power of the surviving company (if the then current CEO of the Company continues as CEO of the surviving organization), or (ii) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving organization (if the then current CEO of the Company does not continue as CEO of the surviving organization).
(c)    A majority of the members of the Board are replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of appointment or election; or
(d)    One person (or more than one person acting as a group), acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) substantially all of the assets of the Company other than an acquisition by (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its



combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of capital stock of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock, or (C) a corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction.

Notwithstanding anything stated herein, a transaction shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.
Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.4 .
Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, or such other securities of the Company as may be designated by the Committee from time to time in substitution thereof.
Company ” means Umpqua Holdings Corporation, an Oregon corporation, and any successor thereto.
Consultant ” means any individual who is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render bona fide consulting or advisory services other than as an Employee or Director.
Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Consultant or Director, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service; provided further that if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, this sentence shall only be given effect to the extent consistent with Section 409A of the Code. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Director of an Affiliate will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Committee or its delegate, in its sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal or family leave of absence.
Covered Employee ” has the same meaning as set forth in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, as interpreted by Internal Revenue Service Notice 2007-49.
Director ” means a member of the Board.
Disability ” means



(a)    if the Participant is a party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or its Affiliates and such agreement provides for a definition of Disability, the definition contained therein; or
(b)     if no such employment or service agreement exists, or if such employment or service agreement does not define Disability, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment;
provided, however, for purposes of determining the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined under procedures established by the Committee. Except in situations where the Committee is determining Disability for purposes of the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate in which a Participant participates.
Disqualifying Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13 .
Effective Date ” shall mean the date as of which this Plan is adopted by the Board.
Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, that, for purposes of determining eligibility to receive Incentive Stock Options, an Employee shall mean an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation within the meaning of IRC Section 424. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock as determined below. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (or if no sales were reported the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Committee and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
Free Standing Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7 .
Good Reason ” means:
(a)     If an Employee or Consultant is a party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or its Affiliates and such agreement provides for a definition of Good Reason, the definition contained therein; or
(b)     If no such agreement exists or if such agreement does not define Good Reason, the occurrence of one or more of the following without the Participant’s express written consent, which circumstances are not



remedied by the Company within thirty days of its receipt of a written notice from the Participant describing the applicable circumstances (which notice must be provided by the Participant within sixty days of the Participant’s knowledge of the applicable circumstances): (i) a material reduction in the Participant’s base salary unless the reduction is in connection with, and commensurate with, reductions in the salaries of all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or any Affiliate; or (ii) a geographical relocation of the Participant’s principal office location by more than fifty miles.
Grant Date” means the date on which the Committee adopts a resolution, or takes other appropriate action, expressly granting an Award to a Participant that specifies the key terms and conditions of the Award or, if a later date is set forth in such resolution, then such date as is set forth in such resolution.
Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
Incumbent Directors ” means individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board, provided that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.
Negative Discretion ” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award in accordance with Section 10.3(d) of the Plan; provided , that , the exercise of such discretion would not cause the Performance Compensation Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.
Non-qualified Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
Option Exercise Price ” means the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon the exercise of an Option.



Outside Director ” means a Director who is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(3) or any successor to such statute and regulation.
Participant ” means an eligible person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.
Performance Compensation Award ” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.
Performance Criteria ” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or Affiliate, division, business unit or operational unit of the Company) and shall be limited to the following: (a) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (b) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (c) net operating earnings; (d) return on assets, average assets, equity or average equity; (e) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return); (f) efficiency ratio; (g) regulatory capital ratios; (h) CAMELS or other regulatory ratings; (i) completion of acquisitions, dispositions or business expansion; (j) credit quality, non-performing asset or non-performing loan levels or ratios or loan delinquency levels; (k) provision for loan losses or net charge-offs; (l) deposits; (m) market share; (n) loans; (o) net interest margin; (p) interest income; (q) non-interest income; (r) interest expense; or (s) non-interest expense.
Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company or an Affiliate as a whole or any division, business unit or operational unit of the Company or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Committee may select Performance Criterion (e) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit the Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining shareholder approval.
Performance Formula ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.
Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter (but only to the extent the exercise of such authority after such period



would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for the Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code), in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants based on the following events: (a) discontinued operations; (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (d) merger or acquisition related expenses; (e) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (or any successor or pronouncement thereto) or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company's annual report to shareholders for the applicable year; (f) acquisitions or divestitures; or (g) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof. A Performance Goal may be expressed in any form as the Committee may determine including, but not limited to: (a) percentage growth; (b) absolute growth; (c) cumulative growth; (d) performance in relation to an index; (e) performance in relation to a designated group of peers; (f) a designated absolute amount; or (g) per share of Common Stock outstanding.
Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time not less than one fiscal quarter in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant's right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.
Performance Share Award ” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 9 hereof.
Performance Share ” means the grant of a right to receive a number of actual shares of Common Stock or share units based upon the performance of the Company during a Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.
Permitted Transferee ” means: (a) a member of the Optionholder’s immediate family (child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships), any person sharing the Optionholder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionholder) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionholder) own more than 50% of the voting interests; (b) third parties designated by the Committee in connection with a program established and approved by the Committee pursuant to which Participants may receive a cash payment or other consideration in consideration for the transfer of a Non-qualified Stock Option; and (c) such other transferees as may be permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion.
Plan ” means this Umpqua Holdings Corporation 2013 Incentive Plan, as amended or restated from time to time.
Related Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7 .
Restricted Award ” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 8 .
Restricted Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8 .



Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Stock Appreciation Right ” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 7 to receive, upon exercise, an amount payable in cash or shares equal to the number of shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (b) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement.
Stock for Stock Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .
Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.
3.      ELIGIBILITY .
3.1      Available Awards . Awards that may be granted under the Plan include: (a) Incentive Stock Options, (b) Non-qualified Stock Options, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights, (d) Restricted Awards (including Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units), (e) Performance Share Awards, and (f) Performance Compensation Awards.
3.2      Eligibility for Specific Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. All other Awards may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors and those individuals whom the Committee determines are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors following the Grant Date.
3.3      Ten Percent Shareholders . A Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the Option Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the Grant Date and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Grant Date.
4.      ADMINISTRATION .
4.1      Authority of Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, in the Board’s sole discretion, by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee’s charter and Applicable Laws, and in addition to other express powers and authorization conferred by the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority:
(a)     to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award Agreement;
(b)     to promulgate, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan or any Award;
(c)     to authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;



(d)     to delegate its authority to one or more Officers of the Company with respect to Awards that do not involve Covered Employees or “insiders” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act;
(e)     to determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan and the applicable Grant Date;
(f)     select persons to receive Awards;
(g)     to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be made subject to each Award;
(h)     to determine whether each Option is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option;
(i)     to prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award not inconsistent with the Plan, including, without limitation, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may vest and be exercised (which may be based on Performance Criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Committee will determine, and to specify the provisions of the Award Agreement relating to such grant, provided, however, that the minimum vesting period for any Award shall be one year;
(j)     to determine the target number of Performance Shares to be granted pursuant to a Performance Share Award, the performance measures that will be used to establish the performance goals, the performance period(s) and the number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant;
(k)     to designate an Award (including a cash bonus) as a Performance Compensation Award and to select the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals;
(l)     to amend any outstanding Awards, including for the purpose of modifying the time or manner of vesting, or the term of any outstanding Award; provided, however , that if any such amendment impairs a Participant's rights or increases a Participant’s obligations under his or her Award or creates or increases a Participant’s federal income tax liability with respect to an Award, such amendment shall also be subject to the Participant's consent;
(m)     to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absences which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of their employment for purposes of the Plan, which periods shall be no shorter than the periods generally applicable to Employees under the Company’s employment policies;
(n)     to make decisions with respect to outstanding Awards that may become necessary upon a change in corporate control or an event that triggers anti-dilution adjustments;
(o)     to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; and



(p)     to exercise discretion to make any and all other determinations which it determines to be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
The Committee also may modify the purchase price or the exercise price of any outstanding Award, provided that if the modification effects a repricing, shareholder approval shall be required before the repricing is effective.
4.2      Committee Decisions Final . All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participants. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or Company to the Committee for review.
4.3      Delegation . The Committee, or if no Committee has been appointed, the Board, may delegate administration of the Plan to a committee or committees of one or more Directors, and the term “ Committee ” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. The Committee shall have the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board or the Committee shall thereafter be to the committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase or decrease the size of the Committee, add additional members to, remove members (with or without cause) from, appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall act pursuant to a vote of the majority of its members or, in the case of a Committee comprised of only two members, the unanimous consent of its members, whether present or not, or by the written consent of its members and minutes shall be kept of all of its meetings and copies thereof shall be provided to the Board. Subject to the limitations prescribed by the Company’s Bylaws, the Plan and the Board, the Committee may establish and follow such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it may determine to be advisable.
4.4      Committee Composition . Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. The Board shall have discretion to determine whether or not it intends to comply with the exemption requirements of Rule 16b-3 and/or Section 162(m) of the Code. However, if the Board intends to satisfy such exemption requirements, with respect to Awards to any Covered Employee and with respect to any insider subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall be a compensation committee of the Board that at all times consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (a) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are either (i) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Award or (ii) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code or (b) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Nothing herein shall create an inference that an Award is not validly granted under the Plan in the event Awards are granted under the Plan by a compensation committee of the Board that does not at all times consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors.



5.      SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .
5.1      Number of Shares Available . Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 13 , the total number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant and issuance under the Plan is twelve (12) million; provided that , no more than four (4) million shares of Common Stock may be granted as Incentive Stock Options. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as one (1) share for every one (1) Option or Stock Appreciation Right awarded. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Awards other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as two (2) shares of Common Stock for every one (1) share of Common Stock granted in connection with such Award. During the terms of the Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Awards. Shares of Common Stock available for distribution under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares reacquired by the Company in any manner.
5.2      Individual Limits . Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 13 , no Participant shall be granted, during any one-year period, Options to purchase Common Stock and Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to more than 400,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate and/or any other Awards with respect to more than 200,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate. If an Award is to be settled in cash, the number of shares of Common Stock on which the Award is based shall not count toward the individual share limit set forth in this Section 5.
5.3      Cancellation, Forfeiture or Expiration . Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award that is canceled, forfeited or expires prior to exercise or realization, either in full or in part, shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock that again become available for future grants pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall be added back as one (1) share if such shares were subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights and as two (2) shares if such shares were subject to other Awards.
6.      OPTIONS . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Non-qualified Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as such at any time or if an Option is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the terms of such Option do not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
6.1      Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date. The term of a Non-qualified Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however , no Non-qualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date.



6.2      Exercise Price of An Incentive Stock Option . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the Option Exercise Price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
6.3      Exercise Price of a Non-qualified Stock Option . The Option Exercise Price of each Non-qualified Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.
6.4      Consideration . The Option Exercise Price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised or (b) in the discretion of the Committee, upon such terms as the Committee shall approve, the Option Exercise Price may be paid: (i) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares of Common Stock (a “ Stock for Stock Exchange ”); (ii) a “cashless” exercise program established with a broker; (iii) by reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (iv) any combination of the foregoing methods; or (v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the exercise price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery (or attestation) to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period for which the Common Stock is publicly traded (i.e., the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system) an exercise by a Director or Officer that involves or may involve a direct or indirect extension of credit or arrangement of an extension of credit by the Company, directly or indirectly, in violation of Section 402(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or Regulation O promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, shall be prohibited with respect to any Award under this Plan.
6.5      Transferability of An Incentive Stock Option . An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.



6.6      Transferability of a Non-qualified Stock Option . A Non-qualified Stock Option may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be transferable to a Permitted Transferee, upon written approval by the Committee to the extent provided in the Award Agreement. If the Non-qualified Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Non-qualified Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.
6.7      Vesting of Options . Each Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. No Option may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event.
6.8      Termination of Continuous Service . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or in an employment agreement the terms of which have been approved by the Committee, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date three months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that , if the termination of Continuous Service is by the Company for Cause, all outstanding Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.
6.9      Extension of Termination Date . An Optionholder’s Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for any reason would be prohibited at any time because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or any other state or federal securities law or the rules of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the expiration of the term of the Option in accordance with Section 6.1 or (b) the expiration of a period after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service that is three months after the end of the period during which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such registration or other securities law requirements.
6.10      Disability of Optionholder . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following such termination or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.



6.11      Death of Optionholder . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following the date of death or (b) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.
6.12      Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options.
6.13      Disqualifying Dispositions . Any Participant who shall make a “disposition” (as defined in Section 424 of the Code) of all or any portion of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within two years from the Grant Date of such Incentive Stock Option or within one year after the issuance of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of such Incentive Stock Option (a “ Disqualifying Disposition ”) shall be required to immediately advise the Company in writing as to the occurrence of the sale and the price realized upon the sale of such shares of Common Stock.
7.      STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS . Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone (“ Free Standing Rights ”) or in tandem with an Option granted under the Plan (“ Related Rights ”).
7.1      Grant Requirements . Any Related Right that relates to a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted at the same time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter, but before the exercise or expiration of the Option. Any Related Right that relates to an Incentive Stock Option must be granted at the same time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.
7.2      Term of Stock Appreciation Rights . The term of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however , no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.
7.3      Vesting of Stock Appreciation Rights . Each Stock Appreciation Right may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Stock Appreciation Right may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Stock Appreciation Rights may vary. No Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised for a fraction of a



share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Stock Appreciation Right upon the occurrence of a specified event.
7.4      Exercise and Payment . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (ii) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right or related Option. Payment with respect to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be made on the date of exercise. Payment shall be made in the form of shares of Common Stock (with or without restrictions as to substantial risk of forfeiture and transferability, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.
7.5      Exercise Price . The exercise price of a Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Grant Date of such Stock Appreciation Right. A Related Right granted simultaneously with or subsequent to the grant of an Option and in conjunction therewith or in the alternative thereto shall have the same exercise price as the related Option, shall be transferable only upon the same terms and conditions as the related Option, and shall be exercisable only to the same extent as the related Option; provided, however , that a Stock Appreciation Right, by its terms, shall be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right and related Option exceeds the exercise price per share thereof and no Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with an Option unless the Committee determines that the requirements of Section 7.1 are satisfied.
7.6      Reduction in the Underlying Option Shares . Upon any exercise of a Related Right, the number of shares of Common Stock for which any related Option shall be exercisable shall be reduced by the number of shares for which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised. The number of shares of Common Stock for which a Related Right shall be exercisable shall be reduced upon any exercise of any related Option by the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Option has been exercised.
8.      RESTRICTED AWARDS . A Restricted Award is an Award of actual shares of Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock ”) or hypothetical Common Stock units (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) having a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an identical number of shares of Common Stock, which may, but need not, provide that such Restricted Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged or hypothecated as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose for such period (the “ Restricted Period ”) as the Committee shall determine. Each Restricted Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Restricted Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8 , and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.
8.1      Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .
(a)     Each Participant granted Restricted Stock shall execute and deliver to the Company an Award Agreement with respect to the Restricted Stock setting forth the restrictions and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock. If the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the



Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (A) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (B) the appropriate blank stock power with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant fails to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and stock power, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Award, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends; provided that , any cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of the cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.
(b)     The terms and conditions of a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be reflected in an Award Agreement. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder. At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit (representing one share of Common Stock) may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid by the Company in respect of one share of Common Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Dividend Equivalents shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividend Equivalents.
8.2      Restrictions .
(a)     Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions (which may be related to performance or other criteria) as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate; (B) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement; (C) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement; and (D) to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a shareholder with respect to such shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.
(b)     Restricted Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, all



rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
(c)     The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in Applicable Laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.
8.3      Restricted Period . With respect to Restricted Awards, the Restricted Period shall commence on the Grant Date and end at the time or times set forth on a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement. No Restricted Award may be granted or settled for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event.
8.4      Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units . Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in Section 8.2 and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (to the nearest full share) and any cash dividends or stock dividends credited to the Participant’s account with respect to such Restricted Stock and the interest thereon, if any. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit (“ Vested Unit ”) and cash equal to any Dividend Equivalents credited with respect to each such Vested Unit in accordance with Section 8.1(b) hereof and the interest thereon or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Dividend Equivalents and the interest thereon, if any; provided, however , that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock for Vested Units. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to each Vested Unit.
8.5      Stock Restrictions . Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall bear a legend in such form as the Company deems appropriate.
9.      PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS .
9.1      Grant . Each Performance Share Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Performance Share Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock or stock-denominated units subject to a Performance Share Award granted to any Participant; (ii) the performance period



applicable to any Award; (iii) the conditions that must be satisfied for a Participant to earn an Award; and (iv) the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.
9.2      Earning Performance Share Awards . The number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period, as determined by the Committee. No payout shall be made with respect to any Performance Share Award except upon written certification by the Committee that the minimum threshold performance goal(s) have been achieved.
10.      PERFORMANCE COMPENSATION AWARDS . The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in this Plan (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date), to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an Award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
10.1      Eligibility . The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.
10.2      Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one fiscal quarter in duration), the types of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals, the kinds or levels of the Performance Goals that are to apply to the Company and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 10.2 and record the same in writing.



10.3      Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .
(a)      Condition to Receipt of Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.
(b)      Limitation . A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.
(c)      Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion in accordance with Section 10.3(f) hereof, if and when it deems appropriate.
(d)      Use of Discretion . In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the maximum amount payable under Section 10.3(f) of the Plan.
(e)      Timing of Award Payments. Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 10.3 but in no event later than 2 1/2 months following the end of the fiscal year during which the Performance Period is completed.
(f)      Maximum Award Payable . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Plan to the contrary, the maximum Performance Compensation Award payable to any one Participant under the Plan for a Performance Period (excluding any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) is 200,000 shares of Common Stock or, in the event such Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, the equivalent cash value thereof on the first or last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates, as determined by the Committee. The maximum amount that can be paid in any calendar year to any Participant pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award described above is $1,500,000. Furthermore, any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (A) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (B) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date.



11.      REGULATORY COMPLIANCE . The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any Awards and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any granted Awards shall be subject to the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the Awards granted under it, and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it. No Shares or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement (if required) for the Shares issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq Stock Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock is then listed for trading (if any).
12.      MISCELLANEOUS AWARD PROVISIONS .
12.1      Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting . The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.
12.2      Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms and no adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Common Stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 hereof.
12.3      No Employment or Other Service Rights . Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (a) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause or (b) the service of a Director pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.
12.4      Transfer; Approved Leave of Absence . For purposes of the Plan, no termination of employment by an Employee shall be deemed to result from either (a) a transfer to the employment of the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another, or (b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the Employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing, in either case, except to the extent inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code if the applicable Award is subject thereto.
12.5      Withholding Obligations . The Company’s obligation to deliver Shares upon the exercise of Options, deliver Shares or cash upon the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights, or deliver Shares or remove any restrictive legends upon vesting of such Shares under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements. To the extent permitted under Section 402 of the



Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto and provided by the terms of an Award Agreement, and subject to the discretion of the Committee, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock of the Company, provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld or delivered with a fair market value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law.
13.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK . In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock or extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, an extraordinary corporate transaction such as any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the Grant Date of any Award, Awards granted under the Plan and any Award Agreements, the exercise price of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to all Awards stated in Section 5 and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which any one person may be granted Awards during any period stated in Section 5 and Section 10.3(f) shall be adjusted or substituted, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Common Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Award. Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, to the extent possible, so that the adjustment shall not result in an accounting consequence under Opinion 25 of the Accounting Principles Board, as amended, and any successor thereof, and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 44, as amended, and so that the adjustment shall not result in any taxes to the Company or the Participant. In the case of adjustments made pursuant to this Section 13, unless the Committee specifically determines that such adjustment is in the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates, the Committee shall, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 13 will not constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and in the case of Non-qualified Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 13 will not constitute a modification of such Non-qualified Stock Options within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any adjustments made under this Section 13 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Further, with respect to Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, any adjustments or substitutions will not cause the Company to be denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.
14.      EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL .
14.1      Vesting . Unless otherwise provided in Section 14.2 or in the Award Agreement or an employment agreement, vesting of Awards will not automatically accelerate upon a Change in Control.
14.2      Assumption by Successor . In the event of a Change in Control any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor entity, which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants.



In the alternative, the successor entity may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to shareholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor entity may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares. In the event such successor or acquiring entity (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Change in Control, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, such Awards shall have their vesting accelerate as to all shares subject to such Award immediately prior to the Change in Control unless otherwise determined by the Committee and then such Awards will terminate. In addition, in the event such successor or acquiring entity (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Change in Control, the Committee will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and such Award will terminate upon the expiration of such period. Awards need not be treated similarly in a Change in Control.
14.3      Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another entity, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other entity or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other entity’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other entity had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another entity, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the Exercise Price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Award will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option in substitution rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.
14.4      Cancellation . In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event. In the case of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price (or SAR Exercise Price in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right) that equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option or Stock Appreciation Right without the payment of consideration therefor.
14.5      Successors . The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company and its Affiliates, taken as a whole.
15.      AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AWARDS .
15.1      Amendment of Plan . The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend or terminate the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 13 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock and Section



15.3 , no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws or to the extent such amendment would (i) increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Plan (except as provided in Section 13), (ii) expand the group of persons eligible to receive Awards, (iii) authorize the amendment of any Option to reduce its exercise price (except as required by Section 13) or (iv) permit the cancellation and replacement of any Option with the grant of an Award having a lesser per share exercise price (except as required by Section 13). At the time of such amendment, the Board shall determine, upon advice from counsel, whether such amendment will be contingent on shareholder approval. The Board may not, without prior shareholder approval, provide for the cash buyout of underwater Stock Options (Stock Options with an exercise price below Fair Market Value as of the date of the proposed purchase).
15.2      Shareholder Approval . The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for shareholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers.
15.3      Contemplated Amendments . It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to the nonqualified deferred compensation provisions of Section 409A of the Code or to bring the Plan or Awards granted under it into compliance therewith.
15.4      No Impairment of Rights . Rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.
15.5      Amendment of Awards . The Committee at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Awards; provided, however , that the Committee may not affect any amendment which would otherwise constitute an impairment of the rights under any Award unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.
16.      GENERAL PROVISIONS .
16.1      Forfeiture Events . The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to applicable vesting conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise applicable to the Participant, a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates.
16.2      Clawback . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing



requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement). The Board or the Administrator has the discretion to recover from any Participant Awards (or the value thereof) received by any Participant that are based upon materially inaccurate financial statements (which includes, but is not limited to, statements of earnings, revenues or gains) or any other materially inaccurate performance metric.
16.3      Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
16.4      Sub-plans . The Committee may from time to time establish sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying blue sky, securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company intends to grant Awards, or to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of shares of Common Stock or other consideration under an Award. Any sub-plans shall contain such limitations and other terms and conditions as the Committee determines are necessary or desirable. All sub-plans shall be deemed a part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to the Participants in the jurisdiction for which the sub-plan was designed. With respect to deferral sub-plans, the Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral sub-plan or program.
16.5      Unfunded Plan . The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Company nor the Board or the Committee shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to segregate any assets to assure the performance of its obligations under the Plan.
16.6      No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
16.7      Section 409A . The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless Applicable Laws require otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan during the six-month period immediately following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service (or the Participant’s death, if earlier). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A of the Code and neither the Company nor the Committee will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.



16.8      Section 16 Compliance . It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 16.13, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.
16.9      Section 162(m) . To the extent the Committee issues any Award that is intended to be exempt from the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, without shareholder or grantee approval, amend the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement retroactively or prospectively to the extent it determines necessary in order to comply with any subsequent clarification of Section 162(m) of the Code required to preserve the Company’s federal income tax deduction for compensation paid pursuant to any such Award.
16.10      Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of such Participant’s death. Each designation under the Plan will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant with respect to the Plan, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.
16.11      Severability . If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, whether in whole or in part, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.
16.12      Plan Headings . The headings in the Plan are for purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.
16.13      Non-Uniform Treatment . The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive, or actually receive, Awards. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled to make non-uniform and selective determinations, amendments and adjustments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements.
16.14      Governing Law . This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon.
17.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN . The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date, but no Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock Award, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.
18.      TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN . The Plan shall terminate automatically on April 15, 2023. No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after such date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any earlier date pursuant to Section 15.1 hereof.



No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated. Unless the Company determines to submit Section 10 of the Plan and the definition of “Performance Goal” and “Performance Criteria” to the Company’s shareholders at the first shareholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the Plan was last approved by shareholders (or any earlier meeting designated by the Board), in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, and such shareholder approval is obtained, then no further Performance Compensation Awards shall be made to Covered Employees under Section 10 after the date of such annual meeting, but the Plan may continue in effect for Awards to Participants not in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code.
As adopted by the Board of Directors of Umpqua Holdings Corporation on December 14, 2012, and amended January 20, 2016.
As approved by the shareholders of Umpqua Holdings Corporation on April 16, 2013.




 



UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


FOR

Neal McLaughlin


Dated as of March 1, 2005








Table of Contents
 
 
Page
1.
PURPOSE AND DURATION OF AGREEMENT
1

2.
EMPLOYMENT
1

3.
NO TERM OF EMPLOYMENT
1

4.
DUTIES; POSITION
1

 
4.1    Position
1

 
4.2    Obligations of Officer
1

5.
BASE COMPENSATION
1

6.
TERMINATION
2

 
6.1    For Cause
2

 
6.2    Without Cause
2

 
6.3    For Good Reason
2

 
6.4    Death or Disability
2

 
6.5    Resignation
2

7.
DEFINITIONS
2

 
7.1    Cause
2

 
7.2    Good Reason
3

 
7.3    Disability
3

 
7.4    Change in Control
3

8.
PAYMENT UPON TERMINATION
4

9.
SEVERANCE BENEFIT
4

10.
CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT
4

11.
CHANGE IN CONTROL RETENTION BONUS
4

12.
IRC 280G ADJUSTMENT.
5

13.
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
5

 
13.1    In General
5

 
13.2    Administration of Executive Severance Plan
5

 
13.3    Claims Procedures
5

14.
NONCOMPETITION
7

 
14.1    Competition Restriction
7

 
14.2    Consequence of Breach
7

 
14.3    Subsequent Employer
7

15.
NON-SOLICITATION.
7

16.
NONRAIDING OF EMPLOYEES
8

17.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
8

18.
REASONABLENESS OF RESTRICTION PERIOD; EQUITABLE RELIEF.
8

19.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
9

 
19.1    Arbitration
9



i



 
19.2    Expenses/Attorneys’ Fees
9

 
19.3    Injunctive Relief
9

20.
NOTICES
9

21.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
10

 
21.1    Governing Law
10

 
21.2    Saving Provision
10

 
21.3    Survival Provision
10

 
21.4    Counterparts
10

 
21.5    Entire Agreement
10

 
21.6    Previous Agreements
10

 
21.7    Waiver
10

 
21.8    Assignment
10

22.
ADVICE OF COUNSEL.
11




ii



EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is by and between Umpqua Holdings Corporation (“Umpqua”) and Neal McLaughlin (“Officer”), effective as of March 1, 2005.

1. PURPOSE AND DURATION OF AGREEMENT . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth the terms of Officer’s employment with Umpqua and to provide Officer benefits in certain circumstances where Officer’s employment is terminated or a Change in Control (defined below) occurs. This Agreement, including the severance provisions governed by ERISA, shall expire five (5) years from the date first written above.

2.      EMPLOYMENT . Umpqua, either directly or through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, employs the Officer and the Officer accepts that employment on the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

3.      NO TERM OF EMPLOYMENT . Notwithstanding the term of this Agreement, Umpqua may terminate Officer’s employment at any time for any lawful reason or for no reason at all, subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

4.      DUTIES; POSITION .

4.1     Position . Officer shall be employed as Senior Vice President and Controller, and will perform such duties as may be designated by Umpqua’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or Dan Sullivan, EVP and CFO to whom Officer will directly report (the “Supervisor”).

4.2     Obligations of Officer     .

(a)      Officer agrees that to the best of Officer’s ability and experience, Officer will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of Officer pursuant to the express and implicit terms of this Agreement and as directed by the Board or the Supervisor.

(b)      Officer shall devote Officer’s entire working time, attention and efforts to Umpqua’s business and affairs, shall faithfully and diligently serve Umpqua’s interests and shall not engage in any business or employment activity that is not on Umpqua’s behalf (whether or not pursued for gain or profit) except for (a) activities approved in writing in advance by the Board and (b) passive investments that do not involve Officer providing any advice or services to the businesses in which the investments are made.

5.      BASE COMPENSATION . For services performed under this Agreement, Officer shall be entitled to $11,250 per month ($ 135,000 on annualized basis) (“Base Salary”), which Umpqua may increase in its sole discretion, as well as perquisites provided to Umpqua’s officers. Officer shall be entitled to participate, under the terms of the respective plans, in the bonus


1



compensation plans, group health insurance, long-term disability insurance, as well as such other compensation or benefits as approved by the Board. Officer is entitled to four weeks vacation per year.

6.      TERMINATION . Officer’s employment may be terminated before the expiration of this Agreement as described in this Section, in which event Officer’s compensation and benefits shall terminate except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

6.1     For Cause . Upon Umpqua’s termination of Officer’s employment for Cause (as defined in Section 7.1 below) (“Termination For Cause”).

6.2     Without Cause     . Upon Umpqua’s termination of Officer’s employment without Cause, with or without notice, at any time in Umpqua’s sole discretion, for any reason (other than for Cause, death, or Disability) or for no reason (“Termination Without Cause”). A Change in Control does not in itself constitute Termination Without Cause.

6.3     For Good Reason . Upon Officer’s termination of the employment for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.2 below) (“Termination For Good Reason”).

6.4     Death or Disability . Upon Officer’s death or Disability (as defined in Section 7.3 below).

6.5     Resignation . Upon Officer’s voluntary resignation in writing, which shall be given to Umpqua at least 60 days prior to the effective date of such resignation (“Resignation”); provided, Resignation shall not be permitted if an event has occurred that would give rise to Termination for Cause.

7.      DEFINITIONS .

7.1     Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for Officer’s termination will exist upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(a)      Dishonest or fraudulent conduct by Officer with respect to the performance of Officer’s duties with Umpqua;

(b)      Conduct by Officer that materially discredits Umpqua or any of its subsidiaries or is materially detrimental to the reputation of Umpqua or any of its subsidiaries, including but not limited to conviction or a plea of nolo contendere of Officer of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

(c)      Officer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Officer’s duties under this Agreement, including but not limited to Officer’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board or the Supervisor, if such misconduct or negligence has not been remedied or is not being remedied to the Board’s reasonable


2



satisfaction within thirty (30) days after written notice, including a detailed description of the misconduct or negligence, has been delivered by the Board to Officer;

(d)      An order or directive from a state or federal banking regulatory agency requesting or requiring removal of Officer or a finding by any such agency that Officer’s performance threatens the safety or soundness of Umpqua or any of its subsidiaries; or

(e)      A material breach of Officer’s fiduciary duties to Umpqua if such breach has not been remedied or is not being remedied to the Board’s reasonable satisfaction within thirty (30) days after written notice, including a detailed description of the breach, has been delivered by the Board to Officer.

7.2     Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” for Officer’s resignation of employment will exist upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events, without Officer’s consent, if Officer has informed Umpqua in writing of the circumstances described below in this Section that could give rise to resignation for Good Reason and Umpqua has not removed the circumstances within thirty (30) days of the written notice:

(a) A material reduction of Officer’s Base Salary, unless the reduction is in connection with, and commensurate with, reductions in the salaries of all or substantially all senior officers of Umpqua; or

(b) A requirement for Officer to relocate to a facility or location more than 50 miles from the location where Officer is currently employed.

7.3     Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean that (i) Officer has been unable to perform Officer’s duties under this Agreement as a result of Officer’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness for at least 90 consecutive calendar days or 150 calendar days during any consecutive 12 month period and (ii) a physician selected by Umpqua and its insurers and acceptable to Officer or Officer’s legal representative (with such agreement on acceptability of the physician not to be unreasonably withheld), determines the incapacity to be (a) total and permanent and (b) prohibiting of Officer’s ability to perform the essential functions of Officer’s position with or without reasonable accommodation.

7.4     Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred when any of the following events take place:

(a) Any person (including any individual or entity), or persons acting in concert, become(s) the beneficial owner of voting shares representing fifty percent (50%) or more of Umpqua;
(b) A majority of the Board is removed from office by a vote of the Umpqua’s shareholders over the recommendation of the Board then serving; or



3



(c) Umpqua is a party to a plan of merger or plan of exchange and upon consummation of such plan, the shareholders of Umpqua immediately prior to the transaction do not own or continue to own (i) at least forty percent (40%) of the shares of the surviving company (if the then current CEO of Umpqua continues as CEO of the surviving organization), or (ii) at least a majority of the shares of the surviving organization (if the then current CEO of Umpqua does not continue as CEO of the surviving organization).

8.      PAYMENT UPON TERMINATION . Upon termination of Officer’s employment for any of the reasons set forth in Section 6 above, Officer will receive payment for all Base Salary and benefits accrued as of the date of Officer’s termination (“Earned Compensation”), which shall be paid by the end of the business day following termination or sooner if required by applicable law.

9.      SEVERANCE BENEFIT . In the event of Termination Without Cause or Termination for Good Reason, in addition to receiving Earned Compensation, Officer will receive a severance benefit equal to the greater of (i) six (6) months Base Salary, based on Officer’s Base Salary just prior to termination or (ii) two weeks for every year of employment with Umpqua (the “Severance Benefit”). The Severance Benefit shall be paid in equal installments over the number of months of continued Base Salary, starting on the next regular payday following termination. Receipt of the Severance Benefit is conditioned on Officer having executed the Separation Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and the revocation period having expired without Officer having revoked the Separation Agreement. Receipt and continued receipt of the Severance Benefit is further conditioned on Officer not being in violation of any material term of this Agreement or in violation of any material term of the Separation Agreement. Officer shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments under this Section (whether by seeking new employment or otherwise) and no such payment shall be reduced by earnings that Officer may receive from any other source.

10.      CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT . After announcement of a proposed Change in Control and for a period continuing for one year following a Change in Control, in the event of Termination Without Cause, Termination For Good Reason, or Resignation within 30 days after reassignment to a position that is not substantially equivalent, instead of receiving the Severance Benefit set forth in Section 9 above, Officer shall receive 12 months Base Salary, based on Officer’s Base Salary just prior to the termination of employment, as well as 100% of the bonus Officer received in the previous year (the aforementioned Base Salary and bonus are collectively referred to as the “Change in Control Benefit”). The Change in Control Benefit shall be paid in equal installments over 12 months, starting on the next regular payday following termination. Receipt of the Change in Control Benefit is conditioned on Officer having executed the Separation Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and the revocation period having expired without Officer having revoked the Separation Agreement. Receipt and continued receipt of the Change in Control Benefit is further conditioned on Officer not being in violation of any material term of this Agreement or in violation of any material term of the Separation Agreement. Officer shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments under this Section (whether by seeking new employment or otherwise) and no such payment shall be reduced by earnings that Officer may receive from any other source.


4




11.      CHANGE IN CONTROL RETENTION BONUS . If Officer remains employed for 12 months following a Change in Control, Officer will receive six (6) months Base Salary and 50% of the bonus Officer received in the previous year (the aforementioned Base Salary and bonus are collectively referred to as the “Retention Bonus”). The Retention Bonus shall be paid in equal installments over six (6) months, starting on the next regular payday following the first anniversary of the Change in Control. Receipt of the Retention Bonus is conditioned on Officer not being in violation of any material term of this Agreement. If officer receives a benefit under this Section 11, such benefit shall cease when Officer begins to receive any benefit under Section 10.
12.      IRC 280G ADJUSTMENT . If the benefit payments under this Agreement, either alone or together with other payments to which the Officer is entitled to receive from Umpqua, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), such benefit payments shall be reduced to the largest amount that will result in no portion of benefit payments under this Agreement being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination of any reduction in the benefit payments pursuant to the foregoing provisions, shall be made by mutual agreement of Umpqua and Officer or if no agreement is possible, by the Umpqua’s accountants.

13.      EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
 
13.1     In General . Those provisions of this Agreement (including this Section) related to the Severance Benefit set forth in Section 9 and Change in Control Benefit set forth in Section 10 constitute part of the terms of the Umpqua Holdings Corporation Executive Severance Plan (the “Executive Severance Plan”) with respect to the Officer, and such terms and the general terms of the Executive Severance Plan established by Umpqua shall comprise the entirety of the Executive Severance Plan as it applies to the Officer. Umpqua intends for the Plan to be considered a welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), and a plan which is unfunded and maintained by the Umpqua solely for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA Regulation Section 2520.104-24. A copy of the Executive Severance Plan will be furnished to the Officer upon request.

13.2     Administration of Executive Severance Plan . Umpqua’s Chief Executive Officer and Human Resources Director are each plan administrators (the “Plan Administrator”) of the Executive Severance Plan and the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to administer and construe the terms of the Executive Severance Plan, including the authority to decide if Officer is entitled to the Severance Benefit or Change in Control Benefit and the authority to determine if there is Termination For Cause or Termination For Good Reason.

13.3     Claims Procedures . The Officer may file a claim for a payment under the Executive Severance Plan by filing a written request for such a payment with the Plan Administrator. If the Plan Administrator prescribes a form for such a claim, the claim must be


5



filed on such form. The claim should be sent to the attention of the Plan Administrator of the Executive Severance Plan at the address set forth for Umpqua in Section 20.

If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Officer within 90 days of the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the claim, unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to Officer prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. Such extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to issue a determination with respect to the claim. The period of the extension will not exceed 90 days beyond the termination of the original 90-day period. If the Plan Administrator does not provide written notice, Officer may deem the claim denied and seek review according to the appeals procedures set forth below.

The notice of denial of Officer’s claim shall state:

a.    the specific reasons for the denial;

b.    specific references to pertinent provisions of the Executive Severance Plan on which the denial was based;

c.    a description of any additional material or information needed for Officer to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why the material or information is needed; and

d.    a statement (1) that Officer may request a review upon written application to the Plan Administrator, review or receive (free of charge) pertinent Plan documents and records, and submit issues and comments in writing, (2) that any appeal that Officer wishes to make of the adverse determination must be in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the Officer receives notice of denial of benefits, and (3) that Officer may bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination upon review.

The notice of denial of benefits shall specify that Officer must forward any appeal to the Plan Administrator at the address provided in such notice. The notice may state that failure to appeal the action to the Plan Administrator in writing within the sixty (60) day period will render the determination final, binding and conclusive.

If Officer appeals to the Plan Administrator, Officer may submit in writing whatever issues and comments he or she believes to be pertinent. The Plan Administrator shall reexamine all facts related to the appeal and make a final determination about whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Plan Administrator shall advise Officer in writing of:

a.    its decision on appeal;



6



b.    the specific reasons for the decision;

c.    the specific provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based; and

d.    Officer’s right to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all relevant documents and records.

Notice of the Plan Administrator’s decision shall be given within sixty (60) days of Officer’s written request for review, unless additional time is required due to special circumstances. In no event shall the Plan Administrator render a decision on an appeal later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receiving a request for a review. If the Plan Administrator fails to provide a decision with respect to Officer’s appeal within the 60 (or, if applicable, 120) day period Officer may deem his or her appeal denied and may pursue the arbitration remedy set forth below.

In the event that Officer fails to pursue his or her administrative remedies as set forth above within the specified periods, he shall have no further right to the benefits subject to his or her claim and agrees by executing this Agreement that he or she shall have no right to pursue such claim in arbitration or in a court of law.

For purposes of this Claims Procedure under the Executive Severance Plan, Officer may act through a representative authorized in writing to act on his behalf, provided that such authorization is furnished to the Plan Administrator.

In the event that Umpqua denies the Officer’s appeal of the denial of his or her claim, in whole or in part, Umpqua and Officer’s may agree to submit the Plan Administrator’s decision to binding arbitration in lieu of Officer’s right to pursue his claim in any court of law.

14.      NONCOMPETITION .

14.1     Competition Restriction . During Officer’s employment and for the period of time in which Officer is entitled to payment of a Severance Benefit, Change in Control Benefit, or Retention Bonus, Officer shall not engage in any activity as an officer, director, owner (except for an ownership of less than three percent (3%) of any publicly traded security), employee, consultant, or otherwise of a financial services company with an office or doing business within 50 miles of any office or branch of Umpqua or of any of its subsidiaries in existence at the time of termination of Officer’s employment.

14.2      Consequence of Breach . If Officer breaches this covenant not to compete, Umpqua’s sole remedy is that Officer shall forfeit the Severance Benefit, Change in Control Benefit or Retention Bonus, to which Officer is entitled under this Agreement.

14.3      Subsequent Employer Notification . Officer agrees to give Umpqua, at the time of termination of employment, a declaration under penalty of perjury of the name of


7



Officer’s new employer, if known, or if not known, that subsequent employer is not known. Officer further agrees to disclose to Umpqua, during the period of payment of any benefit under this Agreement, the name of any subsequent employer, wherever located and regardless of whether such employer is a competitor of Umpqua.

15.      NON-SOLICITATION . For a period of two (2) years following termination of employment (the “Restriction Period”), Officer shall not solicit any customer of Umpqua or of any of its subsidiaries. For purposes of this Section, “customers” are defined as (a) all customers serviced by Umpqua or any of Umpqua’s subsidiaries at any time within 12 months before termination of Officer’s employment, (b) all customers and potential customers whom Umpqua or any of Umpqua’s subsidiaries actively solicited at any time within 12 months before termination of Officer’s employment, and (c) all successors, owners, directors, partners and management personnel of the customers just described in (a) and (b).

16.      NONRAIDING OF EMPLOYEES .

17.      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .

18.      REASONABLENESS OF RESTRICTION PERIOD; EQUITABLE RELIEF. Officer acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants in Sections 14, 15, 16, and 17 are fair and reasonable and are the result of negotiation between Umpqua and Officer (and Officer’s counsel, if Officer has sought the benefit of counsel). Officer further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and obligations in this Agreement relate to special, unique, and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the terms of the covenants and obligations will cause irreparable injury to Umpqua, for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, Officer agrees that Umpqua shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order, or such other equitable relief as a court of competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or appropriate to restrain the Officer from committing any violation of the covenants and obligations set forth in Sections 14.3, 15, 16 and 17 of this Agreement. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies Umpqua may have at law or in equity. If Umpqua institutes an action to enforce the provisions hereof, Officer hereby waives the claim or defense that an adequate remedy at law is available, and Officer agrees not to urge in any such action the claim or defense that an adequate remedy at law exists.

19.      DISPUTE RESOLUTION .

19.1     Arbitration . Except where such matters are deemed governed by ERISA and are the subject to Section 13 above, the parties agree to submit any dispute arising under this Agreement to final, binding, private arbitration in Portland, Oregon. The disputes subject to arbitration include not only disputes involving the meaning or performance of the Agreement, but disputes about its negotiation, drafting, or execution. The dispute will be determined by a single arbitrator and governed by then-existing rules of arbitration procedure in Multnomah County Circuit Court except as set forth herein. Instead of filing of a civil complaint in Multnomah County Circuit Court, a party will commence the arbitration process by noticing the other party. The parties will choose an arbitrator who specializes in employment conflicts from


8



the arbitration list for Multnomah County Circuit Court. If the parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator within ten (10) days of receipt of the list of arbitrators, each party will select one attorney from the list, and those two attorneys shall select the arbitrator from the list (with each of the two selecting attorneys then concluding their services and each being compensated by the party selecting each attorney, subject to recovery of such fees under Section 19.2). The arbitrator may charge his or her standard arbitration fees rather than the fees prescribed in the Multnomah County Circuit Court arbitration procedures. The arbitrator will have full authority to determine all issues, including arbitrability, to award any remedy, including permanent injunctive relief, and to determine any request for attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in accordance with Section 19.2. There shall be no right of review in court. The arbitrator’s award may be reduced to final judgment or decree in Multnomah County Circuit Court.

19.2     Expenses/Attorneys’ Fees . The prevailing party shall be awarded all costs and expenses of the proceeding, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, filing and service fees, witness fees, and arbitrators’ fees. If arbitration is commenced, the arbitrator will have full authority and complete discretion to determine the “prevailing party” and the amount of costs and expenses to be awarded.

19.3     Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, an aggrieved party may seek a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction in Multnomah County Circuit Court to preserve the status quo during the arbitration proceeding, provided however, that the party seeking relief agrees that ultimate resolution of the dispute will still be determined through arbitration and not through court process. The filing of the court action for injunctive relief shall not hinder or delay the arbitration process.

20.      NOTICES .

21.      GENERAL PROVISIONS .

21.1     Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by federal ERISA, as it relates to the Severance Benefit and Change in Control Benefit as discussed in Section 13 above, and otherwise by the laws of the State of Oregon.

21.2     Saving Provision . If any part of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable, it shall not affect any other part. If any part of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable as written, it shall be enforced to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law.

21.3     Survival Provision . If any benefits provided in Sections 9, 10, or 11 of this Agreement are still owed, or claims pursuant to Section 13 are still pending, at the time of termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in force, with respect to those obligations or claims, until such benefits are paid in full or claims are resolved in full. The noncompetition, nonsolicitation, non-raiding, confidential information, and dispute resolution provisions of this Agreement shall survive after termination of this Agreement, and shall be enforceable regardless of any claim Officer may have against Umpqua.


9




21.4     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

21.5     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the sole agreement of the parties regarding Officer’s benefits in the event of termination or Change in Control and together with Umpqua’s employee handbook governs the terms of Officer’s employment. Where there is a conflict between the employee handbook and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

21.6     Previous Agreements . This Agreement supersedes all prior oral and written agreements between the Officer and Umpqua, or any affiliates or representatives of Umpqua regarding the subject matters set forth herein.

21.7     Waiver/Amendment . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing, signed by the party against whom the waiver is sought to be enforced. The waiver of any breach of this Agreement or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not waive any later breach. This Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by the parties.

21.8     Assignment . Officer shall not assign or transfer any of Officer’s rights pursuant to this Agreement, wholly or partially, to any other person or to delegate the performance of its duties under the terms of this Agreement. The rights and obligations of Umpqua under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding in each and every respect upon the direct and indirect successors and assigns of Umpqua, regardless of the manner in which the successors or assigns succeed to the interests or assets of Umpqua. This Agreement shall not be terminated by the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of Umpqua, by any merger, consolidation or acquisition where Umpqua is not the surviving corporation, by any transfer of all or substantially all of Umpqua’s assets, or by any other change in Umpqua’s structure or the manner in which Umpqua’s business or assets are held. Officer’s employment shall not be deemed terminated upon the occurrence of one of the foregoing events. In the event of any merger, consolidation or transfer of assets, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the surviving corporation or the corporation to which the assets are transferred.

22.      ADVICE OF COUNSEL . Officer acknowledges that, in executing this Agreement, Officer has had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent legal counsel, and has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation hereof .


                    




10



        
 
UMPQUA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Raymond P. Davis, Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OFFICER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            





11



Exhibit A

EMPLOYMENT SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This is a confidential agreement (this “Separation Agreement”) between you, _______________, and us, Umpqua Holdings Corporation. This Separation Agreement is dated for reference purposes _____________, 20___, which is the date we delivered this Separation Agreement to you for your consideration. For purposes of this Separation Agreement Umpqua Holdings Corporation together with each of its subsidiaries or affiliates is referred to as “Umpqua.”

1. Termination of Employment. Your employment terminates [or was terminated] on _______________, 20___ (the “Separation Date”).

2. Payments. In exchange for your agreeing to the release of claims and other terms in this Separation Agreement, we will pay you the Severance Benefit specified in Section 9 or the Change in Control Benefit in Section 10, as appropriate, of the Agreement between you and Umpqua dated __________________ (the “Employment Agreement”). Such provisions of the Employment Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. You acknowledge that we are not obligated to make these payments to you unless you comply with the noncompetition provision in Section 14 of the Employment Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference and otherwise comply with the material terms of the Employment Agreement and of this Separation Agreement.

3. COBRA Continuation Coverage. Your normal employee participation in Umpqua’s group health coverage will terminate on the Separation Date. Continuation of group health coverage thereafter will be made available to you and your dependents pursuant to federal law (COBRA). Continuation of group health coverage after the Separation Date is entirely at your expense, as provided under COBRA.

4. Termination of Benefits. Except as provided in Section 3 above, your participation in all employee benefit plans and programs ended on the Separation Date. Your rights under any pension benefit or other plans in which you may have participated will be determined in accordance with the written plan documents governing those plans.

5. Full Payment . You acknowledge having received full payment of all compensation of any kind (including wages, salary, vacation, sick leave, commissions, bonuses and incentive compensation) that you earned as a result of your employment by us.

6. No Further Compensation. Any and all agreements to pay you bonuses or other incentive compensation are terminated. You understand and agree that you have no right to receive any further payments for bonuses or other incentive compensation. We owe no further compensation or benefits of any kind, except as described in Section 2 above.

7. Release of Claims.

(a)      You hereby release (i) Umpqua and its subsidiaries, affiliates, and benefit plans, (ii) each of Umpqua’s past and present shareholders, officers, directors, agents, employees, representatives, administrators, fiduciaries and attorneys, and (iii) the predecessors, successors, transferees and assigns of each of the persons and entities described in this sentence, from any and all claims of any kind, known or unknown, that arose on or before the date you signed this Separation Agreement.



1



(b)    The claims you are releasing include, without limitation, claims of wrongful termination, claims of constructive discharge, claims arising out of employment agreements, representations or policies related to your employment, claims arising under federal, state or local laws or ordinances prohibiting discrimination or harassment or requiring accommodation on the basis of age, race, color, national origin, religion, sex, disability, marital status, sexual orientation or any other status, claims of failure to accommodate a disability or religious practice, claims for violation of public policy, claims of retaliation, claims of failure to assist you in applying for future position openings, claims of failure to hire you for future position openings, claims for wages or compensation of any kind (including overtime claims), claims of tortious interference with contract or expectancy, claims of fraud or negligent misrepresentation, claims of breach of privacy, defamation claims, claims of intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, claims of unfair labor practices, claims arising out of any claimed right to stock or stock options, claims for attorneys’ fees or costs, and any other claims that are based on any legal obligations that arise out of or are related to your employment relationship with us.

(c)    You specifically waive any rights or claims that you may have under the Oregon Civil Rights and Unlawful Employment Practices Statutes (ORS Chapter 659), the Oregon Wage and Hour Laws (ORS Chapter 652), the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (including Title VII of that Act), the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (ADEA), the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (FLSA), the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA), the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (WARN), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), the National Labor Relations Act (NLRA), and all similar federal, state and local laws.

(d)    You agree not to seek any personal recovery (of money damages, injunctive relief or otherwise) for the claims you are releasing in this Separation Agreement, either through any complaint to any governmental agency or otherwise. You agree never to start any lawsuit or arbitration asserting any of the claims you are releasing in this Separation Agreement. You represent and warrant that you have not initiated any complaint, charge, lawsuit or arbitration involving any of the claims you are releasing in this Separation Agreement. Should you apply for future employment with Umqua, Umpqua has no obligation to consider you for future employment.

(e)    You represent and warrant that you have all necessary authority to enter into this Separation Agreement (including, if you are married, on behalf of your marital community) and that you have not transferred any interest in any claims to your spouse or to any third party.

(f)    This Separation Agreement does not affect your rights, if any, to receive pension plan benefits, medical plan benefits, unemployment compensation benefits or workers’ compensation benefits. This Separation Agreement also does not affect your rights, if any, under agreements, bylaw provisions, insurance or otherwise, to be indemnified, defended or held harmless in connection with claims that may be asserted against you by third parties.

(g)    You understand that you are releasing potentially unknown claims, and that you have limited knowledge with respect to some of the claims being released. You acknowledge that there is a risk that, after signing this Separation Agreement, you may learn information that might have affected your decision to enter into this Separation Agreement. You assume this risk and all other risks of any mistake in entering into this Separation Agreement. You agree that this release is fairly and knowingly made.

(h)    You are giving up all rights and claims of any kind, known or unknown, except for the rights specifically given to you in this Separation Agreement.



2



8. No Admission of Liability. Neither this Separation Agreement nor the payments made under this Separation Agreement are an admission of liability or wrongdoing by Umpqua.

9. Umpqua Materials. You represent and warrant that you have, or no later than the Separation Date will have, returned all keys, credit cards, documents and other materials that belong to us, including but not limited to the Umpqua Property, as defined in Section 17 of the Employment Agreement, which definition is incorporated herein by reference.

10. Nondisclosure Agreement. You will comply with the covenant regarding confidential information in Section 16 of the Employment Agreement, which covenant is incorporated herein by reference.

11. No Disparagement. You may not disparage Umpqua or Umpqua’s business or products, and may not encourage any third parties to sue Umpqua.

12. Cooperation Regarding Other Claims . If any claim is asserted by or against Umpqua as to which you have relevant knowledge, you will reasonably cooperate with us in the prosecution or defense of that claim, including by providing truthful information and testimony as reasonably requested by us.

13. Nonsolicitation; No interference. During the Restriction Period, as defined in Section 15 of the Employment Agreement, you will comply with Sections 15 and 16 of the Employment Agreement, incorporated herein by reference and Umpqua will have the right to enforce those provisions under the terms of Section 17 of the Employment Agreement, incorporated herein by reference. During the Restriction Period and thereafter you will not, apart from good faith competition, interfere with Umpqua’s relationships with customers, employees, vendors, or others.

14. Independent Legal Counsel. You are advised and encouraged to consult with an attorney before signing this Separation Agreement. You acknowledge that you have had an adequate opportunity to do so.

15. Consideration Period. You have 21 days from the date this Separation Agreement is given to you to consider this Separation Agreement before signing it. You may use as much or as little of this 21-day period as you wish before signing. If you do not sign and return this Separation Agreement within this 21-day period, you will not be eligible to receive the benefits described in this Separation Agreement.

16. Revocation Period and Effective Date . You have 7 calendar days after signing this Separation Agreement to revoke it. To revoke this Separation Agreement after signing it, you must deliver a written notice of revocation to Umpqua’s President before the 7-day period expires. This Separation Agreement shall not become effective until the 8 th calendar day after you sign it. If you revoke this Separation Agreement it will not become effective or enforceable and you will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Separation Agreement.
    
17. Governing Law. This Separation Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Oregon that apply to contracts executed and to be performed entirely within the State of Oregon.

18. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except where such matters are deemed governed by ERISA or are the subject to Section 7 above, the parties agree to submit any dispute arising under this Separation Agreement to final, binding, private arbitration in Portland, Oregon. The disputes subject to arbitration include not only


3



disputes involving the meaning or performance of the Separation Agreement, but disputes about its negotiation, drafting, or execution. The dispute will be determined by a single arbitrator and governed by the then-existing rules of arbitration procedure in Multnomah County Circuit Court except as set forth herein. Instead of filing of a civil complaint in Multnomah County Circuit Court, a party will commence the arbitration process by noticing the other party. The parties will choose an arbitrator who specializes in employment conflicts from the arbitration list for Multnomah County Circuit Court. If the parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator within ten (10) days of receipt of the list of arbitrators, each party will select one attorney from the list, and those two attorneys shall select the arbitrator from the list (with each of the two selecting attorneys then concluding their services and each being compensated by the party selecting each attorney, subject to recovery of such fees under subsection (b) of this Section). The arbitrator may charge his or her standard arbitration fees rather than the fees prescribed in the Multnomah County Circuit Court arbitration procedures. The arbitrator will have full authority to determine all issues, including arbitrability, to award any remedy, including permanent injunctive relief, and to determine any request for attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in accordance with subsection (b) of this Section. There shall be no right of review in court. The arbitrator’s award may be reduced to final judgment or decree in Multnomah County Circuit Court.

(b) The prevailing party shall be awarded all costs and expenses of the proceeding, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, filing and service fees, witness fees, and arbitrators’ fees. If arbitration is commenced, the arbitrator will have full authority and complete discretion to determine the “prevailing party” and the amount of costs and expenses to be awarded.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Separation Agreement, an aggrieved party may seek a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction in Multnomah County Circuit Court to preserve the status quo during the arbitration proceeding, provided however, that the party seeking relief agrees that ultimate resolution of the dispute will still be determined through arbitration and not through court process. The filing of the court action for injunctive relief shall not hinder or delay the arbitration process.

19. Saving Provision . If any part of this Separation Agreement is held to be unenforceable, it shall not affect any other part. If any part of this Separation Agreement is held to be unenforceable as written, it shall be enforced to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law.

20. Final and Complete Agreement . Except for the Employment Agreement to the extent it is expressly incorporated herein by reference, this Separation Agreement is the final and complete expression of all agreements between us on all subjects and supersedes and replaces all prior discussions, representations, agreements, policies and practices. You acknowledge you are not signing this Separation Agreement relying on anything not set out herein.



4



Umpqua Holdings Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 

I, the undersigned, having been advised to consult with an attorney, hereby agree to be bound by this Separation Agreement and confirm that I have read and understood each part of it.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date
 




5
Exhibit 12.0
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The following table shows the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the Company, on a consolidated basis.

 
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
Consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges
 
 
 
 
 
   Excluding interest on deposits
12.87

13.23

10.27

9.90

9.84

   Including interest on deposits
6.54

6.96

5.74

5.03

4.21


The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated as net income before income taxes plus fixed charges minus interest capitalized.

Fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits, consist of:

• Contractual interest on short-term borrowing and long-term debt,

• Amortization of debt issuance costs,

• Capitalized interest, and

• Amortization of fair value of adjustments for instruments assumed in purchase business combinations.

Fixed charges, including interest on deposits, consist of all of the items listed immediately above and interest on deposits.


Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Umpqua Holdings Corporation


Name of Subsidiary
State of
Incorporation
Other Names Under Which Business is Conducted

Umpqua Bank
Oregon
Umpqua Bank Home Lending, Umpqua Private Bank, Umpqua Bank Equipment Leasing and Finance, Umpqua Bank Mortgage, Umpqua Bank Vendor Finance
FPC Leasing Corporation
Canada (inactive)
 
Financial Pacific Reinsurance Co., Ltd.
Washington
 
Umpqua Investments, Inc.
Oregon
 
Pivotus Ventures, Inc.
Oregon
 
Umpqua Master Trust I
Delaware
 
Umpqua Statutory Trust II
Delaware
 
Umpqua Statutory Trust III
Delaware
 
Umpqua Statutory Trust IV
Delaware
 
Umpqua Statutory Trust V
Delaware
 
HB Capital Trust I
Delaware
 
Humboldt Bancorp Statutory Trust I
Connecticut
 
Humboldt Bancorp Statutory Trust II
Connecticut
 
Humboldt Bancorp Statutory Trust III
Connecticut
 
CIB Capital Trust
Delaware
 
Western Sierra Statutory Trust I
Connecticut
 
Western Sierra Statutory Trust II
Connecticut
 
Western Sierra Statutory Trust III
Delaware
 
Western Sierra Statutory Trust IV
Delaware
 
Klamath First Capital Trust I
Delaware
 
Lynnwood Financial Statutory Trust I
Connecticut
 
Lynnwood Financial Statutory Trust II
Delaware
 
Sterling Capital Trust III
Delaware
 
Sterling Capital Trust IV
Delaware
 
Sterling Capital Statutory Trust V
Connecticut
 
Sterling Capital Trust VI
Delaware
 
Sterling Capital Trust VII
Delaware
 
Sterling Capital Trust VIII
Delaware
 
Sterling Capital Trust IX
Delaware
 

Umpqua Holdings Corporation directly owns 100% of the voting stock or membership interest of each subsidiary listed above.



Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Umpqua Holdings Corporation of our reports dated February 23, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Umpqua Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-192346)
Registration Statement on Form S-3ASR (No. 333-195396)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-192346)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-188291)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-144766)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-143347)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-135071)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-117680)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-117679)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-105637)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-101357)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-58978)
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-77259)




/s/ Moss Adams LLP

Portland, Oregon
February 23, 2016




EXHIBIT 31.1 
I, Cort L. O'Haver, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Umpqua Holdings Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is likely to materially affect the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 23, 2017
 
/s/ Cort L. O'Haver
 
Cort L. O'Haver
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Umpqua Holdings Corporation




EXHIBIT 31.2 
I, Ronald L. Farnsworth, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Umpqua Holdings Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is likely to materially affect the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2017
 
/s/ Ronald L. Farnsworth
 
Ronald L. Farnsworth
 
Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer and
 
Principal Financial Officer
 
Umpqua Holdings Corporation




EXHIBIT 31.3 
I, Neal T. McLaughlin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Umpqua Holdings Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure control and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is likely to materially affect the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2017
 
/s/ Neal T. McLaughlin
 
Neal T. McLaughlin
 
Executive Vice President/Treasurer and
 
Principal Accounting Officer
 
Umpqua Holdings Corporation




Exhibit 32  
CERTIFICATION OF 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 
This certification is given by the undersigned Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer of Umpqua Holdings Corporation (the “registrant”) pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Each of the undersigned hereby certifies, with respect to the registrant's annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the registrant


 
/s/ Cort L. O'Haver
 
Cort L. O'Haver
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Umpqua Holdings Corporation
 
 
 
/s/ Ronald L. Farnsworth
 
Ronald L. Farnsworth
 
Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer and
 
Principal Financial Officer
 
Umpqua Holdings Corporation
 
 
 
/s/ Neal T. McLaughlin
 
Neal T. McLaughlin
 
Executive Vice President/Treasurer and
 
Principal Accounting Officer
 
Umpqua Holdings Corporation
 
 
 
February 23, 2017